CENSUS OF INDIA 1971 ANDHRA PRADESH
TOWN STUDY OF BHONGIR (Nalgonda District)
Draft Ch. PURNACHANDRA RAO, M,A.,LL.B.
Tabulation Officer Supervision & Guidance
A. R. JAYA PRAKASH, M,Sc. Deputy Director of Census Operations
Editor T. VEDA~T AM LA.S. DIRECTOR OF CENSUS OPERAT10NS, ANDHRA PRADESH doo'
ANDHRA PRADESH
CENSUS 1971, TOWN stUDIES
LOCATION OF TOWNS SELECTED
KilOMETU532 0 )l lit 96 In ! J2 =j=-t- -: bE
BA Y OF BENGAL
SELECTED TOWNS @ DISTRICT HEADQUARTfR TALUK HEADQUARTER STATE BOUNDA.RY DISTRICT BOUNDARY TALUK BOUNDARY RAILWAY BROAD GAUGE RAILWAY HETRE GAUGE NATIONAL HIGHWAYS = STATE HIGHWAYS .." Jiflt:. O~gol! Omrlct has bee~ rC~~01'N u P"',uam Dl>lrltt III 1912. MriC>re S~l~ ,,'" Im~ rename; u Kirnrub. In 19n Th"[h ~""""lh,,, not d"r'red I! orban"....~ It ~ 1"1 an~ ItTl !j 'e"i~'''' 1< ... ~ .. lt~l~ fot ;elJ~~ in YI~W 01 ~" ,"po,,",""
:3 Cellsus/AP/74 CES"SUS OF INDIA 1971--VOLUME II-PART VI-B LIST OF SPECIAL SURVEY MONOGRAPHS ON SELECTED TOWNS, ANDHRA PRADESH
District SI. N ::I me of town Functional Category and purpose No. and Size Class of Selection
VisakhapatnMu .\-uk"p_tlle Trade and Commerce town (Noted for (Cbss III Jaggery tradc) . . , r(.Cl:"inad~ Scn'ices-cum-Industry-cum-Trade and Com (Class 1) lucrce tow" (EdllcationClI,ocntre)-Selected JS ,"1 Adrnt:listrative town. 3 Kovvur l>rim:lrv Activitics-cum-Llclustrics town (Class nI) (Agl"O~ I nd us tri .11 town) . .} T.lilUku Prill"Ury Activities-cum-Indu'Lry-cum-Services (Cia,s III) town (Agro-Inclustrial tOWI1 • Guntul' . 5 .·\mara"athi .\n Old Hi,;toric yillage--Once a great (POpllbtion Buddhist Centre. 6,258). G -ronnnr Prim.lry _\cti,'itie:, town-Selected as a (Class IIr) re3idcntial-cum-educational town. Prakasalll 7 *C;lirala Town with m:>nufacturing in Household (Ongole) (CLm II) Industry (H-:mdloom Weaving). 8 Markilpur Industrial Manufacturing town (Noted IClass III) for slate industry). Nellore . 9 Venkat:lgiri Town '"ith manufacturing b Household (Clas,; IV) Industry (Handloom sarees). Chitto01' 10 Tirupati Services-cum-Trade "I These two towns viz., (Class II) & and Commerce I Tirupati and Tiru- Town. ~ nl.,bi are selected as 11 Tirumalai Trade and Com- r Tenl.ple Towns and (Class IV) merce Town. ) pilg,-imase centres of c:>untry wide fame. Cuddapah 12 Cuddapah Trade ~;lld Commerce-cUlu-Services-cum (Class II) Industries town. Selected as an Adminis trative town. Anantapur 13 Guntakal Transport-cum-Primary Acti,,; tic,;-cum-Indu (Class II) stries town-Selected as a Transport town. Mahbubnagar 14 Alampur Primary Activities town (An old historic (Class IV) town which abounds in antiquities of Chaluky:rs) . Medak 1:5 Siddipet Industry-cum-Trade and Commerce Town. (Class III) Nizamabad 16 Bodhan Prim.ary Activities-cum-Industries town (Class III) (Biggest sugar factory in the cuulltry and second biggest in South-East Asia is located herel. Karimnagar 17 MUl.tlnni Primary Activities town. An old historic (Class IV) town and ancient seat of 1earning. I(.h:l1nrnam 18 Bhadrachalam Services-cum-Industrv-cum-Tpdc and Com (Class IV) merce town. Selected as a temple town; pro minent seat of Lord Rama of Ramayana epic fame having country wide importance, is located here. 19 Kothagudem Primary Activities. A coal mining town. (Class II) Nalgonda 20 Bhongir Primarv Activities-cum-Trade and Commerce (Class III) cum-Services town. Selected as a town in the area of influence of a Metropolis (Hydera bad city); also an old historic town.
*It was proposed to bring out a combl Part I-A General n; '\! ;_; .~ j ~'" . Part I-B De . ~ia~j"s Jf...th~ ~~ic, Social, Cultural I ~~.L ~,t\onPattdll.S':"\ - Part I-C ~~~&ar'i T!bles: . Part II-A Genebl Pop'Jhtion Tables. Part II-B Ecojll)1Jli~ ~bles. ,...,-_ /I, --._. .... 'It Part II-C(i) D~stribu~n ~f\1>oRula\iqt\.\MQ Oltgue and Religion, h Schedu1ea:·Cas:~.&" _., ' Tribes. Part II-C(ii) OU~cial & Cultural Tables and Fertility Tabks ~k~~HousehOld composition, single year age, marital ("', educational levels, Scheduled Castes & S<:ltadule 1(ges, etc., Bilingualism. Part III Establishments Report and Tables. Part IV HO'JsinS R"'port & Tables. Part V Special Tables and Ethnographic notes on Scheduled Castes & Scheduled Tribes. Part VI·A TOWJl Directory. Part VI-B ,. Special Survey Reports on Selected Towns (20). PartVI-C Survey Reports on Selected Villages (5). Part VII Special Report on graduates and Technical Personnel (All India Publication). Part VIII·A AdministrationReport-Enumcra. "1 , don ~For Office use only Part VIII-B Administration Report-Tabulation J P:ll't IX Census Aths. Part IX-A Administrative Atlas. DISTRICT CENSUS HAND BOOKS Part X-A TO'/Ill and \·illz..;c Directory ) lOne volume for each Part X-B Villa_!5e and TO-lin-wise Primary r district (21 volumes). Census Abstract J P.,tt X·C r\llaly~ic~ll Report, pep'\\,(l~\entall Separate volume for 5t:! !lS~lCS 2:r.d Dlctnct census}' each district (21 T~bles. volumes). Part XI SpeCial Survey Reports. FOREWORD Modem Census has beconle an indispensable instrument {)f policy and development planning. It needs hardly be stressed that a Census is not mere counting of heads. It is a kind of slOck-t;lking as it were, of the nation's human wealth. Census aims to present a complete picture of man, in hi!) social, cultural and economic setting. Recognising its role of having to serve the needs of the planner, policy maker, administrator and the academician, the Census Organisation from time to tiIDe arranges discussions with the main data users and 'Seeks guidance in planning its operations. However, for a further and more realistic appre Ciation of the data thrown up by the Census on various aspects of the life of the community, it has been realised that more and more empirical studies /would require to be undertaken in order to "invest the dry bones of statistics with flesh and blood accounts of social structure and social change". This requirement was kept in view even while planning the 1961 Census. The ~tudies undertaken as ancillary to it and parti. cularly the socia-economic survey of five hundred and odd villages throughout the conntry provided an insight into the meaning of the statistical data in terms of real life situations. India is, no doubt, predominantly rural. But it will not be long before the country achieves a break through in the process of urbanisation. With the increasing -tempo of eco nomic and industrial development of the country large scale urbanisation is bound to come. Urbanisation has become sine qua non of progress. Urban centres are undoubtedly the centres of dissemination of knowledge, new ideas, technical skills anel so on. This influences the life around till more and mOre areas get urbanised. India is at this interesting transitional stage and the Census Organisation thought it fit to undertake studies to get a deeper insight into the growth of small towns which are likely to play an important role in the life and economy of the community in the near future. The 1971 Census has' programmed to compile a separate Town Directory giving certain basic data pertaining to each town in the country. This is proposed to be supplemented by fairly detailed accounts of about 200 towns selected for study all over the country which may help to understand the intensity (ii) and direction of the socio~conomic forces generated by urba· nisation as also affecting the process of urbanisation and its impact on the rural neighbourhood. There is also a special operational need of the Census, which requires urban studies to be taken up. There is a point of view in some countries that the presentation of the Census data in terms of rural-urban dichotomy is unrealistic. There are, on the one hand, rural areas with' urban ways of life; on the other, there are pockets in Urban areas with~ folk ways and rural vestiges. Perhaps in India there is still some clear cut distinction between the rural and urban areas which is, however, gradually eroding. The proposed stlldies are ex· pected to indicate how much rural the urban areas are and how much urban the rural areas are. In December 1967, a seminar was organised to examine the different aspects of urban studies, with the participation of a galaxy of town planners, Anthropologists, Sociologists, Geographers, Economists, Demographers, etc. On the sugges tion of the seminar an Advisory Committee wa, set up and in consultation with the same, the followin!l criteria for selec tion of towns for special studies were laid 'down. SIZE: While the larger proportion of the tmxns selected for special studies should be small to'w115 of the population size of about 20,000 or less, a number of medium size towns, with population of upto one lakh each and a number of cities with population of more than one -lakh each, shou1d also bc~ ,tudied. DEMOGRAPHIC FEATURES: While selecting the towns the following demographic features also should be kept III View. (a) Growth Rate-towns with (i) high gro'wth rate (ii) low growth rate and (iii) negative growth rate. (b) Dell5ity of Population-wwns with (i) high density of population, (ii) medium density of population, and (iii) low density of population. (c) Age-(i) Old historical towns which are still growing, (ii) Old declining towns, and (iii) new towns, should be represented. (iii) FUNCTIONAL TYPES: The sample should include towns representing each of the functional types as follows: (a) Service, (b) Mining or Plantation, (c) Craft (traditional), (d) Manufacturing (non-traditional), (e) Construction, (f) Trade and Commeyce, (g) Transport. LOCA TION: The following Iocational factors are also to be kept in view while selecting the towns. (a) Topography and natural environment: (i) moun- tainous, (ii) Plain dry, (iii) Plain humid, (iv) hilly, (v) Coastal. (b) Cl!/nale: (i) Hot weather and high rainfall, (ii) Hot weather and low rainfall, (iii) temperate weather and high rainfall, (iv) temperate weather and low rainfall, (v) Cold weathcr and high rainfall, (vi) Cold weather and low rainfall. (c) Growth Pattem of the Region: (i) Areas of dyna- mism, where industries and services are coming; up rapidly and heavy immigration is taking place, (ii) prospective areas or areas rich in resources and likely to develop in near future, (iii) prOblem areas i.e., areaS lagging behind in technological development and services and areas from where heavy migration takes place. (d) Growth History: (i) Areas which ,,,ere having vigor ous economic and cultural life in- the past, stagnated for some time and are again showing signs of revival, (ii) areas which have continuous history of vigorous economic and cultural life. (e) Metropolitan Areas: (i) Towns 'Ivithin areas of in- fluence of metropolitan centres, (a) within a distance of 16 Kilometres from the same, (b) beyond a distance of 16 Kilometres from the same upto a distance of 64 Kilometres, (ii) Towns outside areas of influence of metropolitan centres. NATURE OF RELATION WITH ,OTHER TOTVNS: A few satellite towm, constituents of conurbation and sub urban towns. (iv) CONCENTRATION OF ETHNIC OR RELIGIOUS GROUP, CASTE OR COMMUNITY: Towns with prepoll de~ance of a~ ethnic or, r~ligious group, such a" Scheduled Tubes, Mushms or ChnstJans or Anglo-Indians or a single Hindu Caste, Tibetan Refugees, Refugees from other areas, etc. TOWNS INFLUENCED BY OTHER SOCIAL AND CULTURAL PHENOMENA: Towns, such as, temple towns, health resorts, etc., also to be kept in view. It IS obvious that if the towns were to be selected with reference to each of the criteria in isolation, the number of towns to be studied would haye been much mote than 200, which would be much beyond the operational capacity of t'he Census Organisation, for such purposes. Hence towns with maximum clustering of the different criteria wer;~ preferred at the time of the selection on an all India basis. at the same time ensuring that the various characteristics are represented in one town or the other as finally selected for the study. This study will cover, among other things, the (<1) growth history of towns including the infrastructure of growth and basic and non-basic economy and concomitant changc[ in the economic and social relations of the region, (b) growth his tory of the various servicing institutions in the towm in res ponse to the different factors of change and the concomitant changes in the pattern of distribution of community, power and prestige, (c) frequency and pattern of interaction among t.he different segments of the population, (d) nature and inten sitv of linkages with other towns of the region on the one hand and the rural hinterland on the other, (e) persistence of the values of traditional society and percolation of technological values of modern civilisation in the social complex of the towliS, and (£) other andllary matters. A set of Schedules has been evolved in connection with the present survey by the Social Studies Unit of the Oftke of the Registrar General, India, under the guidance of Dr. B. K. Roy Burman, Deputy Registrar General (Social Studies). The Survey of the individual towns will be carried out main Iv by the Directors of Census Operations in the various States and Union Territories, with the technical advice of Dr. Roy Burman. Qualified research personnel have been placed :It the disposal of the Directors of Census Operations/Sodal Studies Unit of (v) the Office of the Registrar General, India, for carrying out the field investigations I coordinating the studies of indiviJual towns at tbe first stage and preparing all-India volumes by analy'Sing and synthesising the findings of the individual reports at the second stage. It is an encouraging feature that certain indivi dual scholars and academic institutions have come forward to take up the studies of some towns within the frame-work of the present scheme. I feel confident, thanks to the enthusiasm shown bv mv wlleagues in the State Census Offices and the academic' w01:1d, a corpus of knowledge will be built up, which will be useful not only for academic purposes but also for various nation building purposes. I avail of this opportunity to express my fullest appreciation and thanks to all those in volved in the project. The schedules adopted for this mono graph have been printed in an Appendix to Manthani Town Monograph (S1. No. 17). A. CHANDRASEKHAR, LA.S., Registrar General, India. -! PREFACE In his foreword, the Registrar General, India, has explained the Philosophy, Methodology and scope of Urban Sun eys. Urbanisation in a developing country like India is a process of modernisation of a traditional Society. fndia is a land of villages. \Vith the advent of Five Year Plans which initiated the tempo of econo mic development through industrialisation, large scale urbanisation is taking place in the country. In fact urbanisation has become the sign of progress. Urban centres are points of contact with outside world, focus of po'weY', agency and diffusion points of social change, receptacles of talent and manpOIyer, places of market ing, investment, recreation, etc., etc. They are the centres of civilisation. -While urban popUlation in the country increased from 1O.84~,;) in 1901 to 19.91~) in 1971 (nearly doubled), in Andhra Pradesh it went up from 9.65% in 190J to 19.31% i.e., doubled. However, the pace of urbanisation in Andhra Pradesh is more or less in tune with the Country over the past seven decades. In tbe newly developing countries, a clear-cut distinc tion between rural and urban is, however, gradually erocling. Rnral-Urb:m continuum, rather than dicho tomy is considered more realistic and appropriate. vVe tlec the persistence of folkways and rural vestiges in nrban areas and percolation of urban ways of life and living in certain villages. Realising the need to indicate how much rural the urban areas are and how much urban the villages are, as well as to gauge the complex problems relating to housing, civic amenities, education, transport and communications. cultural and recreational facilities, etc., that arise in the wake or rapid urbanisation, the Census Organisation has planned (vii) (viii) to take up Special Studies of nearly 200 towns of diffe rent size-classes all over the country. A gocd number ,of them are small towns, some are medium towns and a few are cities. The several criteria suggested for selection of towns include size, demoO'raphic fec1tures, functional types, location with referenc~ to topography, climate, gro"rth pattern, growth history, nature of rela tionship with other to\"ns, social and cultural pheno mena influencing towns, etc. It is not possible to select one town for each criteria. Neces~arily, from the opera tional point of view we have to forego certain criteria. But clue, care is taken to select towns 'with maximum clustering of the different criteria, wherever possible. In Andhra Pradesh State 20 towns of diiferent functional types and sizes and one old historic village have been selected for intensive study. The functional <:haracteristics and size-class of the towns selected for urban survey are as folJows: - (1) Administrative Towns: Kakinada (Class 1- Services·cum-Industry-cum-Trade and Commerce Town) and Cuddapah (Class II-Trade and Commerce-cum Services-curn-Industries Town); (2) Tooms zoith A-fanu fnct2aing in Household Industry (Handloom vVeaving): Chirala* (Class II-Industries Town) and Venkatagiri {Class IV-Industries Town); (3) Indl.lstrial Alanufac turi ng Towns: Bodhan (Class III-Primary Activities cum-Industries Town~The biggest sugar factory in the Country and the second biggest in the whole of South-East Asia is located here) and Markapur (Class III-Industries Town-famous for slate Indtlstry); (4) Trade and Commerce Towns: Anakapalle (Class II-Trade and Commerce-cum-Primarv Activities-cum Services Town-noted for Jaggery) and Siddipet (Class III-Industry-cum-TTade and Commerce-cum· Services Town); (5) Town in the area of infiuence of a Afrfropolis *It was proposed to br;ng out a combined vo~um,; on Chil'ala , and Vetapalem Towns. (ix) (Hyderabad City): Bhongir (Class III-Primary Activities-Clun-Trade and Commerce Town); (b) Agro, Industrial Towns: Tanuku (Class III-Primary Acti vities-cum-Industries Town) and Kovvur (Class llI Primary Activities-cum-Industries To-'wn); (7) .Mining (Coal) Town: Kothagudem (Class II-Primary acti vities To'wn); (8) Transport Town: Guntakal (Class II-Transport-cum-Primary Activities-cum-Industries Town); (9) Temple Towns: Tirupati (Class II Services-cum-Trade and Commerce Town); Tirumalai (Class IV-Trade alld Commerce Town); (10) Residen / ial-cum-Fd ucational Town: Ponnur (Ciass III Primary Activities Town); (11) Old Historic Towns: Manthani (Class IV-Primary Activities Town-an ancient seat of learning) and Alampur (Class IV Primary Activities Town-It abounds in antiquities of Chalukyas) and lastly (12) An Old Historic Village: Amaravathi (Population 6,258-0nce a great Buddhist Centre). Cuddapah and Tirumalai, though Trade and Commerce Towns, they are selected under other cate gories viz., Administrative Town and Temple Town, respectively. The present monograph deals 'with Bhongir town which comes under the area of influence of Hyderabad, the Metropolis of the State. Though the awe-inspir ing fott on the single-rock with l.S Kms. circumference is said to have contained over 1,000 houses having an kinds of arr..eni!ies with 8,000 civilian population by 12th century itself, the town did not show any pro gress through the past seven decades. It has seen the vissicitndes of time through different regimes. The proxiIflity of the town to Hyderabad City has, in a Note: The fun-ctional categof)' of e1.ch of the towns is given in parenthesis after the chss of town, Thoug-h Amara'vilthi is a big village aLd not a town it WitS select"d for T('w ~ Study it view of its historic importa'lce. Functional categories ?t the t;me of selection of the towns as of 1961 Ctnsus ch:-nged ,I t the 1971 Census. (x) way inhibited the g.rowth of this town as the require. ments. of the. rural hlllterland haye been met by Hydera bad City whIle the peorle of thIS town h:t ve developed an unawareness of theIr uwn felt needs. During the last decade, some :1gro-based industries have been set ~tP and some more are li~ely t~ be set lip. Dairy £arm mg has assumed new dlmenslOns and it has given a fillip to the economy of the area. The st10nO' aO'ricul- . . 0 0 tura1 base of the hll1rerland nllages envisaocs potential possibilities of this town developing into '~l important feeder centre for sending out agro-industrial manubc tures and a receiving centre of all felt needs of domestic and agricultural requirements for the villages in the vast neighbourhood. ;fhis cown ",vas selected for pilot urban survey as ·well as for intensive survey. The field work for both the ~urveys and for revisits ,,-as spread 0\ e1' 1968-71. Sarvasri Ch. Purnachandrarao, Khaja Moinnddin, Y. Radhakrishna and E. C. Obulesu have conducted field inve~tigation. The preliminary report was prepared by Sri E. C. Obulesu, Junior Investigator while Sri Khaja Moinuddin. Tabulation Officer prepared the draft for Chapter II-History and Growth of the Town. Tabulation design and final re-drafting of the mono graph were done by Sri Ch. Purnachandralao, Tabula tion Officer, under the supervision and guidance of Sri A. R. Jaya Prakash, M.Sc., Deputy Director of Census Operations. The credit for maps goes to late Sri M. Krishnaswamy, Senior Draughtsman. Sri B. Raghuram, Junior Draftsman prepared the cover page design under the guidance of Sri M. N. Rammoh,m, Artist. Sri K. Devadass, Assistant Compiler has taken the photographs. Proofs for strike .order were r~ad by Sri eh. Purnachandra Rao, TabulatIOn Officer WIth the assistance of Sri B. Anjaiah, Smt. B. Rajyalakshmi and Kum. B. Tarakeswari Rao Computors and Srj A. V. Ramana Rao, Assistant Compiler. (xi) I am deeply indebted to Dr. B. K. Roy Burman, M.Sc., D. Phil., Deputy Registrar General (Social Stu dies) for the valuable comments and suggestions he made while scrutinising the monograph. I visited the town twice in order to finally check certain delicate in formation with the elders of the town. Finally, I ac knowledge with thanks the co-operation and assistance rendererl by Sri P. V. R. K. Prasad, lAS., Project Officer, Small Farmers' Development Agency, Nalgonda, and Sri A. N. Tiwari, lAS., Sub-Collector, Bhongir. Sri Padmanabham, Municipal Commissioner and his suc cessor Sri P. Anantha Kishen Rao have been helpful throughout the field work. T. VEDANTAM, I.A.S., Director of Census Operations Andhra Pradesh. .; .,; I,) '"0 :;! .!S .; 0'" Q,) rtl ;;; .!!l <.) ~ '" 's ti '.0 0 '"0 S 4l 0 ~~ III .. ... ell ... ell s~ 0 ~o J:l ~ .'::: z .Yl Q,) iii ~.....l to .::: ....0 z0 E 0 ....I """.... N .... ~ CI"l ..... Oil N N CI"l IJ:> ..... 0 0 1;0. e 00 l- I N IJ:> ro ... «l N """N CO t: p., Q,) '" ~ e .B ....Ii) I.) !! -.::l rn ~ 0 Z ... 00 aI 0 01 N II") CI"l ",. to en r-- (l:) "._ "._ t> > ~ N iN CI"l CI"l C') Ct") r-. r-. en ell ~ """ """ ~ 2 Census/ AP /74 2 ~ ~ 0 G' f N C'.J ~ 0;1 Z .. OJ ._S~ 0'> S 5, 0;1 I-< OJ 0 OJ oS I-< ;:; ...... '"0 ~ ,a..OJ l1) ~ - ~ 0 ~ ~ ::I"'- .... '0 '"0 ..... ~ '1:1 ::I '"0 P.. ~o ::E~ f -t< \C ::I'" '" oS I-< >. g ...::1-< f f f ~ \) ... ;> b,OlIl'" .9 ~ ;:l ...... >. ::J z .:- ~ ~ III u ... r:l P...... '1:1 ~... c 0;1 :0 ·s III ';::..Q § .d to ·B ~ ;n ...... ::: N .... ILl -t< .... N- b.O", ~ Ol >:: .~ oj coZ ~ ~ ~ c·- 2 ~ 0 .§ SJ) 0) .2 Ct') ~ >-...... 0) P.. ol ..... N N e r-A.-., ok! • 0 0\, 0'> f ...... C() .... C<") tf'l -to N tr') \Cf'o.CC "" ,-- , ;...., \0' \0 \C \C ~ tf'l f'o.' g:,~ C'1 .,., N co co co co 0'> - N .N "'NN N,<:-I N I ·3 -,., ~,....,. ,.-.. ,-, ,-, 6) "O'l r--O'l 0 :::: ~ ~ .;:;;- <0 .....--- iil 0'> cr;' O'l 6) 6i 6l d1 ('jN NN <:') er> c .r__ ~,-. --, N..,.. C'-I..,.. ~ ,,"Oil c::;- e<') ..... _ tr) <0 0"> S .;:;;- ~ .;:;;- .;:;;- ~ ~ ~ ~ NN NN NN ----- e<') N '" N c .-< 8 E S S >:: S >:: S S 8 S S E E S E S I ....0 B B ..,0 ...,0 3 0 .8 .8 .8 0 § 0 B ...... :: ...... 8 B .8 .8 ...... I '0 0 0 '0 '0 0 pa p '0 ,3 ..c ..c ..c ,c ] ,.c '0 0 '0 '0 :0 '5 ] :£ ..c .n ..0 ..0 ..0 ..0 ,c I I, I ~ I ~ '1:i I . ,._ .0 _. N L"") <.D <0. r-- "'- co co 0'> 0 '"O'l 0'> ~ 0'> e c ::t ::, ::, o· 0 0 c 0 0 '" c<') N N N N c<: ::;:- i?l c ...... -.. 11")'" ....,., -. 0:;- 0'"" s 0- S + e ~~ C>l" S ..,..s s + + «l :i; l1'l l1'l c<'l c<'l .... + ~ .-< :!: ~ ..... ,..., .-< ~ <'I1=l-1 '" ...... c<'l, :;:; ;;:; ;;:; ;;:; ;;:; ;t) (0 0 ...... l!l c<'l «') .-< ~ ~ i i et'l ~ e<') c<'l c<'l c<'l c<'l c<'l ...... -< .-< <11 ' i I I i I s g e E s s a s0 s0 0 ,S El 'S S e ~ s ~ 0 0 0 ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 .... s .. ... ~ .... tl g ... -e g ...... 0 0 0 ic<'l ;:: ...... 0 0 ,t:/. ..0 t ¢ 0 '0 j ~ ] j .8 ,t:/. ,t:/. ..0 .D ,t:/. .D ] .D ! .8 .c I ,...... ~ ...-- ,... -d -d ~ ~ ~u V u Q ~ d ~ Q 0 0 0 0 \) 0 ~ 8 ...... '--' ...... e. lJ") N etl ' 0'1 0 e<') (0 0'1 0 ' ,....., C")~ C'i " r::: It) N"'O '" 0 Cii ., ., >= ~ ...... ~ " ...... ~ ~.. '" ...... -. l!"l I .-.. o '.0 ...... G- 7 0 It) tn ...... til III'"' ... '<:!' g"<1" V.: ... ~N ;'::C'I El E! 2 S S ... 1::: t;= S S 0 0 0 ;:: a £ .8 ~ .~ .S is .9 .9 :::: ::; :::: ",,.:::- t'l ::J ...... 0 '" ... 0 bIl ...... 0 0 ..w 0 0 0 .0 f;QO ,!J ..Q .0 .c ~ ~ I,) 01 8 ~ _....., ~ " ...--. :g -d "Q -d v v .... ::2u .: "9 s:: 0 =0 0 0 0 0 = .s '..-' 2- ~ ~ 0 r-. lJ'") <.0 0 co U') lJ'") lJ'") 0 eI') or) lJ'") ...... e o L'") e<'l 2-Census/ AP/74 CONTENTS (Figures in brackets denote page number) Foreword (i) -(v) Preface. (vii)-(xi, Chapter I INTRODUCTION I-n Topography and Physical Environment (1); Climate and R:tinfall (2); Flora (7); Fauna (8); COl11lllunica tions with other Places (9); Posts and Telegraphs (9); Functional are"s of the Town (11); Important Pub lic Phces and Buildings (11); Residential Pattern, X,lllcd ArC;ls, etc. (13); Density of Population and Buildings (14); Household Congestion Index (15); Household Accommodation (15); SJlient features or the Town (17). Chapter II HfSTORY OF GROWTH OF THE TOWN 2H2 Early Kakatiya Period (23): Etymology of the Harne of the town (28); Early Muslim Period (29); Early Nizam Period (32); Present De\'clopment and its cn.ar"cteristics (34): Population of the town through Decades:1901-1971 (36); Land 1'1ili'~liop (38); Land Vltder Cultivation (38); tand Use, Control and Speculation (39); Population Ch:,racteris(ics (40); Household Population (41). Chapter III AMENITIES AND SERVICES . 43-81 Tmm Administration (45\; Transport and Commu nications (61) ; Educational Institutions (63); Hostels (67); Medical Facilities (69); Family Planning Cli nic (73); Veterinary Hospital (74); Hotels and Res taur:lIlts (74); Sweet-Shops (77); Toddy, Arrack, Alcoholic Liquor Shops and Bars, etc. (78); Lodging Houses (78); Dharmasala (78); Travellers' Bungalow (79); Banking and Co-operative Institutions (79); Recreatiolls and Religious Institutions (80); Tn,di tional Occupations and Caste Associations (80). Chapter IV ECONOi'vHC LIFE OF THE TOWN _ 83-138 Land (83 1: Agriculture (84); Betel Gardens (85); Banam Cdri'.';)(ioll (8Ii); Paddy (88); Industries (89); Timbc, Depots in the town (90); The GcuTiil Engineering ilnd Industrial Co-operation Soriety Limited (90); Dairy Development and Allied Indm tries (91); Regional Cattl~ Development Unit; Bho ngir (92); r(~ed Mixing Plant (93); Milk ChilliI'g Centre (9~); lLlllkillg and Cooperation (98); The Canara Bank (99); The Bhongir Co-oper2ti'.~e Central Bank (100); The Co-operative Marketing Society (lG2i; The Bhongir Land Mortgage Bank Limited (lOr}); Sm~lll Farmers' Development Agency (xiii) la-2 Census/AP/74 (xiv) (107); The Co-operative Urban B::mk Limired, Bhongi!' (107;; Chit Funds in the Town (108;; The Handloom .Wea\·ers' Co-operative Society (108); The 1311()ngn Co-operalh-e Poultry Society (1(;9); Toddy Tappers' Co-operative Society (I Hi); Trade Unio;ls (1101; The ~lotor Workers' Union (110); The Gang Worke~'s' Union (Ill); The =Vluricipal \Yorkc:'s' Union (Ill); Rlmali Sang]tcm (113); Trade and Commerce (113); Occupational Struc ture of Population (120); Occupational Dhtribution (120); Workers by Industrial Cillc:gory at [he 1961 and 1971 Celisuses (Li2); Sen'eyed Sllmple Popn btion (1:::',); Non-Workers (127); Household :'\lain Occup:lti0"< (12S); Occupation by Place uf Work (1311; T1CiEc,port La Place of\'V"ork cllld '!'im,; Taken (131); OCGupation and Hours ofWark (J31); Em. ployment Status of Workers (l32); Emplovmcnt Status by Place of Origin of Workers (134); EI{lploy ment Sb~us by Distance From Place of Work (J34) Employm:nt Status by Hours of Work (J 36); Em ploymeat Stat'], and ::v1other Tongue (13G); Demo. gr,lphic Data on Employment Seekers (137). Chapter V POPULATION: STHNIC AND DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS 139-158 Ethnic Cornposition (139); DEMOGRAPHY: Sex Composi ,ion (143); Mother Tongue (145); l\fother Tongue ;;nd Sub,idiary Languages (145); Popula- tion by Age and Sex (146); Age, Sex and ~LJrital Status (i.\I); Marital Status (i4S); Age, Sex and Education,,] St3.tus (152); Edllcationalbel (154); Education Score by CastelCommunity (156); Non- E nrolmcnt of Children in School in the School Going Age-Group of6··14 Years (157). Chapter VI MIGRATION c\ND SETTLEMENT OF FAI\HLIES 159.166 Reilsons for i\ifigf9.tion (161); Distance of Place of Origin ,md Duration of Migration (161); Unit of Migration (162); Economic Bonds with the Phce of List Residence (152); Sodal Bonds with the Pbcc of La,t Residence (163); Nilture ~lld Extent of Help Received From Inmigrant Households at the Time of Settlement in the Town (1M); Problems [?ced during or after Migration (16+); Out-Iyfigration (165). Ghaptcr VII F AMILY LIFE IN THE TOWN 167-177 Size of Family (167); Composition of Households by Age and Sex of Members (170); Nature and Composition of Households (171): Particulars of Perscns who are staying outside (173); Frequency of Vi&it to Rural Areas by Memb('fg of the House holds during Last Year (173); Travel Index (176) (xv) Chapter VIII ~UGHBOt;RHOOD AND COMMUNITY LIFE 179,1811 l'articnlars of DifTcrent Named Areas and Localities of the To,'m ~ j 79); Jali]pura (180); Kummarawada rTj'j:: :-.rizampet Ot' );kliarpet (181): I"ochammr,wada ;mu S,(iswc.da (181); Tatanagar and Hanumanwada ~ ['ll); Reddiwnla ;"ld Brahminwada (182): The (; "'; ,\Tea :182: fD}:,,::ofthlO N,,;O"f-)ho\uhr'f'd (IF?,\; Rcl: ;;:",(5, Cuit{ll:'.l al~d Socia] A~tivities withIn the "', :ity (liB): ~cighbourh()od and Availability of Li iihc, :,{:d Sen'icc3 (lS5); Educational }'acilities .: 1:~.5 :Vft:lE\_':'tl Facilities (18G); Purchase of COlll- \;i',nin "nd outside the neighbollrhood (18Gl ; ) rcilase offish :lJld ~Ieat (l3i); Purcbse 01 Cloth :/): ?reclomi,lant Occupation oj' the L,}calitYiWard :t):'eclomir1ant Ethnic 01' C:lste Group in the or Ward (187). Chapter IX ORGA:-.lrSATIO'0l OF POWER AND I'RESTIGE 189-200 :;:." peeted Persons in the Neighbourhood (19!); [-;[]uential Penons iu tLc .'l'eighbourhood (191); ?ower and Preotigc at the Town Level (192); MUlIi. rip;;l Electiom, (j 93); Political Organis3tions :lrld Electl;Y1S (19G:; The Bhilrateeya Jana S'lrrgh (197); C}t;l<;~ PTc:ies (198); Voting Be~nviour of the People or llh Chapter X r~1::ISlJRE AND RECREl''\TION, SOCIAL PAR TICIPA,TIOX, SOCIAL AWARENESS, RILl- GIG:;; X:,D CRIME 201-238 R(;ligious Institution" 120 I); Temples !20Z); Village Dellies ,)0,),; Kolanupaka (203); D~'l'g2S (209); S\'cd Sh" v HmsClill AJias Svec1]alaludclin UTS (212): IdS:t :212\; :'hsiids (212': The Biblr. School and c;'iU'ch (2]-) ; CultUl:;tl ~nd RCcrCltiC:iJ::d Centres (215); :."\~wsp?:pc;r and )'fagozillc Circulation (217); 1(;,rli[Js 19); LibTal'ies !219): lr,uu-Suyitt Cultural Suclcb: 1,'1; Cinen-Ill ':222); Parks (22'J.J; Awareness~ ~ttitl!:!z and bLbmation :2N\; Belief in God (225); ~'Ld!i_'(T ry}' ~,.1:)rality (225); Social and Spjritual DZi rtst ,; l'brmit Communitv (L'25): MaTital AlIi. ;mee; "ir\l foreign :'\atir'ns (226); Political DOH;' loprn(~I~t :l~_ rhe COllr;_try 1226~1; EC()f;.ornic Dev(Jop .. mel'll si[:ce Indwcndencc (22';'); Corruption-Past ,::!d PreSC1',t ('227 ; Incli3cipJine among tte ,Young CrCnerail!~:' ; Urge'lt Problems of SocIa] Re· form ::222,\: Family Planning (229); Standard of [ j·.·ing 1:::'29): Presem Occup~,tion (:2:0); Aspirations ,\10011\ Ecns Inl \ ;,AspiratjomaboutDaughlers (23 J); PolIce DepRrrment <11)(i Crirr.e in tre Tfown (231); PClly Cases (~35); TehI~gana Agit Chapter Xl HINTERLAXD 239-248 Particulars of Pla~t;S (239) : P::rl,icl1br, of Pidees and the Purpose and Extent Oi' Commutatii,n >W); Outside Places to which Ridc.ih:"ws, Paper \-tlldors etc., Ply O,er (2iij, Chapter XII CO:\CLVSIOX 249-252 Appendices . 253-:?84 Tables 285-441 Glossary 443-H7 No, Title Page Numbers ------,------.------Urban Land-Use (VI) 10-11 2 Public UtiEty Sen'iccs (II) 12-13 3 Predominellt Ethnic Groups (IV) 12-13 4- Demity of Population (III; 14-15 5 Density of Buildings (I) 14-15 6 Location of Bhongir During Kahtiya Pericd -of Warangal. (VII) 22-23 7 Plan Showing the cJrh, del'eloped areas of Bhngir with the boundaries ofits Paragnz,s 1199-1262 A.D, I\"I II) 24-25 8 Plan showing the developed areas of Bhongir Fort and Town during early Qutub Shahi Period (IX) 30-31 9 Map Showing the dewlopcd are.lS under ]'\izam's period (X) 32-33 10 Map Showing the developed :\rc~s Zlftn the form:nioL of Andhra Pradesh (XI) 34,35 II Average Land Value )V) 40.41 12 Functional Characteristics of Hintcria;ld Vilbges (XII; 240-241 LfST OF :LLUSTRATIO:"l"S Fig. No, Title Page Number -~.------2 3 ~ri T. Ved'1i1um. L\.S .. Director of Census Oncration5 in ';Ol1\<::;.l(ion with [he town elders • xxix 2 A vie.,,, ,Ii the Street in the Old Town g Bhongir Tank now being used for irrigation purposes XXXI 4 Gmj in new town (See the carts, and bullocks at repose) xxxii 5 The B~1S St:llld, Bhongir xxxiii T11', Tf?veliers' Bungalow xxxiv 7 A di,~~, 11 \·iew of rh~ single rock hillock, Bhongir (See the ll~W construcliO:ls around) xxxv 8 Deep ere-fiees on the single rock hillo, k on its sides 9 A m:nolith (Single rock hillock) of Bhongir.-See row of tited hou,es at the foot of tLe hillock xxxvii 10 A tikd llULlse in Bh'.)J1gir Town xxxviii 11 The Bh:ngir Rlilw.ly Station-It lS over a century old xxxix 12 Taluk Office, Bhongir xl 13 ~·funicipal Office, Bhongir xl 14 Pal1chayat S:lmithi, Bhongir xli 15 The Mlmicipal Coullcil at .:>.ieedng xli 16 P')sls and Telegraphs Building xlii 17 Industrial Traini'"g Institute xlii 18 Tatanagar Colony, Bhongir xliii 19 The Gc.1c;'.l1 H};pitll ;l'1d Family Planning Centre, Bhongir . xliii 2~) Hotel ='!ataf:lj, A p:)pular restaurant for refreshments, xliv (xvii) (xviii) 2 ~ 21 A Mudiraj Famil) xliv 22 Sri Ndrasingi Rice & Oil ~1ill, Bhongir x:lv 23 Po1ythene Industry xlvi 24 Feed Mixbg Plant xlvii 25 Milk Chilling Centre xhdi 26 Milk Chilling Centre-Operation in Progress ., xlviii 27 A dairy farmer with hisJ ersy Cow (Sri P. Krishna Murthy Municipal Vice-Chairman) . . . . . xlix 28 A Potters Household 29 The Anjaneya Temple at the foot or the Single rock· hillock.Bhongir 30 Jdga -_ Muslim Pr,lyer Hall near the Traveller,' Bun galow li 31 Church-cum-Prince Institute Ii 32 Gattu Mysamma Deity at the foot of the hillock 011 the road to Nalgouda tii 33 The Bhongir Club liii LIST OF STATEMENTS Statement Title Page No. No. 2 3 1.(1) Minimum and Maximum temperature recorded at Bhongh, 1961-1968 3&4- 1-(2) Rainfall recorded ~I Bhcr,gir R?i, UL[<, 196]··(9 . 5&6 1-(3) Households and Population by Religion and Ca,tt.jCom munity 15 & 16 1-(4) Houses by number of rooms by Caste/TribefComffiunity 18 to 21 III-(1 ) Draft budget of receipts of Cit), Municipality, Bhang;r, Nalgonda District for the year 1967-68 49-51 (xix) 2 3 IlI-(2) Draft budget of expp,nditure of City Municipality, Bhongir Nalgonda District, for the year 1967-68 54-56 1II-(3) Plttern of use of electric power, rates, demand, collec tion etc., 1957-68 60 IlI-(4) Sale of Postal Stationery in 1967-58 62 III-(5) Pupil-strength by class and sex . 64 UI-(6) Diseases treated in the Hospital in 1967-68 69-i2 III-(7) Incidence of diseases among different animals treated during 1% 7-68 75·76 t IV-(I) Production particulars and benefits through the feed mixing plant . 95 IV-(2) Progress of the bank during the years 1968-69, 1959-70, 1970-7l and [971- 72 (U pta end of February) 100-10 1 IV-(3) Particulars of produce brought to and sold in the market committee yard Bhongir, during 1967-68 103 IV-(4) Particulars of Turnover determined and tal~ levied on the Important Cammodities during the year 1967-63, by the Deputy Commercial Tax Officer, Bhongir . 115-117 IV-(5) Workers by category and non-workers per 1,000 persons in Bhongir Town, Nalgonda District ,md Andhra Pradesh State as per the 196 t Census 121 IV-(6) Workers by industrial category and Sex '18 per 1961 and 1971 Censuses . 124 TV-(7) Workers and Non·Workers by Age Group and Sex 126 IV-(8) Non-Workers by Age Group, Sex and Nature of Activity. 127 rV-(9) Number of Households by Household Main Occupation 128-129 IV-(ta) Employment status by place of origin 13:) V-(t) Population of Bhongir Town by Se~ Ratio 1941-1971 143 V·(2) Population by Age Group and Sex 147 V-(3) Population by Marital Status of Nalgonda District and Urban Areal of Nalgondil District as per the 1961 Census 148-149 V.(4) Sample Population by Marital Status 150 V-(5) Literacy by Cctste/Community and Sex 153 V-(6) Lit61'acy by Educational level of the SQmple Population by Sex ...... 155 V-(7) Education by Sex and Caste/Community 156-157 (xx), 2 3 VI-(I) Distan(;c and Duration of Migration of In.Migrant Households 160 VII-(I) Composition of Households by Number of members 167-168 VII-(2) Average size of Households by Religion and CastelCom- munity 169 VII-(3) Distribution of Households by Age and Sex of Members 170 Vn-(4) Households by Age VII.(7) R'1!'al Linkage-~Frequency of visit by people from Rural Areas During Last Year . . '. . 175 X-(l) N umber of shows screened, collection including taxes and share of St3te Government 3nd Local Body in the Tax 224 X.(2] Causes ofPreVRlence of Corruption today 227·221) X·(3) Reasons for not satisfying with present Occupation 230 X-(t) Crime Position in 1969. 1970 & 1971-~-A Comparison 233 X.(5) Other Indian PnaJ Cde Cases Reported in the police statioJ1 in 1969, 1970 & 1971 234 X-(6) Petty Cases in 1969, 19jO & 1971 236 APPENDICES --~------~~------~----- SI. ::"110. Title Page Number Government Offices, Banks, Other Institutions in Bhon· gir Town 253-257 II Municipal Rate Schedule. 258-261 III Statement Showing Demand and Collection of Taxes, Fees etc., From 1964-65 to 1966·67 262·263 IV Detailed Particulars offactories and industrial establisI1- ments of different size and type (upto the limit of20 fac. tories of which at leClst 3 should be taken from each cate gory, large, medium and small provided that establish. ment of the size concerned exists) 264·267 (xxi) 2 3 V Trade and Commerce-Particulars of Shops by Nature, Category, Turnover, etc. 268-271 VI Voting B.:!haviour of the Electors at the Municipal Elec· tions 272-276 VII Vothg Behaviour of the Electors at the Vidhan Sabha (i'membly) Elections 277-278 VUl Vothg Behaviour of the Electors at the Lok Sabha Elec- tions 279·280 IX Receipts of Bhongir Municipality During 1970-7 J to 1972-73 281-282 X Expe1diture ofBhongir Municipality during 1970-71 to 1972-73 283-284 LIST OF TABLES Table Title Page Number Number 2 3 Houses by roof material and CasteJCommunity 285 2 Houses by wall material by Caste/Community 286 3 Houses by Floor material by Caste/Community 287 -4: Vicination by CasteJCommunity 283 5 Distributioll of Households by Main Occupation and Caste/Community 289-292 6 Occupation by place of work 293 7 Occupation, Transport to place of work and time taken to reach 294-297 8 Occupation and hours of work 298 9 Employment status of workers by locality 299 10 Employment status by caste or community 300 (xxii) , 2 3 11 Employment status by State/District to which belongs 301 12 Employment status by migration with reference to place of birth .' 302 13 Employment status and place of work 303 14 Employment status, distance from place of work and trans port 304 15 Employment status and hours of work 305 16 Employment status with reference to Mother-tongue, 306 17 Persons seeking employment by mother-tongue and duration of stay in town 306 18 Persons seeking employment by mother-tongue and age group 307 19 Persons seeking employment by state of origin and age group 308 20, Persons seeking employment by caste or community and age-group 309-310 21 Persons seeking employment by religion and age-group gIl 22 Persons seeking employment by caste/community and dura tion of stay in the town 312·313 23 Locality, Number of Households with unemployed persons and Persons Seeking Employment by Age-Group 314-315 24 Description and Duration of Previous Employment of persons seeking employment 316 25 Description of Proious Employment and Reason for Dis continuation 316 26 Number of Non-Workers seeking Employment by broac Age-Group and Nature of Activity 317-318 27 Number of Persons Seeking Employment for the first Time by Age, Sex and Educational Le.'el 28 Number of Persons Seeking Employment for the First time by Educational Leveland Type of Employment Sought 320 (xxiii) 2 3 29 Number of Persons Seeking Employment by Age, Sex, Edu(.;ational Level an.d Registration with Employment Exchange . 321 30 NU1nl:>e~ of Persoas Seeking Employment by Educational Level, Sex and Marital Status 322 31 PopuLI tion by Age-Group and Sex 323-324 32 Persons by Age at :First Marriage by Caste/Community 325-3:26 33 Population by Age-Group, Sex, Education and Castel Community and Religion 327-333 34 Popclbtion by Age-Group, Sex and Education 339-340 35 Dist.iblltion of Households by Caste/Community and A.veragc Educational Score . 341-344 36 Non-Enrolment in School by Children of School going ~. lli 37 Settlement History of Households in the Town 346 3B C:Fll'.lcteristics (At the time of Migration) of the place of Origin of Mi~ration by Time of Migration and Broad C,tegory of the place 347 9 "-ligratioll Stages of Households hailing from Outside 348 40 Clt:lraeteristics (At the time of Migration) of the Place of Origin br Time of Migration and Distance 349-350 41 Characteristics of Places of SuccessiYe Migration in Two St:lges By time of Migration to Referrent Town 351 42 Crnncteristics of phces of Successive Migration in Two Sbge:; by Rnson of Migration 352 43 Characteristics ofPloxes of Successive Migration in two Stages By Duration of Stay at Each Place 353-354 H B:cnd Clte;;:l:'y ofPhce fro::n w\1ere the Household Hails, Time and Reason for Migration 355 45 Unit of Migration to this town at the First Time 359'- 46 Economic Bonds with the Place from where Migrated to this Town 357 (xxiv) 2 3 47 Social Bonds with the Ptace from where Migrated to this Town 358 48 Visit by the Relatives to the Immigrant Households of this Town 359 49 Hdp Received During Settlement by the Immigrant House- holds 360 50 Problems faced by Households with reference to Locality and the Floor on which the House is Situated 361-362 51 Hvu,e:lOlcl M,~mbers Staying Outside-Workers and Non- Workers by Age-Group 363-365 52 Houshold Members Staying Outside-Workers by Sex and Marital Status 366·367 53 BlYUsehold Members Staying Outside-Relationship with Hrad of Household and Marital Status 368-369 54 Household Members j Staying Outside-Nan-Workers by Category 370-371 55 Nature of Composition of Households with reference to Relation with Head of Respective Household 372-374 56 Educational Facility-Primary Level 375 .57 Educational Facility-Secondary Level 376 53 E lU:cltional Facility-Post-Secondary upto Degree Leyel 377 59 Educational Facility~-Post-Graduate Level 37~ 60 Households That Availed lMedical Facility During Last Year ~79 61 Medical Facility availed by type 380 62 Neighbourhood & Purchase of C@mmodities-Fish & Meat 381 63 Neighbourhood and Purchase of Commodity-Cloth 382 64 Predominent Occupation in the Locality; Ward Number According to W:lom tile Predominent Occupation . 383 65 Neighbourhood and Community Life-Predominant Ethnic Group in the Locality/Ward 384-385 fiG Respected Persons in the Neighbourhood 386-388 (xxv) 2 3 67 Awareness :\bout A. Satyanarayana Rao in the Neightour hoCtd Among the Yotaries who could tell the Patiee- 1ars :i L 63 Aware~le,s ilbout P. Krishna Murthy in the Neighbourl~ood Among the Votaries who could tell the particulars . 3S0 69 Awareness ,\bout P. Rajeswar in the Neighl:;ourl!ood Among the Votaries who could tell the particulars . 391 70 Avnreile" aboCit P. R'lmaiah in the Neighbourhood AmoTIg the Vot]1 ies who could tell the particulars 3S2 71 Awarness about T. Lakshma Reddy in the Neighbour hood ,\mong the Votaries ""ho could tell the parti- culars 393 72 Respected Persons in the Town 394-395 73 AWHc'le" about Shri P. Hanumantha Rao (Respected Person) in the town . 396 74 Awareness about Sri T. Lakshma Reddy in the town 397 7S Awareness about Shd K. Maheswaram in the town 398 76 Awar('ness about Sri P. Krihsna Murty in the town. 399 77 AwarenC';s about Sri B. Satyanarayana (Respected Person:, in the town 400 78 MoHler Tongue as related to Caste)CommunityjReli- gion 401-40:2 79 Mother Tongue as Related to Country/State District to which belongs and age 403 80 Mother-Tongue and Subsidiary Languages as Related to Age and Sex 404 81 Tra\el Index of Persons, Males and Females by tm,n 2nd L(Kalities 405 82 Travcl Incex ofPen:ons, Mdcs aLd Femdc~ l:.y C~,te cr Community 406 83 Travel Index of Persons, Males and Fllmales by Religion 407 84 Travel Index of Persons, Males and Females ly Mother Tongue 407 (xxvi) 2 3 85 Atitude and Views-Belidin God 4(}8 85 .\ttitude and Views-Beliefin God 409 87 Attitude and Vie.vs--Source of Mor:llity 410 88 Attitude and Views for Social and Spiritual Unrest 411 89 Attitude and View,-Reason for Social and Spiritual Unrest G.,used through too much (;Oncem with Material Wel fare -412 90 Attitude and Views About the HumaN Community . ·tI3 91 Attitude and Views about Human Community-Re:i,on/ Causes of Inequality Among Human Community ~14 92 Attitude and Views-Marit;].l Alliances v;ith foreign ='!a.tionals 415 93 Political D2velopments in the 'Country after Independence 94 Attitude and Viel'/s-Causes of Failure on the Political Front Since Independence ~17 9'i Political Achievements since Independence 418 96 E:oaomic Developments of the Country Since Independenc~ 419 97 Attitude and Views--Ca.uscs of Failure on the Economic Front since Independence 42-0 98 Achievements on the Economic Front sInce Indepen dence 421 99 Corruption-Past and Present 422 lOa A.ttitude and Views-Corruption to-day <[23 101 Indiscipline Among the Younger Generation 424 (1)2 Attitude and Views-Symptoms ofIndiscipline 4-25 103 ,\ttitude and Views-Urgent Problems of Social Reform 426 UH' l'roblems of Social Reform 427 (il5 Information al1d Attitude towards Family Planning by Caste/Comml.wity +28 (xxvii) 2 3 ------~------106 Attitude Clnd Views on Family Planning 429 107 Family Planning rvleasures Adopted by Caste/Community and Sex 4-30 108 Adoption of Family Planning Measures by Men and Duration 431 109 Attitude & Views---Opposition to Family Planning- +31 Reasons 110 Views Clbout Standard of Living enjoyed by Number of HOllschold~ <132 III Reasons for Dil-satis[tG:tion with the present Standard of ~~ ill 112 Impro'_-ments in Standard ofLidng if the Income Goes up ~5~ 4M 113 Contentment with present Occupation 435 114 R<:a30llS for not satisfying with present Occupation 436 115 Aspintion for Other Occupations 437 116 Aspiration A bou t Sons. 438.439 117 Aspiration About Dauihters 440-441 XXIX FIG. 1 Sri T. Vedantam, LA.S., Director of Census Operations (extreme right) in conversation with the town elders. IB-2 Census AP/74 xxx FIG. 2 A view of the Street in the Old Town (Chapter I, Para 23) XXXI· ~;r) roC'-! f-4ro :-. ro 'bOP-!'"' Q ..8 ~ e<"l ,ci \1 xxx11 :~: oS J0-:') XXXlll I XXXIV xxxv '\/ XXXVI til ~til ~ <.) o ;... co XXXVII t...., o <,... o 1C-2 Census/APj74 \.1 XXXVlll o XXXIX xl FrGi]2 Taluk Office, Bhongir (Chapter I, Pal'a 26 & Chapter nI, Para 3) FIG. 13 Municipal Office, Bhongir (Chapter I, Paras 26 & 29; & Chapter In, Para 10) xli FIG. 14 Panchayat Samithi, Bhongir (Chapter I, Paras 26 & 29 and Chapter III, Para 9) FIG. 15 The Municipal Council at Meeting (Chapter III, Para 11) xlii FIG. 16 Posts and Telegraphs Building (Chapter I, Paras 21 & 29, and Chapter III Para 43) FIG. 17 Industrial Training Institute (Chapter III, Para 60) xliii FIG. 18 Tatanagar Colony, Bhongir (Chapter I, Para 34) FIG. 19 The General Hospital and Family Planning Centre, Bhongir (Chapter Para 77) III, xliv FIG. 20 Hotel Nataraj, A popular restaurant for refreshments, (Chapter III, Para 92) FIG. 21 A Mudiraj Family (Chapter III, Para 113 [2] ) xlv ,.-... N ell ell p..,'"' >~ ,- 1-1 ...... V 0.. ro ...c: ,. 2- -' ~ -' is ~ v u r2 'eo .;;;s:: ..... ro Z..... rfJ'"' N N (!) Ii: 1 D-2 Cemm/AP/74 xlvi FIG 28 Polythene Industry (Chapter I, Para 26 & Chapter IV, Para 23) xlvii FIG. 24 Feed Mixing Plant (Chapter I, Para 29 & Chapter IV, Para 37) FIG. 25 Milk Chilling Centre (Chapter r, Para 14 & Cha pter IV) xlviii • xlix , FiG. 27 A dairy farmer with hisJersy Cow (Sri P. Krishnamurthy, Muni cipal Vice-Chairman) (Chapter I, Para 14 & Chapter IV :Para 48) 1 FIG. 28 A potter's house~old (Chapter VIII, Para 7) FIG. 29 The Anjaneya Temple at the foot of the Single rock hillock, Bhongir. (Chapter r, Para 32 & Chapter X, Para 18) Ii FIG. 30 Idga- Muslim Prayer Hall near the Travellers' Bungalow. (Chapter X, Para 48) FlG. 31 Church-cum-Prince Institute (Chapter III, Para 112 & Chapter X, Para 59) Iii FIG. 32 Gattu Mysamma deity at the foot of the hillock on the road to Nalgonda, (Chapter I, "?ara 32 & Chapter X, Para 24)...... _ ...... ..c o;::s le-2 CencusjAPj74 CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION Bhongir is one of the ancient towns in Nalgonda district situated slightly towards the north·east of Hyderabad City, the Capital of Andhra Pradesh State, at a ~istance o~ 50 Kms. (32 miles) on Hyderabad-Warangal State HIghway and Secundera bad-Kazipet broad gauge ,railway li~e of the South Central Railway. It lies on 17 0 31 North latItude and between 78" 54' and 79° East longitude. It is spread over an area of 2.59 Sq. Kms. (1.62 Sq. miles). As per the 1961 Census, the population of the town was 17,549 inhabiting 3,355 residential houses. As per the 1971 Census, the population is 21,815 of which 1l,244 are males and 10,571 are females, inhabiting 3,972 residential houses. 2. The town is the headquarters of Bhongir taluk and also headquarters of the Bhongir Revenue Division compris ing Bhongir and Ramannapet taluks. Nalgonda (population 32,879), the district headquarters town is at a distance of 7? Kms. There is no other nearest town with a population of less than one lakh. 'The nearest City with a population of lllore than ] lakh, the nearest airport (Begumpet in Hyderabad), Radio Station and the State Headquarters-all an~ at Hyd'eTa bad City situated at a distance of 50 Kms. The town has a Rail ~ay Station and is connected by a number of State Road Transport Corporation buses and private bus services with im portant places within and outside the district as well. It is not connected by any inland water transport. Musi river, a tributory of Krishna river is at a distance of 13 Kms. (8 miles) from the town. It is not navigable. Topography and Physical Enviromnent 3. The town, though, situated on a plain terrain, is sur rounded by small hillocks on the north and north-east. Th~ Bhongir hill-fort is surrounded by the town on _three sides viz .. east, west and north. On thoe eastern and south-eastern sides. a few furlongs away from the town, there are big hills inter spersed with huge tracts of agricultural fields. The South western part of the town comprises large tracts of cultivable land. There are small bits of cultivable lands within the town limits also. The Bhongir tank, constructed long ago lies on ~~ western side of the town. It is the major source of irrigation. 2-2 Census/AP/74 2 Wet crops are also ~aised in .the lands irrigated under wells. There are some ferule red sOlI lands on the periphery of the town, but they are purely dependent on rain. There are a few acres of black soil in and around the town. There are a few orange groves, banana plantations and beL I-leaf gardens on the western and south-eastern parts of the town. The town is famous for itfr betel-leaves which are exported to Hyderabad City and elsewhere. Climate and rainfall . 4. The town is situated at a height of 437 meters M.S.L. The climate is hot in summer with general drvnes'i. Summer s'eason commences from the mid February and continues upto the first week of June. The day and night temperatures begin to rise very rapidly from the last week of February and May is th'e hottest month. During the period from 1961 to 1968 the maximum temperature recorded was 42.78°C in April, 1961 and in May, 1967 while the minimum temperature of 12.78"C was recorded in January, 1968. The statement 1-(1) shows the monthwise minimum and maximum temperatures recorded ,it Bhong-ir during 1961-68. [Statement 1-(1) at pp. :;-41 Rain-fall 5. The av(:rage number of rainy days and rainfall pet Vcar during the decade 1951-60 are 47 days and 718-6 mms, respec tively. The same for the 9 years period from 1961-69 are 47 days and 709 rums. respectively. The following :;taton: nt 1-(2) 'ihows the lllonthwise number of rainy days and amount of rainfall during the period from 1961-69. [Statement 1-(2) at pp. 5-6] 6. It can be seen from the above statement that July, August and Septemb'er months constitute the rainy season. From October onwards tue monsoon retreats with the com mencement of winter season. 7. The post-summer and pre-monsoon months of June July are characterised by Western and North-Western winds and the period is known as 'gaalikaalamu' (season of winds). Soon after, the south-west monsoon sets in and continues upto September. The temperature starts to cool down gradually. The moist heat in August and September is very oppressive. October and November months constitute the post-monsoon or the retreating monsoon period and both the day and night 3 ;2~~;-g:J::gsg:j~ ~~~~~~~'i< C\.fCOC0:QC'(")...-+Ito(")et"") Nt-...C(")~C<')~C'C)Cf") NC'fC't'}c-.re<')~c:<')C'f) NNNNNc-.JNN o :;+8~~~;8 ~ ~ t!") f"',.. lO t11 ~ If'':l N"'I N N C'r N N N COOO'lOCOO'l O'lO'lI'-e<">e<").,j 'i< C'") 0 ;< c<:l 0 O1.,....ot~c<1 __ 0 NNNNNe-J':'1 ,,-, ~~+05:5 ~8 ~ C'("') "+' 1..0 ~ 1-0 r- l!") ~C<")Cf')C<")C()('(";ICf')~ ~~gg+~g C,D"-':"-':oo";"-':o C'[ N N +~r-Oir---.r ..... c~c:o "0("1 ~ 1..0 co r.c c..o L'") l-- I. '\ 4 NO"Iet')..q.tC\tOO_ ~eoM"' -'OCO-CO..q.t~ ...... '_O~--r--..q.tC:OlO .-4to""" "'''N'''oi") N~O.q.._~OC'-l ~11")O-e:f4-~O~ N "" "" ' -C'-Ir.o ..... "" Cl"iCO-l"Q')'-ef';I("'-.. c;x:l /:"'0. - W co .-,.:()"2 c.o ~<"i ' C"-l["-..f""'-.r-....o:.C\I(.OC"!") """,t.D ...," """"eo"'r-O""C-l C'!"!":~~O~~ C"-IC-..JC'-Ic-.t_C~~ C'lNNC\lNNNN 5 "'l"i 00> CO<.P gs;;;g;;;!;~ C'I e<'lO <.P • 1- ~ o ci OJ • \D ~ 0 ~i~ "i<~"i< i co 0 o o 6 <.C co co o C'I et)~<.O O'l'"t' Q') ~ I.{') N C'-I OJ ~ ~N~C- ON COr--"i"r--O'lO,,":U"l """i"O'lo;O'lU"lO'l r-- o::lr--O'lCQ"; 8. The depressions originating in the Bay of Bengal move in the north-west~rn direction from the sea which is about 320 Kms. to the east of the town, and are responsible for oc casional wide-spread heavy rains followed by strong winds. Thunder storms occur in the later part of summ:T, through the south-west monsoon and in the early part of the post-mon soon period. Climate of Bhongir Town and the District (Nalgonda). 9. The district experiences hot summers and warm wint ers. During summer months, the temperature goes upto about 43.5°C and during winter it falls down to about 10'C. The minimum and maximum temperatures recorded at Bhongir town during 1961-69 arc 12.78°C and 42.7SoC while the month wise averages of minimum and maximum temperatures during the same perion are l6.39°C and 41.]J°C. Thus, compared to the district figures, the town enjoys moderate climate with the minimum temperature above the district minimum and the maximum tcmperature below the district maximum. 10. The town gets lesser rainfall (709 mms.) compared to the district aycrage which is 812.18 mms. The total annual rainfall in the town ranged. from 510.4 mm. in 1965 to 946.6 mm_ in 1961 _ The town as well as the district receive most of the rainfall during the south-west monsoon. II. The climate of the town and the district are moderak just like most of the districts in the Telangana area. 12. Flora: ---The old town portrays a colourful. ap- pearai1ce with neem, tamarind. palmyrah and peepal trees with a sprinkling of coconut and mango trees. The distribution of vegetation in different parts of the town is uneven. Vegetation is dense in the old town area, while in the extension areas on the eastern side along the Warangal Road, it is sparsely spread. A few coconut and ne'em trees are found in the front-yards of some houscholds. The thorny and wild bushes on and around the fort hillock give green appearance to the surface- of the " / 8 hill, except during summer season. The fort hillock provides fodder for the cattle during the rainy and winter seasons and roof material for huts. There is an unreserved forest nearby. which provides wild vegetation useful as firewood. 13. Fauna:-The 'desavali' or indigenous type of cattle 15. Rearing of sheep and goats is common and it is the traditional occupation of a few communities in the town. They are used for penning in the fields on hire. The shepherds get milk and coarse wool from them and also sell them fo·t meat purposes in the town and to Hyderabad and other places. Keeping poultry at household level as well as on commercial levels is found in the town. Pig rearing is found among some Washermen and a few oth'er households. 16. As per the Cattle Census conducted in ]90.1, there were 619 cows, 880 work bullocks, 170 scrub bulls, 134 young stod of cows and bulls below 3 years, 600 breed able buffaloes, 98 he buffalo'es, 49 scrub he-buffalloes, 365 buffalo-calves, 34 horses, j05 sheep, 604 goats, 151 pigs and 3,231 poultry of all type~. 9 17. The fauna in the nearby forest of Bhongir consists of wolves, faxes, monkeys and wild boar. Aniong birds, pea fowls, patridgcs, quail, rock-pigeon and jungle-fowl are found. During May-June when the tank is dry, cranes in groups of 20·25 migrate to the tank in search of food. Communication with other places ]8. This town is connected by rail and road. It is an im· portant railway station on Hyderabad-Kazipet railway line of the South-Central Railway. This station is not only an import ant one for passenger traffic but also for goods traffic (Fig. 11). Rice, oil seeds, rice-bran, oil-cake, wool, coriander are some of the commoditi'es exported to other places from this railway station while salt, fertilizers, oils, tiles, Shahabad stones, cem cnt, etc., arc the major commodities imported into the town. 19. Bhongir is well connected by mads to all important towns and cities within the State. The Hyderabad-Warangal State high-way passes through this town, parallel to the rail way line. N algonda, the district headquarters town and Siddipet, a: divisional headquarters town in Medak district are also con nected by State highways through this town. A good number of the State Road Transport buses ply through this town connec ting Hyderabad, Nalgonda, Warangal, Hanamkonda, Janagaon, Narketpally, Yadagirigutta-the most important pilgrim cen tre of the Telangana Region and other places. Yadagirigutta, Narketpalh, and Hanamkonda are covered by more than 7 services per day while Hyderabad city is cOV'ered by 12 regular services. The surrounding hinterland villages of the taluk are connected by a network of Zilla Parish ad and Public Works Department's roads which act as feeder roads and private buses ply on these routes. The important rural areas having regular bus services from Bhongir are Addagudur, Dacharam, jalilpur, Gaju1apodlampalle, Koratkal and Rajapet. These places are covered by 29 private buses which ply regularly taking a mini mum of 2 trips a day. 20. This town is not connected by air or inland wate! transport. 21. PO&ts and telegraphs.-This town is served with a post office since J-7-1877, established during the Nizam's Government MOD'CY Orders, Postal Savings Bank, telegraph, trunk-call and telephone faciliti"s arc available since 1937 (Fig. 16). A Microwave Transmitting St Morphology of the town 22. Bhongir town was neither influenced b.y British nor European or any hybrid features. It has no evidences of being a colony or conlluercial centre of any foreign company like the East India, the Dutch or the Portuguese. Like other areas of the Tclangana Region, it has features of Hindu and Muslim influences like a prominent but neglected temple or sacred places, a dilapidated fort and tombs scattered here and th\:!rer indicative of past glory and prospertty. The town did not corne up on a )'iver side like many towns and cities of ancient and modern times. It came up primarily as a strategic place for military purposes even during the pre-Kakatiya (West Chalukyan) and Kakatiya periods and later during the Muslim period. 23. The stH~ct pattern is unplanned and zig-zag. The streets an: crooked and narroW and the lanes and by-lanes afe con gested and call not afford passage to vehicular traffic (Fig. 2). 24. The Hyderabad-Warang-al highway passes through the town from \Vest to slightly East-North-East. The Nalgonda Road enters the town through the South-West and joins the Hvclerabad-Warangal Highway near the Industrial Training lnn:tutc, almost halfway between the old and the new town areas. The Nehru Road joins the Hyderabad and Nalgonda Roads transversely from "Vest to South-West while the Azad Road starts halfway from the Nehru Road towards its North Ea~t, joining the Nalgonda road before it (Nalgonda road) joins th'e Hyderabad-Warangal Road. The Jagdevpur road bra'nches off from Hyderabad-Warangal Road towards the North from the North-Western part of the old town, There are a number of lanes and by-lanes in the old Town, The development of th'e old town is towards the South-Eastern side of the Hyderabad-Warangal Road while the latest developments are along the same road on both sides. Hence the development of the old town suggests that it is radial type combined with ribhon development on the Northern and Southern sides of th'e Hyderabad-Warangal highway. 25. Bhongir tank is about half a kilometre (3 furlongs) to the left side of the Hyderabad-Warangal road and away from the town on the North-Western side of the old town. It is, as old as the town itself. It docs not appear to stand a.s an influential factor nor as an obstacle in shaping the town. The f ank serves Conly the needs of irrigation (Fig. 3). 8HON611 TOWN URBAN LAND·USE f NOT 10 ICALt ) .-.. I. # f I ",' .. --'. '. ~," I I ,.. " I • I" •• I ," \ \ , \ I \, .,-, ,.' '. I • ( I ,•I I I I • I I ,,," I ,0'.' .. 11 Functional iueas of the town 26. The important administrative oHices like the Taluk Office, the Sub·Collector's Office, the Panchayat Samithi Office (Fig. 14) alld the Municipal Office (Fig. 13) are located on the Eastern side of the town adjoining the Ganj area while the Munsiff Magistrate's Court. Commercial Taxes Office are locat ed along the Hydcmbad-Warangal Road in between th~ old town and the Ganj area (Fig. 4) and segregated from the old town. These offices constitute the administrative areas of the town. The Polythene Industry (Fig. 23) on the right side of the hirrhw(!\' and the 8 rice and oil mills on 'either side of the Highw:l\ ill the Ganj area constitute the Industrial area of the town. The commercial area of the town is mostly concen trated in the Ganj area while;} few shops are scattered in the town selling household provisions. 27. The educational centres in the town consist of one Higher S: WilLIan School now upgraded into a Junior r:ollege near tht: !\{ul1siff Magistrate's Court, two high schools in the old town-one in the Brahminwada exclusively for girls and the other in Beech Mohalla for boys and a Boy's High School in the Ganj area. All aTe government institutions. There are 4 ,Primary and 2 Nursery Schools apart from over a dozen pri vate schools which give coaching upto fifth standard. 28. The old town is mostly residential and about two thirds of th'c rotal residential houses are concentrated here, while most of the remaining houses are in the Ganj area, and the rest are sparsely spread over along the road side on the East of the town and adjoining the hillock on the east and surrounding the Laksbminarayana temple [Map I]. Important public places and buildings 29. Post and Telegraph Office (Fi~. 16). the Municipal Office (Fig. 13), the Bus Stand (Fig. 5), the Taluk Office, and the Rural Police outpost are situated on the Northern side of the H ydera bad-Warangal highway, while the Sub-Collector's Office and the Panchayat Samithi Office (Fig. 14) are on the Southern side of it. adjoining the Ganl area towards the far Eastern side of the town, a few furlongs away from the Taluk "fJice. The Feed Mixing Plant (Fig. 24) and the Milk Chilling Ct.~tre are far away from the town, beyond the railway station, on either side of the Hyderabad~Warang-al road [Map II]. 12 30. The P.W.D. Travellers' Dungalow (Fig. 6) is on tht' West'ern side of the town, a few yards away from where the Hyderabad road enters the town while the P.W.D. (Roads and Buildings) Office is on the right side (South) of the high way where the Nehru Road joins it. Bharat talkies, the only cinema theatre in the town is towards the southern side of the highway opposite the Traveller's bungalow. It is located in Asoknag'ar. The Government General Hospital is towards the southern (right) side of the Highway, just opposite the Tata nagar road. The Co-op'erative Central Bank is on the corner where the Jagdevpur road branches off from the highway, on its north. The Industrial Training Institute is on the corner where the Nalgonda road joins the highway. 31. The historic Bhongir fort on the hillock (Figs. 7 & 9) with a circumference of ].6 Kms. (1 mile), is, on the southern side of the highway towards the east of the old town and ad joining the south-eastern tip of the Ganj area and its extension on the right side (somh) of the highw-ay. There are some small water ponds on the single rock granite hillock. Some natural ponds are on the top of the hillock while some are on the sides of the rock midway and at the foot of the hillock (Fig. 8). Ra:n water is impounded in these ponds. It is also b~Iieved that some springs also may be there in these ponds. There is also a well on the hillock whose depth ,i,&>~ot known. One old construc tion of koneru (pond) is there on the hillock. In the year 197 I. a Micro-Wave Station (Fig. 7~white building on the top of the hillock) was set up on the hillock by the Posts and Telegraphs Department. A few temples and mosques in a dilapidat d statE could be seen on the hillock. The Lakshminarayana temple and Anjaneya temple are on the eastern side of the hillock. The State Bank of Hyderabad is towards the south of the high way and towards the north of the eastern tip of the hillock. The Electricity Sub-Divisional Office is towards the north of the highway, towards the western side of the Ganj area. The Town Police Station and the vegetable market are in the old town. The Market Committee. the Market Yard 2nd a f!O down of the Andhra Pradesh Warehousing Corporation are sit uated in the Ganj area. A t the foot of the hillock, tGWards its western ,side, there is another Anianeva temple (See Man II). The office of the Deputy Registrar of Co~operative Societies. Co-operative Land ~fortgage Bank, office of the Assistant Engi neer, P.W,D. (Irrigation), office of the Circle Inspector of Excise, Office of the Divisional Pancha\'at Officer, Veterinary Hospital, N.M.E.P.l Centre, office of the Inspector of Fisheries Forest Range Office, etc. are also situated in the town. ' , --1. Nati'maI Malaria Eradication Programme, MA~ II BIIONGIR TOWN PUBliC UTIliTY IERVICES I NOTTO SCALE) • I I 8 / I5l M"kt fundi I \/t. " \,::::t ~Ul! HII~wa, , ',_ " Till... ~,) II Rkkw,I,.,s..! PO,Pl P.. IIIIct,I •• fIlPIQI" W T~ep~~~e hchal1e P.$, P~I(tSld~ ® ~"1 \ \ @ .,...wI I, A R! PREDOMJNENT ETHNIC GROUPS I,- I. I \ / / "', .. "" ...... , •• .. ' .. I , '''' I , I \ , I / I , ,/ I I / I '. J J , I '~, • ,,,It! 11 ~."'(."'~ II_"~ .'''11''' [illIj ""'.IH .1UG~ ~ 5'• J 8 '''I.j i'\ ~ !"I (Cb&pllrl, ....- ,""~ Ii; 13 32. There are 3 Siva temples, one Rama tempk, one Lak shminara}'ana te~ple a,:d 2 Hanuman temples (Fig. 29) for lhe worship of Hmdus III the town. Small structures for local deities like Jalu,Ellamma and Gattu Mysamma (Fig. 32) are also there In the town. Habibul Hussain Darga, Burhanuddin Aulia, Peer Wadan Saheb Darga, Sirajuddin Aulia, Kutubuddin Aulia, 'iyed Shah Hussain alias Syed Jaluddin Darga and a number of Masjids for daily prayers in different areas and an Idgah (Annual Prayer hall) where people congregate for C'elebrating Bakrid and Ramlan festivals are the places of worship for Mus lims. The Gospel Christian Church or: ~he main r?ad near the Gani is the only place where th'e Chnstlans worshlp. RESIDENTIAL PATTERN, NAMED AREAS, ETC. (Map I) 33. There are nearly 3,800 residential houses (in 1969) in the town of which as many as 2,280 are tiled houses (Figs. 9 &: 10), 100 are thatch·roofed houses, 340 R.C.C. roofed houses and 180 doubl'e storied buildings or bungalows. About 15% of the tiled houses. double storied and R.C.C. roofed houses i.e. nearly 4{)O buildings are used as residence-cum-shops, and 100 are exclusi,'ely used as shops while the rest of th'e houses are lIsed exclusively as residences. Most of the thatch-roofed houses are used as re~idences while some of them are used as cattle sheds. 34, :\10st of the habitats in the old town go by the suffix "Wad a" and the\" are normally concentrated with people of a particular caste or community with a sprinkling of households of other communities. Thus Pochammawada. Saiswada and Tatanagar (Fig. 18) are inhabited by Madigas and Malas (Sche duled Castes), Baharpet by Vanjaras, Jalilpura by Muslims and Kummarawada by Kummaris (Pott.ers). In the habitats in bet ween Jalilpura and Pochammawada, households of Mudiraj, Telugu and Munnuru Kapu castes are located, one adjacent to the other. In the Redd iwada and Brahminwada areas of the old town. people of other Hi·.1du communities also live along with Reddis and Brahmins. There is a concentration of Munnuru Kapus in the Gani area to the southern side of the highway. A few households of Mala and Madiga castes are found on the Northern side of the Railway line, opposite the Ganj area and towards the far eastern side of the town on either side of the highway. Most of these people have thatched houses. 35. The Ganj area is an agglomeration of various ethnic grollps includiJlg Muslims and Christians, Vysyas and Marwaris- 14 the most important business C011llllUllltIes, lVlunnurukapus and Vanjaras. Most of the R.C.C. roofed houses and bunga lows of the town arc concentrated in the Ganj area. All indus tries and manufacturing units and major comlpercial establish ments induding a good number of retail shops are located here. Thus, th'e Gan] occupies a key place in the economic life of the town. It is also noted for the ~·oLlal and cultural acti\itKs of the town. The Reddiwada and Baharpet areas are inhabited by Reddis and Vanjaras whose economic position is sound. Jalil pura and Islampura areas inhabited by Muslims give the app earance of plenty amidst poverty. Huge buildings with vast compounds are situated side by side of congested areas in these localities. Except in the areas inhabited by Mala and Madiga castes, the other areas, though predominantly inhabited by nr tain communities, are not exclusively inhabited by them. People of other communities and religions are found living in harmony with others. In the predominantly Muslim areas of Jalilpura and Islampura, a good number of people of several Hindu communities reside and similarly in the Hindu areas, there are some Muslim households. r"f~p IV shows the predominant groups by locality. Density of population and buildings g6. The total area of the town is 4.1:'> sq. KlllS. (1.62 sq. mik~). As of the 19(j] Census, the total popubtion of the town was 17 ,;i49 cOllsi~ting of 9,089 mdcs ann 8.4tlD £em ale:.. At the 1971 Census, the population increased to 21,815 comprising 1l,224 males and IO.!)71 females. The town area was divided into 3 wards. The wardwise population figures as of 1961 Census were 6,745, 4,844 and 5.960 for the first, second and third wards respectively_ The Ganj area, Reddiwada, Baharpet, Jalilpura and Pochammawada areas are the highest density areas while the Railway Colony. Kummarawada and the habitats on thc~ eastern periphery ;tre the low density areas [Map III]. 37. The Ganj, Baharpet, Reddiwada and the central part of the old town constitute the areas of highest density of build ings. The Tatanagar, and the newly extended areas of the town have both low density of buildings and population. The town, though spread over a vast area, appears over-congested in the central part of the old town and very spacious having lar?;c extents of vacant lands between the old town and the newly 'extended areas. Many buildings of rich people are found side by side of common structures of their own caste people or re latives. Man\" modern huildings have come up near the old and dilapidated traditional structures. Thus the growth of the town is unplanned and uneven. MAP lU' IHONGIR TOWN DENSITY OF POPULATION I NOT TO SCALE) MAP I 1"0"611 TOWN DENSITY OF BUILDINGS I NOT TO SCAl.E ) 111 ~----- [.-:--/--- F,...~I---- (._----~-- r- ~::~ bYi!t(MS 111101 @I;TOII .~lIiTO H IIIll 1'0. II h 10 • 15 38. Of the town's population, the Vysyas, Marwaris, Van jaras, Reddis and some of the Munnurkapus constitute the rich section. There are verY few well-to-do households of Kamma caste who are migrants from the Coastal districts. Brahmins occupy the highest position in the social ladder but in economic status they come under the middle class along with some of the Munnuruk.apus, Viswabrahmirts, Kummaris, Gollas, Telagas or Telugus and Sathanis, Padmasales, Goundlas and Darjis. The Mudiraj, Bestha, Chakali, Mangali, Mala and Madiga castes con.o;titute the poorer sections of thoe community. The Christians come under the middle and poorer sections of the population. Among the Muslims, who are predominantly Sunnis, there arc a few very rich people, while most of others belong to middle or poorer classes. lIou5ehald congestion index 39. There were 3,355 houses and 3,670 households in the town as of ]96] Census. As of 1971 Census, the number of houses increased to 3,972 while the households increased to 4,309. Thus the household congestion indexes i.c., number of house holds peT house are 1.094 and 1.085 respectively as of 1961 and 1971 Censuses. The variation in terms of percentage is 0.082 which i~ negligible. The percentage incn::ase in houses is 18.4 while the percentage increase in households is 18.12. The house cons truction activity during the decade was commensurate with the growth of population. Household ,\ccommodation . 40. Two hundred households belonging t0' 21 Hindu castes and Muslim and Christian c0'mmunities are covered by the sur vey. The number of households and population by sex covered by the survey are shown in the statement below:- , \ Statement-I-(3) HOUSEHOLDS AND POPULATION BY RELIGION AND CASTE! COMMUNITY Ri. ft.eligion GMtl! Total Persons Males Female NO. No. of House holds 2 3 4 5 6 7 1. Hindu Bestha 6 31 17 14 2. Brahmin 3 18 8 10 3. Chakali 5 29 17 12 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 4. Hindu Darji 7 5 2 S. Colla 10 61 30 31 6. Coundla 5 29 15 14 7. " Kamma " 3 1 2 8. Kapu 1 I 6 2 4- 9. " Kummari " 7 34 17 17 10. Mala 5 23 12 11 II. Mangali " 2 12 6 6 12. Madiga 28 9B 47 51 13. Munnurukapu 20 125 62 63 I·f. " Mudiraj 2I 86 49 37 15. Naidu 1 " 9 4 5 16. Padmasali 7 " 38 18 20 17. Reddi 2 3D 115 14- 18. " Sathani 9 6 " 3 19. Vanjara 11 31 " 73 42 20. Viswabrahmin 2 10 5 5 21. Vysya 21 125 63 62 22. Islam Muslim 37 142 83 59 23. Christian 2 8 5 3 Total 200 1,006 527 479 41. Among the houses of 200 sample households covered, 130 (65%) are tile-roofed houses, 22 (II %) are R. C. (3:. roofed houses, 15 (7.5%) are thatched houses, 3 (1.5%) are Mangalore tile-roofed houses while 30 (15%) are mixed-roof houses. There are tUe-roofed houses among all communities in the town while among the 22 R. C. C. roofed houses are households of 11 Vysyas, 2 'each of Padmasali and Viswabrahmin castes and one each of Brahmin, Goundla, !tapu, Munnurukapu, Madiga, Vanjara castes and Muslims (Table 1). One hundred and seven teen of these houses have mud·walls, 80 have brick-walls and :> have stone brick waILs (Table 2). Regarding floor material, as many as 117 houses (58.5%) are better placed having Shahbad stones while 82 (4] %.) have simple floor smeared with earth and am:: Muslim house has cement floor (Table 3). Fifty one of these houses have compound walls. l33 are without .com pound walls, 2 households are living in part of houses and 14 households are residing in separate floors of multi-storied buildings (Table 4). 17 4~. The statement 1-(4) shows the houses, number of rooms., average number of rooms per household and average number of persons per room by Caste/Community. [Statement 1-(4) at app. 18-21 J 43. It can be seen from the statement 1-(4) that the aver age size of household among the surveyed households is 5. The maximum size of 15 members is found among the Reddi households but the household congestion is not much as on an averag~ 2 persons are living per room. The average size of Sathani and Naida households is 9. The average sizes of house holds of Restha (5.2), Brahmin (6.0), Chakali (5.8), Darji (7.02, Golla (6.1), Goundla (5.S), Kapu (6.0), Munnurukapu (6.2), Pad masali (5.4), Vanjara (6.6), Vysya (5.9), and Viswabrahmin (5.0) castes are oveT and above the average of 5 members while those of Kamma (3.0), Kummari (4.8), Mala (4.6), Mangali (4.0), Madiga (3.5), Mudiraj (4.1) castes and Muslim (3.8) and Chris tian (4) communities are below the average size of 5 members. It appears that there is no co-relation between the small sized families and economic well being as most of the communiti'cs which constitute the economically weaker sections i.e., Kum· mari, Mala, Madiga, Mangali, Mudiraj castes and Muslim and Christian communities have families of smaller sit:es. The Kamma householc with 3 IDem bers is an exception. On the other hand, comparatively well·to-do castes like Reddi, Van jara, Vysya and Munnurukapu have large sized families. 44. The person-congestion index shows that on an aver age more than 2 persons per room are living in Kapu. Kuru mari, Mala. Madiga and Reddi households while in Mangali (barber), N aidu and Kamma castes, almost each person has one and more than one living rooms. In all the other communities, in each room one to two persons at'e living. 'The person conges tion per room is not much in general. It is even two and a little above 2 in case of Kapu. Kummari, Mala ;lnd 1\fadiga house holds. Salient features of the town 45. The Bhongir hillfort is the most attractive feature .::>f the town. The hillock on which the fort was constructed is a single rock with a circumference of 1.6 kilometres. The big fort walls are partly of mud and stones, built in a circular shape to the top of the hillock. 3-2 CensusfAP/74 18 J J - N ...... - ~I - ... i l;~l eri ~ In u5 ...... to 0) 0 - ...... - 19 o co o lD If") lD co o o co N o co C<")- - co <:> ~o 0<') C'I I '" - \ I C'I...... I ' .q< r- ..... N N , co ...... <.0 c<') ~ I ;:s <:: P.. 0: 's N ;:s """;... OJ ~ ~ C'l ;:s .OJ' .;:; ro .... loll 01 ...... 0 <:: .... ;:s '" «$ 0: 0: ·11 ;.a ro ;:... ;§ :.s .::: :.c "0 s '2 ~ «$ ;:s ;:s ';;j "0 "0 !(;.. os "E'" 1 o! u -so! ro '" Eo< ~ ~ ~ z fl.o ~ 00 >- :> >- ~ 5 ",; _; N ~ ~...... to r--: cO ai...... 0 N ~ - '" N N N 21 LI') :--.I 0 0 0 <.0 0 co 0 10 10> """ 0> ef') <.0 ..; en .,.; to .,.; on ~ I.,.; "" I '" '" I I ILl') "": r-- 0 '": co 01 N N to :2 e-.r "" N """ I...; I I I co Lf') \;:) Ol co 0 O'l c:<"J 0 LI') N co I~ t- N co C<") C0 ..... N O> ,..... """,..... [8 - [-~ I LI') 0 0 O"l 0 0 LI') L"> 0> Lf') to [~ .-... ,.... LI') "'""N ori r-: on e.-i C0 ~ ori N 1 . ~ Ie<') ~ c3 '" I , I I ~ 1 j LI') N 0 C'\ t- LI') 01 ..... C<") LI') L'") N :!: 0 ;:l:; 1- ... -.t< S "" ,..... l~ II= I @ I ...III I rIJ... i ..;< co 0 ,..... r- N ,..... ,..... N t- N ..... CCl N N N - N IN'8 - I I I I ;:J 0.. .5 tIS 8 III N ..:.:: ,"' ..Cl ,..;:J rl tIS c:: -~ o:! ... ,; ;:J '~ t(j '2 ... .D .::l.., Eo< . ~ .:: .!:l ;j oj o:! oj o:! "0 "0 :iJ ;.- ~ "0 c:: e "0 .a 'if ,; ;:J ;:J "0 ..... ,; ~ '";:J ] ..... 'OJ CIl C- > c--i "...; ..; <0 ~ ....: cO o-i 0 _.: ~ N N N ""N 22 46. The population of the town is mainly composed of three religions viz., Hindu, Islam and Christian. The Hindus live as 21 castes. Muslims constitute different sects. Christians are the recent converts from the Hindu Society from lUala and Madiga communities. A sense of religious tolerance and peace ful co-existence prevails in the town. The presence of Caste or sect orientation in the set up of the town suggests that it is not deff'erent from rural set up. 47. The existence of feudal set up is one important chara cteristic of the town. It is the result of the administrations of the past and their institutional set up. Till the Police Action on Hyderabad taken by the Government of India in 1948, the area was under the Nizam's rule. Even after Police Action, upto 1956, when Andhra Pradesh State was formed as a result of the States Reorganisation, the Nizam continued to be the Raj-Pramukh of the Hyderabad State in the Democratic set up and the feudal lords continued to enjoy their privileges, though to a lesser ~xtcnt. 48. Though Zamindari landlordism has become a thing of the past, still petty landlordism holds its 'iway due to the concentration of land in a handful of persons against hundreds of landless poor. 49. There is exceSSIve concentration of residential houses in some areas. The administrative offices, industrial and manu facturing establishments, commercial units, and places of worship and recreation ate located in the Ganj area, which is an extension that came up as a result of the establishment of Railway Station and development of road transport facilities. The growth of the town is circumscribed on three sides and it can expand or develop towards the eastern side of the town. 50. The proximity to the metropolitan city of Hyderabad in a way is coming in the way of the development of this town. The major needs of the people of the neighbouring villages and of the town are being fulfilled by Hyderabad City a.nd the people of the town are unaware of their 9wn felt needs. 51. The pattern of the dwellings, their types and the haphazard road and street development reveals that it is an unplanned town. Facing Page 22·23 JW VII nco' ,/00' LOCA TJON OF BHONGfR CURING KAKATIYA PERIOD OF WARANGAL (1162-1310 A.D.) ,,' A • II' ,,' .. .,' BAY OF ,13E:NOAL / .1I'f11.. CHALUIUVAN IIIM.DOM ,,' ...I -- f>:l'.... ~ON Of 1l1f IlAoICA"Y" i(IN(;'oOH OU~!HG ftUOR.a.HA 001 ANO PM 1M.. RUOII", ioo IHPOIIT ...... ' F<>IIt~ ., I ,,' .1 Chapter II HISTORY OF GROWTH OF THE TOWN The awt:-inspiring rock of Bhongir with :ts invindble fort, the beautiful fortified courts of Padma Naiks and the Lingayat Kings, which have survived the ravages of time and vandalism excite one's imagination. The Bhongir fort and town have each had different historical backround. Bhongir fort has had a medieval origin and grew mostly under Hindu rule and the Town's development was mainly under the Muslim in fluence. The growth of the town has been influenced by different historical, political and economic factors. It will be more con venient to deal with the history of the growth of Bhongir town under the following headings: 1. Early Kakatiya period 2. Early Muslim period 3. Early Nizam Period 4. Present developments, 2. i EARLY KAKATIYA PERIOD.-The earliest recorded histori cal dy:hasty that ruled over the land of Bhongir is the Andhra dynastyl, Megasthenese, the Greek ambassador at the Court of Chandragupta Maurya mentions the existence of an Andhra Kingdom3, It is said to have comprised 30 walled towns of which Bhongir and Golconda were fortified towns serving the needs of feudatories of the ruler3. (Map VII shows location of Bhongir during Kakatiya period and Map VIII shows the boundaries and administrative Parganas). Dur:ng the fiyc centuries of Andhra power, the empire was rich and prosper ous, and carried on a flourishing trade with distant places and neighbouring states. Bhongir was one such important town in the sixth Century as mentioned in an inscription found nearby4. The fort, according to an inscription, was built by a Chalukya Prince Tribhuvanamalla Vikramaditya IV who ruled till 1127 A. D. He was a great patron of letters. The glory of Bhongir, IPictorial Hyderabad-By Mudiraj, Vol. I, p. 20. 2History of Deccan, MSS Urdu By Abdus Salam, pp. 22-23 3Ibid. p. 25. 'Annual report of Archaeology 1934-35, pp. 20-21. 23 the important fortress tOW11 of king Vikramaditya is well pre served in the following neswara (para):- "There has not been, there is not and there will not be, on the surface of the earth, a fort like Bnongir, and ne\er Was a monarch like the prosperoull Vikramadltiya seen or hC:.Ird of" 3. The glory of Bhongir as an important town, however. did not last long, for in the middle of the eleventh Century, the Chalukyas were ousted by the Rashtrakutas and with the fall of Chalukyas, Bhongir ceased to be any longer an impor tant fmtrcss town, until the Kakativas came on the seen, first as Nayaks appointed by the Chaiukya Kings and later as the founders of the Kakatiya dynasty. Betha II, a subordinate of Vikrmaditya IV (1076-1126 A. D.) was the first prince of the Kakatiya family to leave behind any record of his rule. He was kept incharge of the fortress town of Bliongir by the 6 King • His performance of the task 'entrusted to him surpassed the expectations of all. The condition of the Chalukya Kingdom at this time Was such that an appeal to arms would probably have hastened its downfall, and the young chief was consequent ly compelled to rely on his diplomatic task and personal charm of manner1. Notwithstanding the disadvantages under which he laboured,- he soon succeeded in restoring order, thus secur ing the confidence placed in him by the king and winning useful friend of his own rank. In the year 1090 A. D. Betha who was for some time practically independent, followed the example set by the chief Nayaks of Devarkonda, Gandikonda, Panagal and N algonda. He severed his allegiance to the now feebl~ house of Chalukyas, proclaimed himself independent sovereign of the territory which he had hitheto ruled in the Chalukyan name. Assuming th'e style of Kakatiya, he made Anomkonda (Hanumakonda) his capitals, The fortress town of Bhongir received many and substantial additions at the 9 hands of his descendants and successors • 4. The selection of the site for the construction of a strong fort at its existing site, as the capital of the province seems to IiAnnual report of Archaeology MSS by Syed Yousuf 1929, p. 35. 6The Early History of the Deccan by G. Yazdani, Parts VII-XI, p. 578. 'I'fIist. of Deccan by Prof. Sherwani Vol. I, p. 20-21. 8Tankhe Sawane, Deccan MSS Persian, p. 20. 'Early History of Deccan, Vol. VI, p. 64:. MAP VIII I'lANSHOWING1H!I!Il1OMIOIEO AilISOf_~fOIT WlrHIHI!O\IiOA!~IOfIlI ".!,jNAI 11!!·11C~O INOIIO 10111 -~"SI'~11 B~i"'rllJ ----/fI(IUWJ&lIIIU,'IJ == :::: Il\IItr Ro~J ~ra·T~fKmVAJiEOf'(AN,MS!Plnlh.P'.l~ll. terll, Parlll 25 have been guided mostly by historical, sentimental and political factors rather than geographical factors. The only two geo graphical factors that supported its selection as the strong capi tal of the province10 were :.- I. Its advantageous site for defence, being surrounded by hills, forest and water bodies, and 2. Its location on a Central place connecting all the important routes from Warangal to Golconda and from Nalgonda to Devarakonda, Rajkonda and Pana gaL 5. It was, how'cver, situated so far away from the geo graphical centre of its own kingdom that it took almost 20 years for the Kakatiya rulers to establish their full and complete sovereignty over their kingdom. In spite of this great disad vantage, it appears surprising why the present site, of all the places, occupying a peripheral location in the kingdom should have been chosen for the construction of a fort. The reason is not far to seek. In the orient, the historical accidents, the poli tical exigencies and the sentimental associations with a place governed more the choice of a fortress town than the geogra phical factors. And the prominence of these factors in the selec tion of the. site for a fortress town seems to be aptly in evidence. 6. It has already been pointed out that the first princt of Kakatip dynasty, has the fortress town of Bhongir assigned by the Cbalukyan kings in 1146 A. D. With the assignment of this he moved to Bhongir and made it his permanent head quarters. Thus, when he de:dared his kingdom of Kakatiya in ] 162 A. D. he had already lived in that fortress town for ]5 years. This close link with the fortress town for more than one decade was too strong to be cast off easily. Apart from this sentimental association of Kakatiya prince with the fortress town of Bhongir, the political association of the kingdom with other neighbouring independent States in the Deccan and the consequent political manoeuvres of the prince are suggestive of a strong political motive in retaining Bhongir as the strong hold of the State. Kalyani and N algonda were the two great states of the Deccan and a balance of power between the two was essential for thoe safety and integrity of the Kakat_iya king dom itself. It, therefore, rt!quired a vigilant watch by the king of Kakatiya, of the political relations between the two States lOHistory and Culture of South India Vol. III, p. 30 b.y Khaja Ahmed, Deputy Director of Archaeology (Retd.). 26 which could be expeditiously achieved if the stronghold of the kingdom was kept on its western periphery. The location for the <:onstruction of a stronghold in this part of the State is symbolic of the keen interest that the king of Kakatiya dynasty displa)led in the affiairs of the other neighbouring States. The construction of the fortress town at any other centrally sit uated spot might have indicated a s'ense of withdrawal and aloofness on his part, whereas he had no such intentions. Finally, by constructing the fort on the western horder, the Kakatiya king, on the one hand succeeded in checking aggres sive designs of the neighbouring rulers and on the other hand was able to consolidate his own conquests on the east. It will thus be seen that the political, military and sentimental factors rather than the geographical factors contributed in the selec tion of the present site for the construction of the Bhongir fortress town. 7. Th'c Kakatiya kingdom, though established in 1162 A.D. was actually consolidated during the regime of Emperor Gana patideva (1199-126:,»). He was an energetic monarch, and during his long reign of sixty two years, he brought under his sway by war or diplomacy almost whole land inhabited by th'e Telugu speaking people. The political disintegration which followed the dismemberment of the western Chalukyan and Chala em pires rendered his task comparatively ea&y. The country was subject to the authority of numerous petty chiefs engaged in constant internecine warfare for self-aggrandisement. He im proved and strengthened the defences of the kingdom thereby providing a net-work of forts for safeguarding his dominion from the internal troubles and foreign invasions. 8. In dealing with the military organisation of Kakatiya kingdom, two important facts demand special notice. In the ~ first place, forts played a dominant part in the defence of the realm. Secondly, it enables a kingdom to endure for a long time. ll According to the Nitisara , of Prataparudra, it is a network of forts which enables a kingdom to endure for a long tim~. 9. Following older Sanskrit works on polity, he divides forts into four classes. This classification of the forts mentioned in the Niti5ara was known in the Kakatiya times, as is attested by (he evidence of inscriptions, of which Giri Durgas ~re strong. Anumkonda'2, Bhongi.T, RaichuT, Golconda and Gan- llThe Early History of the Deccan by G. Yazdani, Part VII, p. 578. 12. Ibid, p. 667. 27 dikota were among the Giri-Durgas, and were reckoned as the mighty strongholds in lh~ Kakatiya period_ During the period of Ganapathi Deva, the empire was rich and prosp'erou:; and carr ied on a flourishing trade even with distant places. He was a patron of literature and many poets and scholars were patroni sed at the (Ourt of vVarangal. As a result of this, Bhongir also became the second city for the cultural activities of the poets 13 and scholars COmi\lg from outside the kingdom • This ha~ been further supported by the inscription found near Kolan upaka villag.e situated at a distance of 30 kms from Bhongir. H According to this Telugu-Sanskrit iriscription , the "Gachi style" or "Kashta style" in the use of dhoti, was first intro duced at Bhongir. 10. Prior to this, it appears that there was no gochi style in South India. It has further been stated that Rudrama De~'i, the famous Kakatiya Queen who ruled for a considerable period after the death of emperor Ganapathi Deva, was responsible for introducing this gochi style. Her real name was Rudra Deva, and during the construction of a temple at Kolanupaka, a border village of Kakatiya kingdom, h~r feminine features were disclosed by one of th'e western Chalukyan princ{; who wa~ also simultaneously constructing a Jain temple nearby. III order to conceal her feminine features, she kept "gochi or kashta". These two t'emples even now stand parallel represent ing Kabtiva and Chalukayan architectures. Apart from this, owing to the cordial rclatiom with neighbouring states, mer chants of various states used to visit Bhongir frequently15. Their frequent movement might have forced the ruler to construct a number of residential and non-resi dential buildings within the fortress town of Bhongir. Corroborating this. N awab Mansab Jung!G, a retired Collector, in his article on Bhongir says 'the Kakatiya rulers constructed a number of buildings inside the fort for the residential purpose of the merchants and literary men with all kinds of amenities. There were about 1,000 houses apart from .royal palaces; with a population of about 8,000 civilians'. N awah Mansab Jung has not quoted any authority relating to the number of houses and population. "Annual report of Archaeology 1933 . . uTelangana Inscriptions of Kakatiyas, 55 Epigraphia India, IX 256 Verse, 1933. 15Article on Bhongir in Urdu by Samsuddin, Advocate. 16Article on Bhongir in Urdu by Nawab Mansab Jung (unpublished). 28 17 11. Pwf. Haroon Khan Sherwani , on the contrary, is of the opinion that it is too difficult to 'quote the actual figures of population and housing in respect of Bhongir during the Kakatiya period. As the fort was constructed mainly to check the balance of power between the Kakatiyas and the western Chalukyas, it might have served as. military cantonment with limited stI'ength. Whatever buildings or palaces were built by the Kakatiyas, they were for the military Generals and soldiers and not for the civilians. In support of his hypothesis, Prof. Sherwani furth'er refers to the collection of inscriptions. There is no reference to the population figures and houses in any of the inscriptions, although they are replete with references to many army Generals and young soldiers whom the ruler always liked. Prof. Sherwani, therefore, denies the existence of any civilian population. In view of the conflicting evidences mentioned above, it is difficult to decide as to what was the population and actual settlement area within the fortress town. Etymology of the name of the Town:- ] 2. It is aha difficult to trace out from the contem parar)' accounts, the reasons for giving the name "Bhong;r" to the fort. They are either silent on this point or woven into the tht'eads of argument. According to the local traditions and versions, the fort was earlier known as Shahnagar 18. It is also said that some 4:'J0 to :')00 years back, a Yog-i by name Bhavanigiri with an es tablished mutt was living at this place. Ali Saheb, a Fakir (a :\fuslim monk) paid a visit to the mutt, and during a heated conversation with the Hindu Sage, the former ablazed the mutt by the power of spell of mantras_ The helpless Hindu Yogi reported the matter to the minister of the ruler. The minister instead of taking the Fakir to task for his provoking activities, consoled the Yogi by offering a choice of accepting an equal worth of property at an other place in compensation of the loss suffered. The Yogi Bhavanigiri accepted the offer with a con dition that the village where his mutt was, should he named after him as Bhavanigiri. In course of time, it came to be called as Bhongir J9. • 13. Another version~is that a Golla couple, Bhuvanana and Giremma were responsible to get the hill fort constructed by the rulers of Waranga!. It was the couple who first pointed 17 History of Deccan by Prof. Sherwani, p. 206. 1Q M.A. Razzak, Advocate, Bhongir. 19 Khaja Moinuddin, Advocate, Bhongir. 29 out this place to the ruler for the construction of the fort with a request that it should be named after them, and hence the 20 fort came to be caUed Bhuvanagiri • Dr. S. M. Quadti Zore and Prof. Sherwani disagree with the above versions. They claim that Bhongir is the corrupt form of Tribhuvanagiri built by a Chalukyan prince Tribhuvanamallad Vikramaditya IV, as pointed out earlicr. In support of their hypothesis, they refer to an inscription of the year 1088 A. D. in which the construc tio!! of a fort was described in detail assuming the name of BhtlYanagiri. Further, they say that there is clear indication of the various forts in the Nitisara of Prataparudra, of which jhu<'a!a (Giri) is \'Cry important since the word "Giri" refers to a fort that was built on the top or slopes of a hill. There fote, the ruler of the Chalukyan dynasty might have named it after him as "Tribh uvanagiri" which later became Bhangi!'. 14. In the light of the above evidences, it can safely be said that the present name of the town was given by the founder of the fort himself. However, it was an important town for cultural and commercial activitie& right from the sixth cen tury upto the downfall of the Kakatiya kingdom for it is men tioned in an inscription found nearby. After the death of Prataparudra, the Kakatiya kingdom bt'Oke into petty indepen dent principalities of which Velama kings were prominent. In 1369, a Velama king by name Anapota conquered this fort and included it in the Rajakonda kingdom. According to an inscription, Anapota was ruling Orugallu, Tribhuvanagiri, Rajakonda and Singavaram and the rest of the Telugu ('ountry was und'er the Muslim influence when he made the grant to his 21 deputy Mailara-Deva • During his short reign, there was no substantial improvement in the built-up area of Bhongir for tress town~~. EARLY rrfUSLIl\1 PERIOD 15. It is ~vident from history that th'e Muslim armies first made their appearance in the middle of the thirteenth cen tury. The first expedition, against Telangana took place in 1303 A. D. by Alauddin Khilji and the second in 1310 A. D. ~G.A. Veerabhadra Rao, Retired Teacher, Bhongir High School. 2lThis inscription, in Sanskrit verse and Telugu prose set up near Mailaru Temple of Ainovolu, a Village about 8 miles away from Waraugal on the road to Khammamett. It records the grant of this village to the temple by Anapotanayak of the Velama dynasty in Saka 1291 Suo 15 Thursday. 22History of Bhongir by A. Salam, MSS Urdu, p. 36. 30 by Malik Kafur. In 1310 A. D. Malik Kafur led an 'expedition to Warangal and s~ized the hill fort of Tribhuvanagiri. The re marks of Malik Kafur while marching towards Bhongir fort throw much light on the built up area of the town when he says, "when this force reached the gardc n of Tribhuvanagiri, the iron of their horS'e-shoes turned green by walking over the grass". Two famous officers and forty horsemen went forward and reached the summit of the Tribhuvanagiri hill from where 23 they could see 'all the suburbs and gardens of Tribhuvanagiri • Th'e same commander further speaks of "a fort, the like of which is not to be found on the face of earth. Its waH, though of mud, was so hard that a spear of steel could make no impression upon it; if a maghrabi (Arabian-western) stolte were to strike it, it, would rebound like a nut thrown by a child2~. In the absence of contemporary accounts, it may, however be said that in this early period of Muslims, the settlement and built up area might have been within the for tress Town of Bhongir (Map IX shows the diveloped areas of Bhongir Fort and Town during early Qutub Shahi period). 16. There were no attempts at Muslim expansion east wards, until Sultan Quli came on the scene, first as Governor appointed by th'e Bahmani kings, and later as the founder and first king of the Qutub Shahi dynasty of Golconda. "He obtained suzerainity over all the feudatory chiefs of Telangana, ...... , and added to his former possessions the town of Bhongir, 2s Warangal and Koilkonda with their depenciencies • S,'\ltan Quli recovered not only this region but extended his kingdom much farther in this direction. The extent of his conquest has been summed up by himself in these words. "It is now nearly sixty years since I was first engaged in spreading the banners of the faithful, and reducing the infidels of Telangana from the borders of Warangal to Masulipatam and Rajahmun dry, having taken between sixty and seventy forts by force of arms such as, Bhangir, Devarakonda, Koilkonda, Panagal, Me 26 dak, Yallagandal, Warangal, Khammam, ets • During this period, the fort received substantial improvement in the built up area. 23Burhani Ma'asir, Kafikhan, p. 260. I4Khain-ul-Azani-Translated by Prof. Habib of the A1igarh Muslim University, 1925. 25The History of the Bahmani Dynasty by Major J.S. King, p. 104. ,sFarishta-History of the rise of Mohammadan power in India by. John Briggs, VoL III, pp. 352-353. MAP IX I'\A~ lHOWIN' !"I DIYIIOPiD ARilS Of BHONGI! fOlT.I'«) TOWN IlIIIING IAlll QUlU! SHAHI PlIIOO INOT TDSC'LII (~p!trll,,,,,~ 31 17, The old mud wall built by the Kakatiya rulers was replaced by granite rocks with a number of palatial buildings for the residence of the nobles of the Golconda court27 On the top of the hill "Bala Hisar" a mosque and a temple were <:onstructed by tht' Sultan, and a few palaces for the residence of his Hind u and 1\1 uslim officers with all amenities that were 38 necessary for a civilised life , The construction of a mosque adjacent to a temple on the top of the fort testify the religious 29 tolerance of the Qutub Shahi rulers , The area in between the inner wall and outer wall was earmarked for the residence of the geperal public (common peopl'e) with bazars and cara- vansaral., ' 18, Inside the fort, there are seven big guns installed by the Sultan Quli Qutub Shah, of which two are at the top near 'Bala Hisar' and the remaining are at th'e foot of the fort. The author of Geographical, His-tory of Deccan says: 30 "The guns installed by the Qutub Shahi rulers at Bhongir fort were mainly for the purpose of announcing the important festivals of both the communities and new-moon day of every month."31 The strong fortified mansions at the top of the hill and the defensible bastion are said to be constructed with a purpose to imprison his own son prince Daulat Quli who was alleged to have indulged in dethronement of his own father with the active support and advice of his friend Sadasive Rao, Patwari of 32 Golconda , The total number of houses and population of Bhongir Town during this period as estimated and given by Lakshminarayan Sahfeeq was 1,500 and 9,000 respectivdj'!3 I 19. 'Bhongir Town received second city status wh~n it was declared as the headquarters of a Circar or District by the ruler consisting of 14 Parganas for the purpose of revenue assess ment. The important Parganas under Bhongir Circar went Vemkonda, Kulpak (Kolanupaka), Rajkonda, Shahnagar, Haveli Bhongir, Vasalmarry and Shahpur. Consequently, Bhongir again became an important commercial and administrative town as the people living in Parganas used to visit it frequently, as it was the headquarters of a Circar, 27Tarikh-e-Qutub Shah MSS Persian p. 206. 28Qutub Shahi Tarikh, MSS Persian p. 56. 29Mathahair Alamgiri, MSS Persian p. 56. 3cAnnuai report 0 town summary by Mckenzie, 1909 31Geographical History of Deccan~MSS Persian p. 290. 32 farikh-e-Qutub Shahi-MSS. Persian p. 110. 3aAhwale-Hyderabad-MSS-Persian p. 150. 32 EARLY NIZAM PERIOD 20. In 1687 A.D. when Golconda was captured by Auran gazeb, Bhongir too got annexed to the lingdom of Delhi automatically. Rohilla Khan was entrusted with the adminis tration of Golconda and Hyderabad and . later Mabariz Khan . took his place and was the Subedar till 1724. In that ~ar, he was defeated and killed in the battle of Shaker Khera in Bera! by Nizamul·Mulk Asifjah 1. The latter declared himself in depend'ent monarch of the kingdom of Delhi and ruled the Deccan. Thus, Bhongir came under the sway of the Nizam's Dominion. (lVl:lp X shows the dew:loped areas under Nizam's period). During this period, the following factors were res ponsible for the growth and de\elopment of Bhongir Town. I. Great famines of 1790 to 1877. 2. Declaration of the Town as Headquarters of a Revenue Division. 3. Establishment of a railway station. 21. In the early period of AsH Jahi rulers, Bhongir, was severely affected by famines. In 1790 A. D. a great famine affec ted the tmn1 and grain was sold at one seer per rupee. Another famine in 1877 caused distress among the poor and the town lost more than 34,000 heads of cattl'e. The famine of 1899-1900 was not so severe as that of 1877, but its effects lasted for nearly two years."' Scarcity of water within the fortress town 3 caused heavy, deaths. ' Due to the great famine and scar city of water, infectious diseases like cholera, small-pox etc., spread throughout the fortress town taking heavy toll of cattle and persons.all Pressed by the pestilence. the Deshmukh and Patwaris of the fortress town submitt'ed a petition to the ruler requesting him to shift the populat~on outside the fort. 37 22. Accordingly, Nawab Nasiruddoula, Nizam IV person ally inspected the affected areas, and directed one of the Bri tish Engineers with the consultation of the English Resident for conducting a thoifOugh survey of the £ort.38 The 1 .-itish Engineer, after a thorough survey of the fort, suggei>ted in his 34Imperial Gazetteer of 1909. 3SPamine Report by Nawab Zulqader jung, p, 56. ··Ibid p, 70. 37Annual Report of Aesmokh MSS Persian. 38 Hyderabad Affairs Vol. II. JAP 1 _" ...... , /'/ ! , I MIICfmCilTOwl'i' - iHOI'!NG M OEVElO~EO /.Wl UIIO!R NIZAI!I ~IIOO I (1101 TO ICiL!) I I ,j ( 1 ' f1\ ' I .I (Chipltl II, PiTi20) 33 report that a new place, outside the fort should be selected for the shifting of the population.39 The suggestion gi\en by the Engineer wa~ accepted by the ruler. He ordered through a I<'innan that two small villages adjacent to the fort may be purchased and people may be asked to construct their houses. A sum of Rs. 10,000 was also reimbursed among the people for the constrIl~tioll of their housesY Thl~s a Ilew settle ment area emerged at the foot of the fort which in course of time expanded from west to east. 2:~. Another important factor that gave great impetus to the growth of the town was the settlement of a Muslim Saint popularly known as 'Hazrat Jamalul Rahal" at the foot of the fort. It is said that he came and settled down here during the reign of Nizam IVn . In view of his supernatural powers, very 50011, peopl'c hdonging to all walks of life became his disciples and preferred to lin: dosdy to him:" This close:: association of people with the saint might have forced them to settle dowr.. permanently thereby constructing their houses. Testifying this, Maharaja Shiva Raj Bahadur, then in charge of Nizam's .Finances. while touring his ]agir ncar Bhongir came across and remarked: .. j ,llli :mrprisnl to ~Cl' people )?;athcring at the foot of the fort. lllorning and ("\t"lling. for the blessings of the ~aint. These people belong 10 different rdig!f111' ;ll1d JT(' ("On~t··t1ning- their hOlI~e~ dose to tile residellce ot tile s ~1. In 1863 A. D. Bhongir was declared as the headquarters of a Revenue Division. This declaration had far reaching effects in the over all dcyclopment of the tOWIl. ConsequentlY '1 11111111w1' of huildings were constnlCted for offi6al purposes outside the toWIl, cOJltainin~ the ofii<{'s of second Tilllkdar. ihe Engi n"eer, the Ta hsildar, a Post Office, a dispensary and a schoo!. Later on a Police Station was set up in the centre of the town for the purpose of maintaining Law and Order. In 3'Hvd['rabad Affairs Vol. I. 4aCollection of Firmam Vol. I by l':awab Quay:lth Jung, p. 10. H\.P. :\1'1s1im vVakf Board Report 1952-53, p. 23. (21 [,id. p. 23-24. '3\'1\1inl Report of Shiv a Raj Ihhdur Estate, 1927. 4-2 Ccnsm/A.P./74 the same year, a Railway Station (Fig. 11) was constructed here linking Kazipet and Secunderabad. As a ~sult, articles for export from the northern portion of the area found their way to Bhongir and Alair Stations on the ilroad-gauge Raih\' 2;-). Government Offices and increasing agricultural impor tance of the lown from the b'eginning are some of the faclOfs responsible for attracting people to e~tablish rice mills and other illdmtrial units. Very soon a number of rice mills and a new 'Gani' came up near the Railway Station along the road side. The importance of the growth has further increased when the Town :'Iunicipality ,,'as comtitllted in the year ]910. l'RESE'iT DEVELOPME:>.:Y AND ITS CHAR.... CTERISTICS 26. Old fortress Towns have been subjected to the pro Cesses of continuous remodelling through the ages, and the variety of forms is the result of forces which dominated during the successive periods of their history. vVe find the motive~ of town builders, from emperors to local chieftains reflected in the designs thn haye stamped upon the present town. Cor roborating this Sir John Taylor (1945), the then British Resi dent of Hydcrabad says, "This early Bhongir Town of the Kakatiyas was irregular in form". Meandering streets followed rugged topography of the sites. The streets we~ narrow lanes but they were paned with stone. Excavations have already revealed highly developed systems of water supply, sanitation, and drainage for the palace and many of the houses. Most of the clwellings were one-&tory in height and although demely built, the town did not reach the: size"". 27. It is evident from th~ above remarks that even after constituting the Town ::\Iunicipality in 1910, the pivot around which the planning and developmental activities rcyolve. the town did not show any rapid progress. Th~re is no doubt UHyder;abad Affairs Vo!' III p. 250. MAPXI MIPCfBHONGIITO\'lli IHOI'!NG T~ OI'(IO~O '!I~ "'Ii TIll FOIMATiON 01 ~U PIICIlI4 IN 1!5~·· f!10 A,~ I>OTTOS(A,II '= .. ,~ ...... 35 that the situation of the Town in relation to routes and to the nodality of its sunoundings, had a close relation to its size down to th~ industrial era. As a larger portion of its s_ur-round ings was under the control of feudatories of the Nizam, who were rather int'erested in economic exploitation of their res pective areas tha n the welfare, plallll ing and devdopmen t of their subjects and t01rns. Therefore, the nodaiity of the town disappeal~d. It was only aft~r the Police ,Action of 194~ that the town began tl) ,hem a lIltle progress under thc gmdance of popular Goyenunent of erstwhile Hyderabad State when certain reforms were introduced by abolishing th'e J agirdari sy~tcm. Consequently. a number of office buildings were COll structed in ] 950 for the effective implementation of the reforms. The construction of these Government buildings resulted in recognising the official importance of the Towll. Almost all the plain and accessible areas soon became the sites of dwell ings and industriai Ullils. lnclnsuial nllits lik~ Fct(1 ).Iixing Pl~nt, Poiythene Industries, Sheep Bleedillg F:mn etc., were established- alollg the main thoroughfare of the town. Map XI shows the dC\'c1oped ~8. In spite of the establishment of some industries and offices. the growth of the town seems to be halting and slow till the formation of Andhra Pradesh in 1956 and it gained momentum from 1960 onwards. People belongillg to all walks of life found security under the spell of the deIllO(Tatic set up and began to exploit the opportunities to the best, and contri bute their mite for the economic and social upliftment of the area. The changes E,O far brought and the expansion of the town in size, is, however, not of considerable extent. The growth is mainly rural oriented. Agriculture still predominates as the main source of living and also a way of life. 29. The nature of the topography is rugged and citcums cribed by rocky ups and downs, and constitutes one of the hinclran(cs for the Cl\~ extension of the town. III spite of this natural handicap, the town has extended considerably towards the north·eastern direction along the main_ thoroughfare of the Hvderabad-vVarangal road. This newly built np area came into exi"tence Oll account of easy means of transport and com municatioll presents more or less modern Lndenz.ies in reshaping the physical Dr social unit of the t(l1\J1. ~\ Town can not be considered as an isolated physical or social unit. It must be considered primarily as a focal area for activities ex pressed in physical forms such as buildings, streets and parks and in social forms such as institutions, customs and moves. 36 ~O. The easy means of transport and communication, cul tivation of a lHlmbel of commercial ClOpS. and the proximity of the capital CilY Hyderabad are some of the fanars indirectly responsible for tbe expansion of the town. However, within a spall of F) year~, the t01n1 has developed through the efforts of the local people alld lllunicipal authorities. The local au thorities have taken all concrete steps with the active co-opera tion and support of both Central and State Government and people as well. There are certain proposals for developing and beautifying the town i.e., wllstrucrio!1 of colonies, parks and pla\·groullcls. collstruction of open air theatres, establishment of more dispensaries, Primary and Secondary Schools etc, For. the execution of these pr()po~als, fund, were prodded In the State and Central Governmellts. It is ;!Iso said that 10ral authorilic~ arc prepared to otter ncry incentive for any constructive project for the development of the town. Population of the town through dc<:ades: 1901-1971. ~l. The decaela1 variation in population from 1901 to 1971 is as follows: - Y~~r I'opu);:,tion l)("C'ad~ '.'0 Y 1901 5,806 1911 7,342 +26.·tG 1921 5,845 -20.39 1931 10,859 +85. 7~ 1941 12,170 +12.07 1951 17,877 +46.89 19GI 17,54-9 - 1.83 1971 21,8!:; +24.31 It is interestillg to note that the population increased in every 4llternate decade except in 1941 where there is a slight increase. The fall in population between 1911 and 1921 is dHe to the great influenza epidemic in 1918. The 85.78% increase in popu lation during Et!l-;ll is abnormal. Apart from natural growth, several factors might have contributed to this hig'h growth rate. No recorded cvidcllCC for this abnormal growth rate is avai lable with the Municipal or Revenue Authorities. The g-rowth rate of 12.07% during t9glAI seems to be natural. Again, there is :1 high growth of 4(i.N9~~ during 1941<')1. Due to the 37 disturbed law and order :;ituation during the Razakar Move ment and the consequent Police Action in 1948-49 in the erst while Hyderahad State. m;!JlY landlords and business people of the small yillages L}l.lllll ;~2. Inspite of the natmal growth, setting up of several Government Ofiic~" Illdustrial Units and Feed Mixing Plant etc., during 19:"i1-61, there is a slight decrease in the population of the tuwn from 17)'77 ill 19.')1 to 17,549 in 1961. The reasons for the fall in populatinJl from 19:) I to ] 961 arc as follows:- (i) -"umber of rural families whirb had llli~raled to Bho)]gir to t:lkc ~hclter duc to disturhed conditions, re lurned to Lheir yillages once normal conclitions were restored.'*' (i i) There was considerable out-migration in mid-fifties due to the employment potential created by the commence ment of work in the Nagarjuna Sagar Project. :I~. "\s observed by the Registrar General, India, the growth ratc during l~l;')I-(iI ,,-as not significant when compared with the growth of 1941-;,1, especially in respect of Tc1angana towm_ ~H, The increase in the population of the town durinr; 1961-71 is of the order of 24.31% whereas the growth rate of the distrilt ;llld of the State arc 16.82% and 20.9%. This high growlh Lite ()f tbe to\\,11 , apart from tbe natural growth rate, is due to the return migration of scvcral of the labourers and contractor, from the ::'\agarjullil S;,gar Project. as major P;lrt of its work ,\-as completed and that there is slackncss in the further work for ,\-al1t of funds. This being a trade and commerce town of (;()lJsid, ralJk imporLIlH l, people not only froJII other pans of the di~trict and the State but also from diglant places outside the State also came and scttltd in this :own wilh :1- yicw to pros per in husiness and illdmtry. ~.). Apart from the historical account tracing the growth of the tOWIl gi\en ill the preceding pages, an account of the *"It wa, found that due to the Communist iTlS1I1'gcnce in this area aroun.t 19:d. a numher offamilies from the rural areas had moved to urban areas for security. _\~ conditions returned to normal during 19:il-Gl, tLev returned te their original rural homes. Hence most of the towns ofTe!:1llga;lu in 1951·61 showed poor grow!b rate", 38 migration and settlement particulars of the surveyed population aIC dealt with in Chapter VI-- 'vfigration and Settlement of Families. L",\D UTILISATION 36. The relation between location of the places of employ ment (indu:'Jtrial and commercial areas) and places of living (the residential areas and associated community recreational, educational, shopping, and· other services areas) are reflected in the amount, direction, time and charader of movement of per sons between the various functional areas. The total area of the town is 2.:-,9 Square Kms" of which one third is covered by the dwelling hOllses, inSlitutions and commercial buildings, and the remaining two third& area is occupied by the oil and rice mills and Government buildings. Of the total houses of the town, the old town has three £o1'ths of dwelling houses and the remailling hOUSl:S arc scattered in the newly built up area along the main road ot Hyderabad-Warangal. 37. This road divides the entire town into two parts i.e., the Northern region and the Southern region. The Southern re gion consists of the main old town, the Bhongir hill, and half of the Gani area. The Northern region con sists of residential houses including Railway Colony and Canj area. The houses in this area are scatter ed with low density of population. A major portion of the town is covered with small hillocks haying little space for residen tial purpos'es. In term-s of its two main functions i.e., commer cial and residential, every settlement of the town forms part of the ecollomic, social, cultural and political whole, upon which its development depends, and all these relations have been ex pressed in the town, particularly. the old and newly built up areas. All commercial activities including social, political and cultural are carri'cd out in the northern portion of the town ·where a number of institutions and clubs have been established, The Southern porti()n is more of less devoted for the residential purposes, except for the cinema haH located in Asoknagar. There is a separate area consisting of more than 50 houses of Kummaris (Potters) known as Kummari,,~ada (Map VI). LA?\D V="OER Cl'LTI\'_\TIO:'\ 38. The land under agricultural use within the Munici pal limits is abollt 398 HettaTcs (984.02, acres). A major por tion of the arable land is found towards the south-western part 39 of the old town. To the north of the old town there is a big tank which serves as the main source of irrigation to the fields of the town. Even then a major portion of the fields depends on ill sufficient and Ulltimely annual rain fall. The fertile tracts concentrated in the soutlicrn portion aH' covered with orchard~ . like orange, plantain, betel leaves etc. The total area of dwell· ing (including agricultural lands) is slightly less than the area covered by forest and fallow land. The Bhongir forest eneird· ing the hill-fort approximately covers one third of the barren lands falling within the Municipal limits. Actuallv. the forest almost ceased to exist. ~et the area covered \,'as left to a large extent uncultivated. A. considclable pan of this land is heiilg used (I) pastl1lc anel grazing- lanel. The barren and fallow land" are the direct res lilt of insufficient irrigatioll al i;.!(iLt ies. LAND USE, CONTROL AXD SPECULATION 39. The Revcnue Divisional Officer acquires the land or sites required (or am public purposes or for future ~xpansion of the tom,. The Town Planning department of the Munici· pality regulates the growth of the town in a systematic manner by way of issue of building permits as per the town planning rules and ill th~ best interests of public health and convenience. 40. Dming 19G4 to 1967, the Revenu'e Divisional Officer acquired certain lands for public purposes. In 1964, one plot of 2.0:". Hectares (Acs. 5.07) of agricultural land in Survey No. 19 'was purchased at a price of Rs. 28,804/ - for Milk Chilling Centre ,111el the Plant was constructed. In 1966, three plots of agricult ural lands each measuring O.Sl Hectares (Acs 2.00), 2.Hi Hectarcs (Acs. 5.:-14) and 0.9;") Hectare., (Acs. ~).:).I) \\'t';'C purchased tor constructing Municipal Water Works (Reservoir), Municipal Trenching ground and Paints and Varnish Centre's buildillP; respectively. They were located in survey numbers 14 3/'2, 248 and 19. 'While the compensation was not fixed for the (Ul.l Hectares (Acs. 2.~L)) of land for Paints and Varnish Centre, the 0.81 Hectares (Acs. 2.00) of land where Municipal ''Vater Works (Resen'oir) are under construction was acquired at a compensation of Rs. 1,04;") and the 2.16 Hectares (Acs. 5.34) of Municipal Trenching ground was acquired at a compellsa tion of Rs. 6,032. In 1967, an extent of 783 Sq. l'.fetrcs (904. sq. yanh) of agricultnral land was acquired for Feed Mixing Plant and the plant was cOllstructed. It is located in survey No. 20. In mrvey ~o. L). O.g;; Hectares (Acs. 0.82) of housesite was acquired and the Panchayat Samithi building was constructed. Compensation was not fixed for the site of the Feed Mixing Plant 40 4], Lalld speculation activity in this town is not Sig!li ficaJlL The only speculative anivity that came to the nonce of the Revenue Divisional Office is that of the Taluk Co-oper.. - tive .Marketing Society which purchased 4 acres of laud behind LIYe Hi ble Scllool in 19:'19 at a rate of Re. 1/- per square yard (0.9111 sq. ll1etle). It lllilised Acs. 1.:) for its own buildings, godowllS etc. abollt 10,000 square yards (8300 sq. metIcs site was made into 86 plots of 200 to 1lO0 sq. yards each (164 to 250 sq. metres). It sold away 46 plots at a rate of Rs. 10 per sq. rard (0.9144 S(I. IlIet!e) ill 1!166. At the time of SUI \cy ill 1~j(i9. +0 plub werc C;l\ailable for sale and these were expected to be .,01£1 at Rs. 10 to Rs. ]2 pel sq. y;ud (O.!llH sq. llLUq. (Map \') POl'CI,,'\TW:'i CIIAR:\CTERISTJCS 42. The population mainly comists of Hindus, Muslims and Christians of which the Hindus form the majority followed by the '\lllslims and the Christians. In fact, originally there are ]]0 ell ristialls except a few members of the Christian mis sion. Christian it y spread among SOIlle of the economically backward peopk belunging tu the lower <:asLs like ;\1 ala and Madiga. One of the lllain features of the town's popUlation is the absence of people belonging 10 castes listed in ~hedlllcd Tribes though they arc there in the district. 4J. The total population of the town according to 19G1 Cellsus was 17,;",49 comprising \),089 males and g,4GO females. From I ~I:i 1 to I ~161 there was a slight decrease in the population of this tOW11, while the district population increased during the ~allle period by 2~.gG% and the population of the State increased by F,.G:)';;,. Growth of popUlation of the district is much higher thall the aggregate growth of the State. But by 1971, the popu lation ill creased by 4.208 persons. The total population of the town at the 1071 Census is 21,815 persons of which 11,244 are male, alld 10,.i71 arc females. The ratio of females for every l.OOn m,lles is 9:19, showing slight improvemcnt from 1961 whi<:h W;IS ~);\L ,H. People belonging to the Scheduled Castes are found fairlY ill \!(IOU lllllllbcr and C\'Cll their sex ratio does not have ~tny '('(>n'i<~klahk variation. Their ratio of females for every BHONGI~ TOWN AVERAGE LAND VALUE I NOTTO SCALI) ~ ~ ~. ~ ~ ------~------~~~----.J¥i~ll .r.~ " 41 1,000 males is 9~11{. J t suggests that the sex ratio i-s more or le~s . equal. If any internal movements are there, they are family llligratiollS. The total strength of the Scheel lIicel Castes accord ing to 1961 Censm wa~ 2,) 17 comprising 1,060 males and 1,007 females. As of 1971 Census, it increased to 2,:);')() consisting of 1,289 males and 1,2(i1 fema!c..:s. Thus the growth rate among the Scheduled castes is 20.4:')% as against the general growth of 24.31 % of the tOWIl. The sex ratio as of 1971 Census is 978 females per 1,000 males which indicates that a few workillg males have migrated to this town for eking out their livelihood. HOCSEHOL{J POPL'I ..... no:o-: 4:"). The total population of the town consists of ~~,670 households of different castes and communities. The average family or household comprises 4 to () or 7 to 9 persons. 1=his indicates that in the social complex of the town considerable number of extended families still exist. Of the surVeYed popu lation. G2.:1% are aged L,) to :10 and while those below 14 years and those above fiO ,cars and over form 31.6% and :).9% res pectively. The total Ilumber of dependants including children below the age of 14 and people aged over 60 years constitute 64.:1% of the total population. The agewise figures of the population by Caste/Community are given in table 31. The strength of productive labour is a little above one third of the total population. OnlY fI out of 318 in the age group of below 14 years of age arc engaged in agricultural and other household ind llstries. 46. The marital status of the people by age group shows a number of interesting points about the social customs of the town. Of the total population, about ~1.6% consists of persons of 0-14 age group comillg f10lll all ~cctiolls of Lhe communities, and more than 90% of them are never married. The child marriages. which were quite common among certain commu nities ill the past have now gone dowIl to a larg,'c extent. How ever, even today a few families favour early marriages for their ~ dang·llLCJs. The absence of either divorce Of separation :t1l1011!! the' people presents a unique feature of the marital relation'~ of population of the town (Statement V-(4)). The population is umstit lltco by cOllsidera ble percentage of literates. Tbe struc ture of their social set up, though complex, has many common practircs and helicEs with feelings of co-operative co-existence without allY racial prejudices. 42 47. The impact at topography on the growth of the town seems to be less intense and is not conducive for I'apid physical growth of the town. The old town is situated at the foot of the hill-fort with a \'ast open area of mountaneous nature. It is neither useful for building construction nor for agricultural purposes. It is noticeable in urba,nization everywhere that the [actors of site and situation have considerable impact upon the nature of the urban area. Site means tbe actual location where a town is built. Situation refers primarily to the relationship of a particular site to other parts of the area in which the town is located, to the region of which it is a part, and eyen in many of the larger towns in the country. 48. The significallce of the site characteristic as suggested by Bhongir with its unique transport facilities ,vhich provide a natnral location for an urban area or a town to develop, fayourable site characteristics from one point of view, may also yield to ~OlllC llcg'ative influence';. In case of Bhongir, the characteristics of sile surrounding the small hillocks and rocky lipS and downs create certain difficulties with reference to urban dc\-elopment, because of its rugged character. This site charac· lnistic, although it lllay not have adversely affected the early growth of Bhongir, certainly has had an influence on both the direction oE subsequent growth and the nature of its growth in terms of population, density and location; types of land llse. and functional relationship from the point of view of trans portation. 49. Examined from thl':' view point of situatioJl of the t 0'\'11 , it is clear. in case of Bhongir that for hundreds of years, it has been in that location, partly heouse the town stands at the head of the nodality and partly because this nodality is the channel through migrations and invasions into the Kakativa Kingdom had heen made traditionallv. In the words of Maha raja Sri Kishenpershad, the then Prime Minister of Nizam's Dominion that "Whoever commanded Bhongir, commanded Warangal during KatatiY;1 Regime" seem to be correct and it is quite probable that the svmbolic importance of Bhongir with refercnn: to ~itll;;tion did not escape their notice, and may haye influenced its eventual selection as the site of the new headquarters of a taJllk and Revenue Sub-Division. CHAPTER III AMEI'\lTIES AND SERVICES Bholliil '0'-\ 0nt' of th~ importallt towns even prior to the formation of Andhra Pradesh State in 1956. During the Nizam's period, it enjoyed the status of a Second Talukdar's Headquaters and had fair communications and other facilities. It is a tow II since 19]0. The official importance of the town has considerably inCl'eased as it was the administrative Headquar ten; of a sub-Division with the establishment of office~ like the Taluk Office. Snb·Collector's office. Commercial Tax Office. Sub-Treasury Office, Divisional Panchayat Office etc. The par ticulars of each category of offices. both public and private have been given in the app'endix 1. Local administrative offices like Municipal Office, Panchayat Samithi Office were also established within the town limits. Two Police Stations for the mainten ance of Law and Order are located in the town which sen"e the Taluk. Sen ice centres like Post and Telegraph office, Railway station etc. are also found in this town. To have a review about the official and administrati\"e importance of the town. a brief description about the functions of th~ important offices is attempted. 2. The Sub-CollcClor's ofIice has jurisdiction over two taluks, nameh' Bhongir and Ramannapet of this district. The main fUllctions of this office are revenue and g-eneral administration as also the maintenance of law and order as the ex-officio Snb-Di"isional :.1 agistratc. He is also the presiding officer of the Revenue Court, 'exercising mostly appellate powers. He assists the District Collector in the varions developmental activities. He is assisted bv Tahsildars who are in-charge of the taluk administration. The present strength of the staff is 16. The office ,,'as established in 1863 under the erstwhile Govern· mcnt of Hyderabad State for the same purpose. Th~ office is at present located on the main road in the Gani area. Both the Sub-Collector's office and the residence are located in private bnildings. ;1. The Taluk Office (Fig. 12) is functioning since 1890. The Talv,ildar is the revenue administrative head of the tal uk and he also holds some judicial powers limited to th'e taIuk only. He is also the presiding officer of the Revenue and Tenancy courts. The Tahsildar is assisted by a Deputy Tahsildar, Revenue Inspectors and a few officials of subordinate clerical' cadre. +4 The pre~nt strength of the staff of this office is 41. The office j~ located on the main road opposite the Panchayat Samithi office in the Ganj Area. 4. The Sub-Treasury Office was also established l\J the same vear alon~' with the Ta'iuk. Office and is "ituated in the sallie huilding. 'The main [unctioll of this office is to accept monies, due to the Government. A Sub-Treasun Officer assisted lw 8 sub-ordinate officials is in- 3. The Munsiff Magistrate's Court which is presided by .;,t First Class !\fagi~trate is ~ituated on tht: main road besides the Government Junior College and attends to the settlement of disp\ltl::s of both crimin:tl and civil natm"c. The strength of the stalf is 20. A Sub-.J ail is also atLached to [h~ court. The ,\1 unsiH ~I agist!'a Ie :s [he ex-ollicio Supcrintende: \ t of the Su h Jai], Prisoners uncler trial arc lodged in this jail. The jail iluild jng attached to the court is situat~d on the main road, in the Callj area. 6. There arc two police stations for the maintenance of law anel order. The town station was established long back ill the old town and the area of its jurisdiction is confined to the mllllicipal limits and has a staff strength of 5.1 includ· ing the Sub-Inspector of Police and the constables_ The other -station is solely meant for the rural areas adjoining the town area and has jnri.,diction over 34 villages for maintenance of law and order. The total streangth of the staff is 19. The Station was cst aiJJi~hed in 19;14. Both these stations corne under the jurisdictio)\ of the Circle Inspector of Police, Bhongir. .7. Since 19M, the Survey of India is conductillg field train ing camp for all cadres of its officers at Bhongir. There is a pro posal to acquire a five acres site to the right side of the ,\-Varan gal road and opposite to the Feed Mixing Plant in order t« conduct trailling every year. 8. There ;ere anum ber of offices of various departments like Electricity Board, p.w.n. (Irrigation), P. W. n. (Roads ,md Buildi1lgs\ etc. under the chaTgc of Assistant EnKinecrs of the concern~c( departments, office (~f Sub-Registrar of "\'iSlirall res. office of Inspector of State Excise etc. Many public and private iilstitutiolls. banks, hospitals and the like have been III existcncc. \fany of these Government offices have come into 45 existence onlv after 19:,0. There are some small scale industries sponsored bO'th b)' the Govcrnment and by the Private entre preneurs as ,,('II. 9. The l'allchayat Sami(hi Office (l'ig, 14). has come into existence sillce 19S9. Consequent on ush'ering in of th~ three tier pattern of democratic decentralisation, the main function of the bodY is to look after the all-round development of the rural areas' ill its jurisdiction. It is constituted by the member ship ot Sarp,lllchs of the Gl~'Hll. Panchayat and som~ co-opte~i membtT~ wilo represent speCIal lIlterests and fields. The Presl' dent of the Panchayat Samithi is the executive head. For ad ministration of the Samilhi and implementation of the schemes all Executive Officer, designated as 'Block Development Officer', assisted bY Extemion Officers of variolls branches like educa· tion, agriculture, Panchavats, social welfare etL, is pl;\ced in (harge of th(:se duties. The present strengl-h of the offi<:e at headquarters is 2':> excluding the contillgcncv staff. The offic~ i~ situated hy the side of the main road just opposite th~ Taluk Office. Bhongir bein~ a municipality does not come under the jur isdictiol1 of th'c PanchaYat Samithi. 10. TOll'll Admillistrnlion.-The town was graded as a municipality and it has a permanent office building of its uwn (rig_ 13). A Municipal Committee wa5 constituted as early as in 1910. Elections on adult franchise were held in 19:')2 undC':r the Hydcrabad Municipal and Town Committees Act of 19:')1. AccOldingly. tht Municipal Committee was formed with ]7 elected members and 7 nominated membcr!; of whom 3 were ofhcial, and 4 were non·ofhcials. Again, elections were held in 1% 1 and the strength of the council was refixed at 17 with 2 re~cncd seats for Scheduled Castes.. Under Andhra Pradesh M un icipal Act of 1965, the strength of the council was I'aisFd to 21 with:'; seats reserved for ladi'es and 2 for Scheduled Castes and elections werc held in 1967. Appendix VI shows the election particulars. 11. Th'e municipal administration is being carried on by the Municipal Council with the assistance of' paid executives. The Chairman who is elected from the members of the Council comma nds the con fidence of majority of the bod \. Like-wise, the Vice-Chairman is also elected. The Chairman is the head of the office and has overall control over municipal administration. He pre,idcs over meeti ngs of the executive committee and the general bod\' (Fig. 15). He isslies agenda in his name and carries out all correspondence with the heads of the departments of hath puhlic and pri\at~ nature and also with the District Collector. He is the appointing authority of all posts upto a basic pay of Rs. 30. He is entitled to an honorarium of Rs. jO per month. The "ice-Chairman discharges the functions of Lhe Chairman in his absence. 12. FXeculitJI': COJ}lmil tee.-It has the power to sanction for expenditure npto Rs. 10,000 subject to budget provision. All financial matters and proposal& relating to establishment shall be placed before the council by the Executive Committ'ee. It can ellter into con tracts for execution of works, supply of services and materials etc. upto Rs. lO,OOO. It has the power of appointment of employees drawing a maximum hasic pay of Rs. :)0. It has disciplinary control over all members of the office staff except of public health. Disposal of building ap plications, filing of prosecution under all oectiom, nomination of contractors for execution of works costing ks, than Rs. 2,000 supply of material llpto a limit of Rs. LHlO, reporting the progress of imph.:mentation of the resolutions passed by the \Iunicipal Council etc. are its main fllllctiollS. The committee is constituted by the elected memhers of the Council, and at present the Executive Committee of the Municipality consists of :) members including the Chairman. A legal adviser is also appointed to assist in carrying out the activities of the body. 13. Paid Exer:ulit'e.-The Munit;:ipal Commissioner is in charge of the entire office administration. He implements the resolutions passed bv th'e Executive Committee and the Council. He prepares the annual budget. He is in-charge of all the office records and operates the bank and treasury accounts. Be is in-charge of collection of all taxes and takes suitable action in cases of non-pa~ment, defaults etc. Maintenance of offic~ and supervision of the staff ate the main duties of the ,ceretar:. 14. The municipal office is situated on the main road, beside the bus-stand in the Ganj area. The total strength of staff is 86 including clerical and menial services. 1?J. In addition to the elected and paid eX'ecutives, there are three operative departments viz., (1) Public Health, (2) Engineering, and (3) Town Planning. 16. The officials of these departm'ents are appointed by the State Government. They draw their salaries, allowan.ces, pen ~ions etc. from the consolidated fund of the State. At present, an Engineer has been ;appointed to the Engineering section of the Municipality for the maintenance of Roads, waterworks. planning, and construction of buildings, colonies, sluice cons tructions and other engineering works. One Sanitary Inspeft~r and one Health Assistant look after the public health and sal~l tation. With the assistance of a few subordinate officials, and III collSultation with the Couucit the Municipal Commissioner is carrying out the functions of the Town Planning section. 17. The Chairman and th~ Council may censure or frame ch.ug'es against the officials of these operative bodies as and when their services f:!11 below the expected leycl and recom mend to the Government to take appropriate action against the officials at fault. 18. Financinl Admilli.\lra(io)!.~As has already been Illt'ntiolled. the '.fllJIicipai Commissioner prepares the annual budgtt in yie\\" 01 t.he Ilnancial sources and commitments. The sources of income of the Municipality do 1Iot vary much from other Muncipalities of Telangana area and the State in gf:'ne ral. The \lul1icipal rate sch~du1c shcl1I-ing tI]{' rates of difkrent taxes, fees, licences, etc., is given as Appendix II. The major sourCes of iilcome as stated in the draft budget given below are broadly taxes, fines and forfeitures, loans and advances, grants, iUCOIl1(: from property etc. C (StateIlH'llt III (l)~Draft lludget~Recejpts) 1D. Taxation on property, professiol1, \chides and ani mals, lighting, advertisement and entertainment, surcharges and a few others are the major sources of income to the \hll1icipality. The total income- from :111 these sources wa ..; Rs. 78,1 18 during 1964-6:), Rs. 91,326 during 1965-66 and it increased to Rs. },1I,08;\ in 1966-67. The average income per year over the three \'cars was Rs. 93,:")09. The estimated receipts during 1967-1;8 were Rs. ],13,200 while Rs. 1,44,200 was estimated for the year 1968-69. Property tax, profession tax, vehicle and Rl:ASO~S FO~ VARL.. TIO:"oi IN TAX COLLECTIONS AND ESTIMATES 20. It can be se'en from the statement III-el) on draft budget receipts that the property tax receipts increased from rear to vear during the five years period from 1964-65 to 19fi~ m 48 except a small decrease ot R~. l.i6t; frorn Rs. 64,;1l4 ia 1965-66 to R~. r;:~,20H in 1966-67. This increase was due to stricter collectio11 of arrears of the previous years, increase in house tax in (C1'ta1l1 cases where rents have gone up consider· ahh alld clue to the coIlling up of new constructions. Due to lihe sOime reasons, estimated receipts through property tax have gone up to Rs. 75,000 in 1967-6l:l. Moreover, in 1968-69, the property tax was raised from 12r;~, to 15~{" which includes the levy of lightir;g and scavenging taxes as pointed out by the Director 01 MUlIicipal Administration and as resolved by the ,'lunicipal Council. Hence, the further increase in estimated receipts to Rs. 80,000 in I !Hi 8 6!1. 21. There ;m~ erratic fluctuations in the receipts through profession tax. These fluctuations are due to the extent of strict ness or degree of laxity in tht: collection of the tax. As against the estimated receipts of Rs. 8,000 in 1967-68, an amount of Rs. 15,OO() was estimated in 1968-69 keeping in view the huge ';'UlJOlltlts of arrears, aud the Executive Committee's determi nation to collect the ~ame withollt am' further loss of time. Furthcr. it \ras expcctcd that the list or I~ew entrants to Govern lllCllt Service and business which w\_,re not received earlier ,muld Ill' rcuj \ cd and thus help increased collections. 22. Lighting tax and tax 011 advertisement were iIltroduc~d in 1968-69 OlllY. Receipts through entertainment tax over Cinema tickets is the Major source of entertainment tax. It depends on the llumber of shows screened, the attraction of the show and the number of tickets sold. Ni.. 1ety five per cent of the clltertainment tax is credited to the Municipality. A 2% tax on the cost of instruments is levied over the transfers of immovable properties. Rcceipt~ through this tax depend on the \'oluHlc and value of transactions that take place during the Year. The erratic fluctations in the income from munici pal propeni·cs.is due to the laxity or strictness 011 the part of th'e collection staff. Keeping in view of the arrears of previous years, a huge amount of income of Rs. 17,300 on buildings and lands was estimated [or 1968-69. 2;). Gmnts and confributiom.-During the period from ] ~16·i-6:j to I %6-G7, the '\[unicipality was getting grant in li'eu of toll taX abolition, haH grant to meet the Statement m-(l) DRAFT BUDGET OF RECEIPTS OF C.M. BHONGIR, DISTRICT NALGONDA FOR THE YEAR 1967-68 Heads Actual Actual Actual Estimate Estimate 1964-65 1965-66 1966-67 1967.68 C.M.! T.M. 1968-69 2 3 4 5 DETAILS OF STATEMENT (I) LOCAL TAXES 1. Property Tax 52,690 64,314 63,208 75,000 80,000 2. Professional Tax 5,814 4,801 1,762 7,000 15,000 3. Vehicle & animal Tax. 3,589 4,332 4,805 5,000 5,000 4. Barbardari Tax (ToU.Tax) 432 5. Lighting Tax 5,000 6. Tax on Advertise ments 2,000 7. Market Taxes 8. Tax on Public entertainment & amusements. 11 ,917 15,889 24,570 20,000 25,000 ~. Tax on Transfer of immovable Property. 3,676 1,990 11,643 6,000 6,000 10. Surcharge 5,095 6,000 11. Local cess of land situated within the jurisdiction ofC.M. 200 200 12. Other Taxes TOTAL 78,118 91,326 111,083 113)200 144,200 Statement (1) Local Taxes-C Fines 268 161 165 300 500 Grand total of Local TlllEes 78,386 91,487 111,248 113,500 144,700 5-2 Census/AP/74 50 Statement 111-(1) (Conld.) 2 3 i- 5 6 2. I,!come from Property (a) Buildings & Lands etc. 4,046 10,690 6,374 15,300 17,300 (b) Markets & slaughter houses 1,783 1,317 1,530 2,250 2,100 (c) Proceeds from sale of water etc. (d) Interest (e) Miscellaneous TOTAL (2) INCOME. FROM PROPERTY 5,829 12,007 7,904- 17,550 19,400 3. Income from other sources 12,267 15,754 8,454 17,600 17,600 4. Contribu tion & Grants 29,629 31,828 32,865 54,865 54,865 5. Total Service Heads. 126,111 151,076 160,471 203,515 236,565 Opening Ba1ar:({' 88,058 78,755 82,465 63,241 78,106 Reserve [or de- preciation or water works ------...-'------Grand Total-Ser- vice Heads 214,169 229,831 242,936 266,756 314,671 51 Statem.ent 111-(1) (Contd.) 52 24. The grants and contributions received during the three year period from 1964-65 to 1966-67 were as follows:- Grant Contribution 1964-65 19(5-66 1966-67 Rs. Rs. Rs. (1) Graut in lieu of toll tax abolitio:t 23,000 23,000 23,OO() (2) Half grant to meet the adclition::ll expen- diture due to revised scales of p"y. 7li4 2,963 +,000 (3) Grant in lieu of loss of income through Vehicle Tax. 5,865 5,865 5,865 ~--~~------'---- T()t~1 29,629 31,828 32.865 There is no vanatlOn in the grants in lieu of abolition of toll tax and grant in Heu of loss of income through Vehicle Tax during the period. The half grant to meet the additional ex penditure incurred due to revision of pay scales was varying during the period depending on the increase in the pay and allowances of the staff. DEMAND AND COLLECTION OF TAXES, FEES ETC. 25. Appendix III shows the demand and collection of different taxes, fees, licences etc. of the Muncipal receipts. The collection through tax on transfer of immovable property, entertainment tax, compounding fees, slaught'er house fees, sale of rubbish and income through cattle pound are cent per cent as per demand. The collection of property tax varied from 44.67% in 1964-65 to 56.76% in 1966-67. Gradual improvement in the percentage of collection is seen throughout thh period. Vehicle tax demands w'ere collected in full during 1964-65, while in 1965-66 and 1966·67 collections were 94.35% and 92% re~ pectively. 26. Surcharge on property tax was not at all collected during 1964-65 and in 1965-66. Collections of the same were 47.62% in 1966-67. The collections through licences, fees, cons truction permits (one item) showed a slight decrease from 87.82% in 1964-65 to 76% in 1966-67. Collections through rent of market,--shops and Lower Income Group Houses (one item) were 71.9%, 77.7% and 68.73% respectively during 1964-65, 1965-66 and H166-67. Income through collection of rents on Municipal lands increased from 39.22% in 1964-65 to 60.92% in 1965-66 and again decreased to 44.68 % in 1966-67. 53 '27. There appears to be too much laxity in the collection of profe-ssional tax. From 15.09% in 1964-65, it improved to 33% in 1965-66 and again it went down to 6.01 % in 1965-66. Apart from the lethargic attitude of the tax collection staff, the non-receipt of lists of employees from different departments has contributed a lot towards the poor collection of the pro fessional tax. 28. Though there is a continuous increase in the income of the Municipality yet it could not keep pace with the ever increasing expenditure. The general backwardness of the area and the economic backwardness of the town's population did not p'ermit augmenting the financial resources of the Municipality. The available resources of the Municipality could not meet the increasing needs of the town. The major heads of exp'endi ture are conveniently divided into (a) Administrative charges (b) Public works, (c) Conservancy charges, Cd) Water works and (c) Miscellaneous {harges. (Statement III-2 Budget of Expenditure). 29. The administrative charges, including the charges on establishment constitute one of the major heads of 'expenditure. Under this category, which is a recurring expenditure, the Municipality has been spending Rs. 31,854/- on an average and it is estimat'ed to go upto Rs. 47,073/- during 1967-68 and Rs. 52,9:13/- during 1968-69. There is a consistent increase of char ges under this head. Th'e phenomenal increase under this head is due to the incr'ease in the pay and allowances of the office staff and tax collection staff. 30. The next item of expenditure is the Public Works. Ex penditure on roads, buildings, drainage and other miscellaneous public works come under this category. The main road pass ing through th'e Ganj area (from Hyderabad to Warangal) and the other running to N algonda are under the maintenance of the P. W. D. (Roads and Buildings). The total length of roads under the administrative control of the Municipality is 9.87 Kms. (6 miles, 1 furlong and 362 feet) comprising 4.42 kms. (2 miles, 6. furlongs and 142 feet) of metalled road, 1.61 Kms. (l mile, 110 ft) of asphalt road and the remaining 3.84 Kms. (2 miles, 3 furlongs and 110 feet) of unmetalled roads. On an average, an expenditure of Rs. 1,968/- per annum was incurred during 1964-6:1 to 1966-67 towards their main tenance. During the years 1967-68 and 1968-69, Rs. 5,000/ and Rs. 10,000 were estimated to be sp'ent on this item. The Municipality submitted a plan to the State Government and 54 O"l "-c 0~0"'l M \0 CU"")Q) ·n tnooo <.o~ ~ ~ooo ."M co C"<")Ctr)I..'"") t""l <.0 ~~~ ..,.."<0 N "'"N ._,; 60<',,,,,' ~. ~N~ L"l ~ ..El.i~ N ~ < Oe<":lO C<") "coo ~ or--o r-- ""000 ~o:: LC"") tD OJ 0 ... (.Cooo Ie >- ~(D L"; N~O ,..: ~ lr;'L'J~t.O N ::.:I ._r--. -N- ~ cO tr:: -<.0 N F-< ~9:; ~ 0 ..... e<"le<"l e<"l L("")O~ <.0 ,._ ,,"Q)N \0 -(D on 0"><.0000"> e<"l 0>..,..- I.{')C"{<..C (D""' <"" .E t6 o;'~3' r--' ~U-)\~ q '-'<.0 e<"l ~' Z "l:!9:; 0 0 ,..J ~1""'C"l co < e<"l ·N ..... "" e<"l 1;~ ,,",,"co l'- -_ "'~ ..... z ::J • ""'''"'''"' <.0 co e<"l l'- ~U"") oo<"ic6 o· -'~,,"' F-< <.0<0 e<"l 6 .....U "'9:; N ~ - 1-< ..... ·0 .01.>.0;00 -0 .U") -ONOO ·0 In l"--CO ~ ·0 ..... • Of) CO N Sit <:<"l 0 C'I 'i< 0 ...... el OJ I N eo 00 -0\ -OJ :> I~ 1) ~~ lO~ ...... ' .r,' or)~ " C> C> I ~. $ N C<> ";- r-"" ::! lO lO <:<"l 'i< 0 'i< ::: L'"l ""' 1.0 ...... ""'~ "" eo" ""<.is ...... or)~ N " ...... lO "". 0 N "" 'i< ""~ ::!" 0'0 c<"l lO 0 or) 0 lO ";" OJ C> ~ 'i< 'i< lO 0'> 0 on 0'0 ""' ~ eo N""' c;_ q "- ..;< O'o~ - <5 '" N -as CO' N e eo .,j< N N LI") 01 ~ "" ~ N ..« - "" ~ >- :5" CO N 0 0 '10 CO """to N N ~ C!\ N ~ ~ + ""00 lO to t- N "" 0'0' "," ""C!\" a> " :::i N'" '"00 N ~ ;S 0'> 3 N "" "" c<') :a <::!'" "" "0. c3'-/ ~ .-.. 0 on e<"l 00 eo "i:)" N It .:, 1'- N bJl .__, t-'" '"S! ~ o ::!: C<') - ;:> ",,' "'" N co· o· 0" c<, ...... o:Q ...I "" 1'- :!:"" L{") lO "'" "" - - "" -s" "'" ~ d 0 $ -;; e ~ QI >< ~ 'S .... "-'" rIl "0. -< -'<'" ;::'"0 en 00 I- '"II,l «A po ~ Ol is ;:: ::r:: « Cl'" <- OJ A II,l 0 Ol ~ z u ::r:: « c c " ...... ,'" I- {l r 3 J. There is only surface drainage in the town and there is no proposal to convert it into an underground drainage in the near future due to acute shortage of funds. As the town is situated at a comparatively higher level than the surround ing area, there is no stagnation of water. There are a f'ew over-crowded localities in the old town, but they cannot be termed as slum areas. The Municipal authorities have b'een taking steps to see that no area goes down to the near con ditions of a slum. An amount of Rs. 3,837/. on an average per year is being spent over the past 3 years i.e., from 1964 to 1967 to live upto this objective and it was proposed to set apart Rs. 6,000! - during 1967-68 and Rs. 3,500/- during 1968-69 for this purpose. 32. Maintenance and construction of buildings constitute another important item of expenditure in the municipal bud get. An amount of Rs. 5,284/- was sp'ent during the year 1966- 67 and during 1967-68 it was proposed to spend Rs. 6,000 /-. The municipal authorities have proposed to construct a colony for ~he sweepers and other low paid employees and the requir ed finances for this d'evelopment project have been granted by the Government of India. 33. CONSERV AN CY : -The rnajor item of expenditure of the Municipality is the conservancy charges. A Sanitary Ins pector assisted by a Health Assistant is placed in-charge of th'e sanitation. About 53 regularly paid labourers are appoint ed for cleaning the drains, streets and bazars. In addition, there are 8 scavengers for cleaning the public and private latrines of the lown .. There are more than 1,000 nous'es with latrines scattered throughout the town and ,ery few houses are equipped with water-borne (sceptic tank) latrin'es. The services of scavengers are made available to the people by the Municipality. Due to scarcity of water, coupled with the inade quate financial resources of the Municipality, sufficient num ber of water-borne latrines could not be provided in the town. 58 There is a diesel truck owned by the l\{unicipahy to can') th': wast£' and other excretory materials. A driver and a cleaner have been appointed on regular basis for this purpose. During the 3 years from 1964-65 to 1906·67, on an average, Rs. 52,29~~ were spent per year. The budget allotment for the conservancy staff during the year 1966-67 was Rs. 61,658 J-. It is estimated to incur Rs. 59,761/- and Rs. 78,525/- for the years 1967-68 and 1968·69 respectivdy. The increase in expenditure under this head is due to the increase in pay and allowances and re cruitment of a few more employees. 34. Though epidemics like Malaria, Cholera 'etc., are com mon features in other parts of the district, the town is not much affected by such diseases. The town is happily free from slums and marshy places and thus the possibility of spread of such diseases is much less. The municipal administration appears to be particular in paying due attention to the sani tan conditions of the town, and no other item or items of the local expenditure have received as much allotment as the con s'ervanc), charges. Digging of trenches for preparation of com post is another item under this head. During 1964-65 to 1966-67, on an average Rs. 5,312/- were spent per year. The amounts estimated to be spent over this item for 1967-68 and 1968-69 wer'e Rs. 6,477 and Rs. 7,413/-. 35. WATER SUPPLY: -Provision of water supply con stitutes a major problem confronting the Municipality. The town is poorly endowed with natural facilities like river or stream and well water is the only source. The construction of a well is too costly since the area is rocky in nature. Well water is the only source serving the drinking water and other pur poses of the people of the town. In 1969, there were 264 wells of which 249 are private wells and 15 are public wells spread over the entire town. The tank is used for irrigation purposes only. Not all the wells of the town have rich springs and many of them dry up during the summer. Due to the persis tent 'efforts of the Municipal authorities for adequate supply of water, the Government of Andhra Pradesh have sanctioned Rs. 26,60,OOOj- under the Protected Water Supply scheme. The survey of the sch'eme has already been over and the first phase of the programme has been taken up in November, 1971. The work is under progress and materials worth about Rs. 5.5 1akhs have already b'een provided. Water is to be supplied from Manneru vagu (rivulet) at a distance of 13 Kms. (8 miles) 59 for storage. Two reservoirs of 1,75,000 and 75,000 gallons capa city are under construction in Pahadnagar, behind the Co operative C'entral Bank. The scheme is expected to be complet. cd by the end of 1973. The municipal authorities have cons tructed 7 new wells. in different areas of the town, even after the water snpply scheme was sanctioned, in order to easen the acUteness of water shortage before the water supply scheme comes into operation. The Harij:ms (\lal£1s and ;\L:dig.::s) take water from the 'Ndls dug. by the j\c~unicipality. They are not prohibi ted to take water trom these wells. In fact, some wells lVefe dug in the areas v,here these people are predominent. No social disauilities are imposed over the Harijans. Further, 60 old wells were also deepen-ed during 1969-70 'at a cost of Rs. 14,996/- granted by the State Government. Two bore-well& have been sunk by the Agro Industries Corporation, Hyd'erabad. Underground pipe lines are being laid in the town to link up with the service reservoirs. 36. LIGHTING: - The town is provided with 'electricity since ] 9:')8, The Andhra Pradesh State Electricity Board is responsihle for providing the service to this town. Kothagudem Thermal Supply Station is the source of power generation which is at a distance of about 240 Kms. (150 miles) from this lOwn. A grid connection located in the town provides power supply not onh' to this tOM) but also to the surrounding places within a radius of about 16 Kms. (lO miles). 37. The capacity of the Grid is 3,000 KVA and is of A. C. Type. The volume of consumption is 9.2 lakh units per arjnum. Electric supply is given to all localities of the town. Twenty three per cent of the buildings of the town have been pro\'ided with electric supply and one-fourth (25%) of the population oE the town have been making use of electric power supply. 38. In all, 1,441 connections were given III the town for domestic and street (Road) lighting and also for industrial, irrigational and commercial purposes. The following statement III-(3) shows the pattern of use of electric power, the rate per unit for different purposes, the demand and collection~ number of applications for different purposes -pendjng and the additional load required to meet the demand etc. [Statement III-(3)J 60 .'; 1 >r) i' co -o c5 -~ N N o 61 39. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS:-There are erratic fluctua tions in the amounts spent on street lighting. The oth('citems of expenditure include the maintenance of markets, tra~elle-r~ bun~ galow and on gardens. Paltry sums are spent on registratIOn of Ruman births and deaths, printing of forms, and budget, on legal representations, etc. In 1965-66, an amount of Rs. 5,992. was spent on purchase of land. 40. TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATIONS:-Thc growth and development of the town owe much to the excellent transport and communication facilities available to the town .. As has already been stated earlier, the erstwhile Nizarn State was one of the pioneer States in the establishment of State operated road transport services. Roads, which were long neglected, have been laid only in the first quarter of this cen tury. The Hyderabad-Warangal Stale High Way and the N algonda-Siddipet road pass through this town. Many towns of the adjacent districts have road connections with this town and state Road Transport Corporation buses ply on these roads. Yadagirigutta, one of the very famous pilgrim centres in the Telangana area is only at a distance of Ig Kms. (8 miles) from this town and a good number of buses from different places ply through Bhongir to Yadagirigutta. 4l. With effect from January, 1958 the Andhra Pradesh Road Transport Corporation enlarged its operations and a good number of buses ply ova this town from various places of the adjacent districts. A good number of buses operated by Private Managements ply to the interior villages, taluks, em anating from or passing through this town. For transport of goods .from and to this town, there are private lorry services to vanous parts of the country. 42. So far as the railways are concerned, the Nizam in troduced the railway service for the first time in 1863, in colla boration with th'e British Indian Authorities with the intro duc~ion of broad-gauge railway line between Hyderabad and KaZlpet, passing through Bhongir. Bhongir railw-ay station is, t~e busiest station on this line next to Kazipet, a railway junc tlOn on the Madras-Delhi main line. From time to time, many improvements in amenities have been effected both for passen ger and goods-traffic. . 43. There had been a post office in the town since 1-7-1877 ThIS post office and 28 branch offices serve this town and the villages in the taluk. Telegraph facilities are also available here (Fig. 16). G2 44. During 1967-68, Rs. 33,LH.98 worth of postal stationery were sold in the main post office. Item-wise sales are as follows' Statement III (4) SALE OF POSTAL STATIONERY IN 1967-68 Postal Stationery No. sold dur- Total sale ing 1967-68 jJroceeds dur ing 1967-68 (Rupees) 2 3 Post Cards 55,208 4,415.64 fnland Covers 39,561 4,747.30 Envelopes 23,459 4,222.60 Stamps 97,694 19,769.44 Total 215,922 33,154.98 It can be seen that on an average Rs. 2 per head were spent on postal stationery and nearly 7 letters per head on average were made use of. Over 44% of the total stationery sold and over 62% of the amount realised through sale of postal station ery is through sale of stamps, including revenue stamps. 45. There is a Telephone Exchange also in the compound of Main Post office. Telephone facilities are in existence since over 20 years. 46. There are 77 telephone connections operated on Cen tral Battery Manual system. There is one Public Telephone Booth in the town, which is in the Main Post Office. The tele phone charges are not realised on the number of local calls from each connection but at a fiat rate of Rs. 300 per year. 47. Local calls made for the year 1967-68 are not available. But 18,000 trunk calls were booked to places outside in the same year. An amount of Rs. 67,088.74 was realis.ed as income through tel'ephones. 48. In the same vear, 7,258 money orders were received while 11,257 were issu~d from the town. The total amount of money orders received Was Rs. 3,33.674.74 P. while Rs. 3,59,711.26 P. were sent from the town. Of the money orders received, 1,124 63 were from places within the same district and 6,134 were from places outside the district but from within the State .. On the other hand, 2,124 Money Orders were issued to villages within the same district while 9,133 were issued to urban areas within the same district. EDUCA TIONAL INSTITUTIONS 49. There are 4 Primary (elementary) schools-2 in Gani area and 2 in the old town run by the Municipality. There are also two Nursery schools and 16 private schools all over the town inparting education upto fifth standard. Th'ere are 1,693 pupils of whom are 1,045 boys and 648 girls. In all there are 06 teachers in these schools. The ratio of boy pupils to girl pupils il> 1.6 : I and the teacher-pupil ratio il> I: 30 50. There are thre'e high schools and one higher secondary school in the town and all are Government schools. 5 I. The Higher Secondary school, a Government institu tion, is situated near the Munsiff Magistrate's Court. This has since been converted into a Junior College. It imparts education from 8th class to 10th class and the 2 year Intermediate course. It became a full-fledged school during 1964-65. The school has its own building. There are 945 boys and 20 girls in the school. The teaching staff consists of on~ Gazetted Headmaster and 12 Post Graduate Assistants, 17 Graduate Assistants, 17 Second ary Grade Teachers, I Telugu Pandit, 1 Hindi Pandit, 1 Phy sical Training Instructor, 1 Moral Training Instructor while the non-teaching staff including clerical, Class IV etc. are 15, thus making the total 66. 52. The medium of instruction is Telugu. After passing the Intermediate examination, a student is eligible for admission either to degree courses or to professional courses like Medicine (M.B.B.S.), Engineering (B.E.) 'etc. There are play grounds for games like badminton, volley ball, basket ball, etc. Recentlv it bas been converted into a Junior College. . 53. There IS one Government Girls' High S<:hool in Brahminwada. It became a full-fledged high school in 1963. There are two buildings for this school of which one:: was con structed by the Government and the other was constructed with the donations received from the public of this town. There are 14 rooms induding an office room, in tht> former Imilding and 5 rooms in the later. 64 54. In this school. education is imparted from I to XI classes. Boys are also given admission upto 5th standard. The total strength of the school was 718 of whom 119 are boys, and the rest are girls. Class-'wise strength is as follows:- StateDlent III (5) PUPIL-STRENGTH BY CLASS AND SEX Class PUj}ils ,------.J\.------, Bo_ys Gills Total 2 3 4 I 37 74 111 1I 30 51 81 HI 31 5,~ 86- IV ]3 48 61 \. 8 85 93 \1 62 62 VII 69 69, VIII 51 51 IX 38 38 X 37 37 XI 29 29 ------_.------_.. Tota 119 599 718 Householders in the vlClmty of this school send their boys to this school along with their sisters as it is inconvenient to send them (the young boys) to distant schools. It can be seen from the above statement that there is progressive decline in the strength of boys as they progress from class to class. From column (4) of the statement, it can be seen that considerable number of girl students have sought admission in fifth class. From eighth class onwards, there is a gradual decrease in the strength of girl pupils. This is due to a disinclination on the part of the parents to send their daugters to school as they attain the age of marriage. 55. There are 7 Graduate Assistants including the Head mistress, 22 Secondary Grade Teachers, 1 Telugu Pandit, 2 Hindi Pandits, 2 Vrdu Pandits, one Domestic Science Teacher and 4 Middle (school) Trained Teachers. All the 39 teachers are' ladies. There are one clerk and 5 class IV employees. 65 56. There is a Government High School in the <:lId town known as Beechmohalla High School. Upto 190;), it was ktiown as the Central Priman School. By] 966 March, it became a full-fledged High School. In this school, education is impart ed from IV to XI standards. Admissions are ~xclusivcly for boys. Th'e school is housed in 3 rented buildings at a monthly rent of Rs. 279. There are 38 teachers in all including the Head master and 7 Graduate Assistants. There is one Lower Division Clerk and 2 Class IV employees. There are 887 boys in the school. :J7. There is another Government High School in the Ganj area \rhich is a co-educational institution. The total pupil strength is ;)84 of whom 370 are buys and 214 are girls. ;-)8. The rn'edium of instruction in all the High Schools is Telugu. The total number of students ill the 4 high schools in cluding the Junior College is 3,354 of whom arc 2,321 boys and 1,033 girls and the ratio of boy pupils to girl pupils is 2.25 : 1. The teacher pupil ratio is I : 23. As compared to the element· ary education, the ratio of boy pupils has increased in high school education. It tells that as age advances, female educa· tion progressively decreases in number mainly due to the dis inclination of the parents to send their daughters to school after they attain marriageable age according to local social customs. and also as their assistance would be required in the household management. These speak of the dominant rural (:haracteristics oYerComillg the urban influences. In the elementary education level, there are 30 pupils per teacher while in the high school le\·el there are 23 pupils per teacher. COLI H:IATE A?\D HIGHER EDUCATIO~ 60. In this toWII, there is an Industrial Training Institute into a Junior College in 1971. The citizen of Bhongir town and Taluk contributed Rs. 50,000 for this purpose. There are also 'efforts to upgrade it into a Degree College: For collegiate education, they go to Hyderabad or Nalgonda. For post-gra duate education and professional courses like Engineering and Medicine, they go to Hydcl'abad or Warangal. I TECHNICAL EDUCATIO::\l CEXTRES 60. In this town, there is an Industrial Training InStItute (Fig. 18). It was established on 27-8-1967. Th'e building in which this il1stitute is housed is a defunct cinema hall by 6-2 CCllcus/AP/74 66 namc 'Bhav3ni Talkies'. This institntIOn pays Rs. 423 per month towards rent of the building. 61. Training is imparted in welding, turning, fitting and wircmcn courses. H.S.C., Matriculation or equivalent passed or failed calldidates arc eligible for admission to this COurse. "Weldillg is a 12 month training course while the other three are 2 ycars' courses. 62. A stipend of Rs. 2:> per month is granted for all the students while Rs. 4:> per month is granted to Schedul'ed Castes' and Scheduled Tribes' students. There are 70 pupils ill all and the break up by coune is as follows:- C()un·~ ,Vo. of.,"llldmts ,\{J. rif shifis 1. W~Ic\ing 1) 2 2. Turning 18 2 3. Fitting 25 2 4. Wiremen 12 Geller.,] shift ---_-- 70 ----~-- 6;), One group instructor is in overall charge of the ins titution assisted by a Sellior Instructor, one Junior Instructor and a Wireman. Apart from the teaching staff, there arc 1 U.D.C., 1 L.D.C., 3 _'Htendcrs and 6 Peons and a Watchman. 64. There is mechanised 'equipment worth Rs. 4 lakhs provided b;- the Industries Department of the State Government. 6;j. The institute works in two shifts i.e., from 6 A.M. to 1.45 P. M. and from II A. M. to 6.45 P. M. During the working hours, trainees wear uniform. 66. There is an attached hostel to this institute with an accommodation of 4 rooms. verandah and a kitchen. These rooms are rent-free and onIv non·residents are admitted. There were 12 in-mates at the time of the suney. They wok thdr food themselves by rotation in turn. 67 THE BIBLE SCHOOL '\'\1) CHl'RCH 67. The Bible school and Church are located in a central place in the Ganj in an area encompassing about :) acres of land. The details about these institutions are furnished in Chapter X. HOSTELS I'll" Social T1'elfar~ Boys' Hostel 6S. It was started in 19:")6 as a private-sponsored Hostel with the aid of the State Government. In :\f arch, 1966, the hostel was taken over bv th~ Government and merged with the 'Jathi Samaikyatha Vasathi Gruham' anoth'er hostel run by the Social Scrvke. The hostel is now known as 'Social Welfare Boys' Hostel'. 69. There are g rooms including' an office room of 3.048 X 3.353 metres size (10' X 11') and 4 of these rooms have ver andahs. During 1967-68, ther'c were 77 students in this hosteL Students bclon~illg to Scheduled Ca~(es and Hackwanl Classes from IV Standard to XII standard and H. S. C. classes are ad mitted in this hostel. The District Social Welfare Officer. N algonda supervises the admissions. Students pay a nominal .nllollIlt of Rs. :"1 at the time of admission as caution money. 70. The hostel is nlll in a rented building. Layatories ;Ire provided by the hostel authorities. A monthly grant of Rs. 1,;)10 is sanctioned hy the Social Welfare Department at a rate of Rs. 20 per month, per student for 9 months. For Scheduled Caste students of 6th class to 8th class and 9th dass to 12th <.:lass, book grants of Rs. 15 and Rs. 2:) respectively ~re given once in a year. 71. The students aTe provided with 3 meals a day. Neither tea nor coffee or tiffin is served apart from food. The salaries for the warden-cum-clerk and cooks an: ~eparately burne by the Social -Welfare Department. Jliswa!WrJnll Hostd 72. The hostel is located opposite tbc Goventlllcllt Civil Hospital aod to the north of the Warangal highway. It is a solitarY building in bet'ween Tatanagar and the Government Civil Hospital. This hostel w.as established in 19.:12 in a rent~d building and through the efforts of Sri K. Vellkalachari alld 68 Sri P. Lakshminaravana, Viswabrahmi]ls of this town. Building for the roster "'as ulllstructcd ill 1!lGO at a cost of Rs. 20,000 with 8 rooms. Sri Donkcna Rajaiah of Goundla Caste donated the site while the Government granted Rs. 4,000 and the re maining amount of Rs. 16,000 was collected through donations mostly from Viswabrahmins. Admissions are open mainly to nswabrahmins, and also to l\Iunnurukapus, Goundlas and Harijans of the neighbouring villages. 7~t During 1967·68, the hostel had a strength of 42 in the beginning and 20 towards the end. In this hostd, ad missions are given for students of 4th to 12th standards. The Social Welfare Department of the State Government gives a grant of Rs. 20 per month p'et student for 9 months and the total grant received during 1967-68, was Rs. 2,919. Book grant is gi\'eJl to Scheduled Castes' stude1lts. Meals are scncd twice a day. Girls' Host el 74. The Girls' hostel is located in a rented building in Baharpet. A monthly rent of Rs. ~)2 is paid for the building. Like other hostels, this hostel is also run on the grants of the Social vVelfare Department of the State Governm'ent. In 1967 -68 there were 29 students in this hosteL Students of all castes and mmmunities including Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes are admitted in this hosteL T,)'S)'(l Hostel: - 75. It is situated in the Ganj locality and wa, e~tablished in 19:")2. Late Gade Krishnaiah, a philanthropic Vysya, with the active collaboration of somc other mcmbers of his ("()Jll' munity got this hostel constructed. There are 9 rooms apan from the dining hall. kitchen room, store room. common hall with the deity Kal1yakaparameswari installed in one room. Visya students of VI to XII standards belonging to other villages are admitted ill the hosteL The inmates need not pay an\' rent. The boarding charges are rateably shared by the' inm'ates. Government Boys' Hostel 76. This hostel is situated in Reddiwada and was established in 1945. It has no building of its O'INn. The building is a (ented one and a monthly rent of Rs. 50 is paid. There are 6 rooms; 3 halls; 1 store room and one kitchen room. The 69 rent of the building, the salary for the 2 cooks and the warden's allowance of Rs. 15 per month arc paid lw the Goyernment. Accommodation is prm ided free of rent to the students. The Headmaster of the Government Multipurpose School is the Warden of this Hostel. The boarding charges are borne by the inmates. Students of 8th to 12th class~s are admitted in this hostel. In 1967-68. there were ~O students in th is hostel. , MEDICAL FACILITIES 77. There is a Government Civil Hospital (Fig. 19) located on the right side of the H\d'erabad-Warangal road and in between the old town and the Ganj area. In this Hospital, there are 2 Assistant Civil Surgeons, 3 Nurses and para-medical staff of 22. There arc 26 beds in this Hospital of which 16 are for m'en and 10 for women. 78. During the year 1967-68, 63,201 out-patients and 1,357 in-patients have been treated in the Hospital. On an average, 173 out-patients were treated per day. Among the 1,357 in patients 60 w'ere children (41 males and 28 females), 86.~ women and 423 men. Of the I,3;")7 new in-patients, 959 were cured, 203 were relieved (chronic incurable diseases are treated fqr remporary relief and they are advised for higher treatment at Hyderabad or elsewhere), 137 were discharged otherwise and 20 died while the rest continued to be under treatment. Further, 413 deli.veries were conducted of which 339 were normal and 74 were abnormal. In all 1,208 minor and 437 major opera tions were cond ueted. 7!). The following statement shows the number of patients 'lnd out-patients treated by nature of disease. Statement UI-16i DISEASES TREATED IN THE HOSPIT.\L IN J967-6B st. . \'an'll oj the disease TolalIIl- Deaths Total out- No. jlRtienls patients treated treated 2 3 4- ;) 1. Tuberculosis of respiratory system 25 101 2. Tuberculosis of other forms ."i 31 3 Sypllilis :l.:1d its eqllCllae 33 70 Statentent m--(6) (Could) ~ 3 5 i. Genococc3! illti-etions I :~ 185 5, Dyselltery (all forms) 23 1,1;39 G. Other illfeni':,~ disedse, El IOU Cal Typhoid +l 99 (I») Paf;H) p[lOjd Ie) Clwicnl (d) Other q]mondb infectioTls 7. Certain di:·w'a'~t:..:. nlIfnrt-OH (a~lollg children, (a) Scm'let fen;r (bi VV [lOopi ng cough {j L.2'i6 Dipth"l'ia (ell ..'<'!,·asie' 8. Typhus ,l',d (lther rickctHimes 9. (a; :'I-blari;, (b) PYl'oxia I 'I~) 2,079 10. ni",;"e~ ell[(' to he!m j;]_J A~thm" H 232 (11\ Other, 10 2~,(i 71 Stat~m.ent Ifl-(6) (Contd.) --~ -_--_.:2 3 .~ 5 !:'i. Thyroid GLmd 16. Diabetes ~fellit,,~ ,) 212 J 7. c'l.-vitamino;e, 2; 4,(iI3 18, .:\rwcoli 21. Diseases of eye 2,187 22. Diseases of ea r ~ nil n.)", 112 2'1. Rheumatic f('n~r 2{. Chronic-rlwll m:11 ic he:1 rt di,e.l se 'r_:J. .\rtcrio Sclerosis 26. Hypel.'tclls-ive di,ca-;e- 3 182 27. Yeim disease 28. :\cute mlsophm'yngitis (com- nlon cold) (b. Poliorn_)'e!itis 6 29. .\CLltc PharYllgitis & TOllsilJiti, 1.023 30. In!lLtellZa 159 31. Pne:lnnol)i:l 4- 638 :12. Bronchitis 17 4,256 33. Silin>sis 3·L ~ a 1 Emphysema /b. Pleurisy 11 1,'209 31. AI [ nth,,,· rcspiratOt'Y di,ea"" I:') 3JiS6 3,j. StO'"Hch & DU(J(ienLtm elise:"" \) 277 37. .\ppendicitis 99 gR, HemiC( of abdominal cwity dis- tractions gS. Di:u-rhoc:1 and enteritis 2+ 3 3,096 ~o· G'tllbiaclder and bile ducts {l. Otlwr diseases of digestive system H 4,721 (a i Cirrhosis of liver 3 (hi Dis<;a~e, of \('eth Z,33() 72 StateJllent 1II-(6) (Contd.) 2 3 4 ;) 42. ::\iephritis and nephrosis + 4:3. Diseases of Genito-urillary system ;J 1,739 ( , \,Cl) Hyperplasia of prostrate (h) Diseases of breast 12 924- 4+. DeliveriEs and compiication of pregnancies 238 () 1.122 (ai ::\iormal deliveries 339 (b) Abnormal H 4 45. (a) Skin In('',·ti,,n '!.:} 1.34') (b' ~ Clccn 2,391 46. Other skin diseases 9 3.8cJO 47. Arthritis and rheull1ati;m except rheuma tic fever .) 48. (a) Disease of bones and other organs of lnovt'ment 50 :b\ Fracture 6.) 60 49. Congenital m"Wormatiom 50. Other unspecifi,·:l and ill-defined diseases 51. Accidents, l'ractures and. poisoning 62 1.-,0 (a) Violence (e:-.:krnal causes) (b) Burns 7 22 (e) Snake bites 7 10 ---~-~~-~--,---- -,------~----~- --~ .. Total 1,357 20 li3,201 1t can be SC'ell from the above statement that among the 1,337 in-patients treated, 41:1 relate to ddiyeries and 291-1 relate to complication of pregnancies. Of the remaining cases treated, 1:~5 relate to pYlOxia, 65 fI actures, G2 accidents, fractures and poisoning. 43 typhoid, 36 anaemia, 25 each of A-I.'itaminosis and skin affectio1l, 2:) Diarrhoea and enteritis, 17 bronchitis, 2:) dysentery of all forms, and 19 other infectious diseases. The incidence of tub'erculosis is comparatively less as only 25 cases can· cerning respirator~' system and ;) cases of other forms of tuber culosis have heen treated, Of the 20 cases resulted in death, 4 .lte of abnormal deliveries, 6 are of pregnancy complications, :3 are of diarrhoea and enteritis, 2 arc du'e to anaemias and one 73 each due to pyrOX1 80. _lmong the 63,:")23 out-patients treated, large incidence is due to A-Vitaminoses, dysentery, anaemias, diseases of ear and nostrial, helminths, whooping cough, filariasis, diseases of the digestive system, skin dis~ases, ulcers, diseases of teeth, genit;lI system, respiratory diseases, deliveries and complicated pregnan cies and diseases of the e\"'e ran to thousands while the diseases like pnenmonia, inflllelll~\, nephritis and nephrosis, disease& of breast hypertensive disease, diabetes Mellitus, etc. Tan to hundreds. 81. It is reported that a good number of cases which should have been admitted as in-patients could not be done so due to insuffici'cnt number of beds. Manv of them were treated as (Jut-patients. The bed strength and facilities in the hospital should be improved to meet the needs of town's population and the people of the surrollnding villages. 82. Primary vaccination is done by the public Health StafF of the Primary Health Centre, Mota-Kondur (24 Kms). Primary Vaccination against diptheria, tetanus, whooping-cough is taken up by the civil hospital once in a week, usually on Saturdays. Anti-Polio injections also are given by the Civil Hospital, but the Hospital is not getting supplies properly. Anti-Chol'era measures are taken up by the Municipal authority. R3. Apart from the Government Civil Hospital, there are 3 Allopathic clinics; 2 each of Homeopathic, Unani and Ayur vedic doctors in the town to att'end to the ailments of the town's population. Among these doctors also, people have preference to Allopathic doctors. iH. In view of the proximity of Hyderabad, the metro politan city with a good number of Government hospitals, people suffering from chronic and major ailments prefer treat ment ill Hyderabad. f AMtLY I'LAS:-';IC'iG CLINIC 85. There is a Family Planning Clinic attached to ~he Government Civil Hospital. It was established in September, 1966. One Health Visitor and one Avah are attached to the Clini( apart from the ~ Assistant Surgeons of the Government 74 Hospital. During the year 19G'i-68. 100 men have undergone vas(::ctom)", G and 172 women have taken to tubectomy and ICCD (Intra Uterine Contraceptiv'e Device) respectively. Tablets and cOlldoms are also supplied free of cost. The doctors re ported that the attitude of the people towards family planning programme is encouraging. \'ErER(:\~RY UOSPfr~I. 86. The Veterinary hospital was estahlished ill 1958. It is located on the main road in Tatanagar arc a, just opposite to the ei,il hospital. This di~pcman for cattle and poultry is placed ill charge of 2 qualifled veterinarr doctors. Cattle and lin::stock of the town and slllToUlJding villages are treated here. The statemellt 1 II~(7) shows the nature of disea~es affecting tire cattle and livestod: and the number ending in mortal i ty by disease 87. With the den:lopment of dairy famling and poultry 111 tlte tmm a11d ill the Ilcighbourillg villages duc to a number of incenli n:s like loans provided for purchase of high yielding Yariely of cows. availability of food through the I"ccd Mixing Plant, Milk Chilling Centre set lip here and the promotion of high yielding hyhrid cattle like Jefsy, Holstein and other breeds, it is expected that Bhongir would grow into a centre f01" cattle breeders. This hospital needs to be developed and e(!uipped with research facilities. BOTELS A:\IJ RESL\l'R.'\:'\TS 88. There arc 61 meals hotels in thc town and all arc located in the Galli area. The scating capacity of all the hotcl~ put together is P.O. 80. The Lakshmi vilas hotel which is situated in a portion of the Dharma~ala comes under category 1. Singl'c meal is charged at Re. lAO. It serves only vegetarian meals and the quality of the meal is tIllite satisfactory and onc can take the q nalltity. he Ifeeds. There are 20 seats in this hotd and about 1:10 customers visit the hotd for lunch which is served between 9.30 A.M. and 2.00 P.M. For dinner, :i0 to 60 customers attend. It is served from 6.30 to 10.00 P.M. Government employees who arc living without their familic'l at Bhongir. commuters from villages who visit Bhongir on business or court purposes utilise the serykc of thh hotel. 75 OJ ., ~ oJ c ~.S'" S .. tJ "'-", '"~ :s: ~~ ~ .~ ~ o'?j~ ~.;; :.s ·5 ~~ r... '"' t. ~§ C ~ '" ~ ~ ci:;< ~.S 11 Il..; '(:; tJ '":>- b ~ li 7-'" '"0; c u 0 0 '0 7- ...: :>- @ ex Z ~ I- ~ o:J ~.., 0 5 0 ::r: Il..; E-- 76 -:', ,..-...A...... , 8o u 77 90. There are 2 cla~1l 11 hotels ani 3 Class III hotds. The number of seats in the 2 class II and 3 class III hotels are 30 and 30. Meal rate is Re. 1-10 ill the Class II hotels and SO Paise for plate meal in the Class III hotels. Both non-vegetarian and vegetarian meals are served in these hotels. The non-vege· tarian dishes are charged extra. 91. The condition of cleanliness. sanitation and furniture are not satisfactory in these hotels. COFI"EF: HOTELS, TEA STALLS AND RESTAURANToS 92. There arc 3 Clai>s I coffee hotels in the town and aU are located ill the Ganj area. The average daily turnover in the J hotels is about Rs. 800. Hotel Nataraj (Fig. 20) is a popular coffee hotel. O,er 600 coustomers visit the hotel daily and the average turn oyer is Rs. 300. The items sen-ed ii-I the coffee hotels are eatables like Idli, Puri, Upma, Dosa, Pcsarattu, Uthappam, and Sweet preparations like Jangri, Jilebi, Badsha, Mysore-pak, Laddu, Ravvaladdu, etc. The hot dishes are taken in the morning and in th'c afternoon also, while in the afternoon, both sweets and hot dishes are relished. Coffee is the most preferred beverage in this hotel. 93. There are 3 Class II hotels and their daily average total turnover is Rs. 400. 94. Sri Venkateswara Vilas is a Class II Coffee hotel. About ?l clls:omers visit this hotel and th(' average daily turnover ~s Rs. 30. 9:). There is one Irani restaurant on the main road which can be categorised as a Class I restauHllt. Sweet cakes cream rolls, S3mosa, pacoda and tea are served here. Over 300 cuslo· mers visit this ]-estaurant and the daily average turnover is Rs. 100. 96. There are 15 tea stalls selling savounes and tea and :) tea stalls selling tea only and these are spread over in the old town mostly and a few in the Ganj. The dailv average sales of all the Ei tea stalls selling savouries and tea is Rs. 30O' while that of the ;i tea stalls selling tea is about Rs. 60. Poorer sections of the people visit thes'e stalls. SWEE'rSME.~T SHOPS 97. There are 2 Sweet·meat shops·one each in the old towrY and the Ganj. Gujarathis are the owners of tbese 2 shop:). Each has an average sale of Rs. 30 per day. 78 'fODDY. ARIUCK. ALCOllOL(C LlQ!'OR SHOPS .\'\1) BARS, ETC. !lH. Thcre arc 5 toddy shops in the town of which olle is ncar the Railway Statioll, 2 are in the Ganj area and 2 are in the old town. Sri K. 11aiah and his partner have tak'en all the ;) shops on lease in auction. The estimated daily average sales of all the five shops is Rs. :)00. Goundla caste people are engaged in toddy tapping. Tl1\:y collect toddy from the trees ;,md bring it to the shops. People of the poor stratum of the society, \'iz., labourers, rickshaw pullers take toddy ill lhe even i ng regular! \'. 99. There are 4 shops selling arrack or country liquor in tbe tmn1. All the 4 shops are owned by Sri Aleti MaHaiah of Gonndla caste. Total daily average sale of the 4 shops is estimated to be Rs. 3:')0. 100. There is one Bar (alcoholic liquor shop) in the Ganj area opposite the bus·stand. Sri Aleti MaHaiah owns this shop also. Daily an average of Rs. 200 worth of alcoholic liquors are sold in th'e bar. A few of the Government officials and a few among the affluent people of the neighbouring villages are the customers of the bar while some of the employees alld others visit it on occasions like parti'es or to celebrate some happy occasiolls. 101. The Excise Superintendent, ~ algonda issues licenses and his subordinate staff supervise the maintenance of these shops. LODC}:\"(; 1I0L'SES 102. Thet'c are 110 suitable lodges in the town. A portion of the M ahalakshmi Dharmasala in the Ganj area was given on a monthly rent of Rs. 150 to a meals hotel, viz .. 'Lakshmi Vilas'. From the portion rented to the hotel. :i rooms arc set apart and in each room only I bed is provided. Each room is <:hargcd at the rate of Rs. 1-50 per da),. Even this single lodge has no demand. DHARMASALt., 103. There is one Dharmasala in the Ganj area. It was constructed from thc collcoions from a voluntary lev\' of OI:e Paisa per rupee of business lUTl10ver by the \')-sya SanglMm and also by raising some contributions. The total collections of R5. 1,20,000 were utilised in constructing the Dharm;;ml.la 79 which was completed III I %:S. It is called Mahalakshmi Dhar masala, There arc 16 unfurnished rooms of which 8 are given for families and 8 are ~i\c11 for non-famih' people. i.c., indi\i (Iuals and meant for Hindus onlv. Family rooms alC hired at a nominal rate of 50 Paise pei- day and single rooms alC rharg'ed :l5 paise per day. ~Iaximllm period of stay allowed is 5 days. For more than :) days stay, the permission of the Cl)m mittee is required. Hath roOIllS alld water are a\'ailablc. The central h;lll of the Dharmasala is prO\'ided for cOHUllunity purposes like Harikathas, Puranakalakshep:ts, mcetin?;s, flc. There is 011]\' one lavatory for the entire Dharmasab. There is scope for pl'o\ id ing SOllle alllen i lies like fUl'ni lure and adequate number of lavatories. TtU\,EI.LERS BU:\G,U.ow 104. There is one Tr;l\ellers' Bungalow with three suites of rooms under the control of the Roads and Buildings De partment of the Slate Govcrllll1ent, It is open for officials of State and Central GOV'(Tlllllents and also other public. Accom modation is rescncd Oil prior rCLluisition and a reservation charg-e of 2:i paise is charged. The rent per suite is Re. 1-00 per day. B.\~KI:-':G .\:\:D CO-OPERATIVE INSTITUTION'S 105. There are one Co-operative Central Bank, Land Mortgage Bank, Urhan Balik. branches of the State Rank of H\dcrabad alld Canara Bank and a Market Committee in the tOWll. 106. The Co-operatiye Central Bank is a well established old institution which was set up on 12-9-1927. Its area of oper ation is Bhangir Revenue Division consisting of Bhongir and Ram 107. The Land ~Iortgage Bank's area of operation is con fined to Hhongir taluk only. It provides long term loans to ryots for development of agriculture i.e., to dig wells and electrify them for irrigation purpmes, purchase of pump sets, develop ment of land, conversion of land from dry to wet, purchase of tractors, bulls, agricultural implements etc. Hanclloom ""V('avers' Co-operative Society and Co-operative Poultry Society are also therein the town. 80 108. The State Bank of Hydcrabad is located on the main OJad in the Ganj and it was established in 1960. It serves the bank.ing needs of the people of the entire Bhongir taluk. The Lo-operative Urban Bank provides loans on personal security alld on mortgage of houses and other imlllovable property. lOY. The Co-operative l\1arketing Society was established in 1944_ It provides market yard facilities to the ryots of the taluk. The agricultural produce is sold ill open auction in the Market Yards by the ryots and local business people participate in the bid. Details of working of these institutions are given in the IV Chapter. RECREATIO"iAL A:\lJ RELIGIOlJS I:\SIlTIITlO:,\S 110. There is one club known as the 'Bhongir Club' in the town. It is an established club since 1900. The detailed activities of the club are given in Chapter X. Ill. For high school boys and girls, pla\ articles and facilities for badminton, ~mlle)' ball, Ubasket ball, base ball, ring tennis etc., are provided in the school premises. Apart from Lhese games, indigenous games like Chedugudu and Kabaddi etc., also are played by them. 112. The Bhilratecya Samskritika Sangham which \\'as es tablished in 1~J(54 functions in Reddiwada. It is a cultural and literary forum. There is the Bible School and Church (Fig. 31) for the religious activities of Christians. The detailed activities of the Sangham arc gi\'en in Chapter X. TRADITJO]\:.">L OCCUPATIO::-IS A:\D CASTE ASSOCIATIONS I 1;1. The following caste and occupational Associations are existing in the town. (1) Sali1)ahana Sangharn: - Association of Pott'ers known to the commoner as Kulumaris. (2) Aludiraja Sangharn.~This is one of the numerically dominant castes forming a middle class section of the town. They are engaged in casual labour, fruit and vegetable selling, etc. Figure 21 shows a Mudiraj family. (3) Aiunnuru Kapu Sangham: - People of this caste are predominantly agriculturists and they constitute the middle clas& of the society while some are well-to-do people and some are engaged in Government s'ervice. 81 (4) Gangaputra Sangh~m.~ Th~ mem?~rs locally go: by the name 'Bestas' and fishmg 1S then traditiOnal occupatIon. There are about 100 hQuseholds of this caste in the town. - (5) Rajaka Sangham.-The Rajakas a~e Washermen by occupation. They are also known as Chakalls. 114. All the above associations have neither regular mem bership nor offices. They are infofII_J-al ca~te associations or groups which come as and when speClfic gnevances of a COill mon cause concerning tireir occupation have to be taken to the notice of the Government. All the above five castes are cate gorised as 'Backward' classes by the State Government. These castes got benefits hy way of educational concessions, reserva tion- for admi~sions in professional courses and preferential treatment by the State Government in seeking ernployment~ hostel grants, etc. 115. There is also Harijan Sevak Sangh. But it is not functioning. Most of the members of the Huts Union are Harijans and they df'rive benefits from the various ameliorative measures sponsored by the Government to benefit the Scheduled Castes. 116. An account of the Toddy Tappers' Co-operative Society which exclusively covers the Goundla Caste of the town and the tal uk, the Handloom \Veavers' Co-operative Society, which benefits mostly the Padmasales are covered in Chapter ·IV Economy. The Motor Workers' Union, the Rickshaw Pullers' Union. 'the :Municipal Workers' Union and the Gang (Road) V\'orkers' Union are also in existence in the town. They are also dealt 1\'ith in Chapter IV. An account of the temples and other religious institutions is given in Chapter X. 7-1/CensusJAPf74 Chapter IV EC00JOMIC LIfE OF THE TOWN Bhongir, IS the most important commercial town of Nalgonda district. A number of factors have contributed to the economic and commerCIal imporlance of the town of which a few note-worthy factors are menticll1cd below. 2. Firsdy, the lOwn happened to be the sub-divisional administratIve headquarters, smce 1863, resulting in the esta blishment of many (omplementm y administrative offices and other important institutions.· Secondly, it is the only town situated very neal' to Hydcrabad City through which all trade and commerce are channelled to the surrounding hinterland villages_ It is also one of the rich centres of agricultural produce and most of the agricultural l'aW materials are traded with distant places bi' the local and outside dealers from here. The town is said to be one of the transport revenue yielding centres particularly to the railways_ The primary sector of agriculture is complemented by the Agro-Indmtries and manu facturing units of the secondary sector and tertiary sector of trade and commerce also dealing in agTicultural production. 3. LAND:-The total area 1ying within the municipal houndary is 2_59 Kms. (1.62 Sq_ Miles) and it is found that no changes had taken place in the boundaly since 1961. The area under residential use is comparatively small and the major portion is em'ered by rocky and harren lands_ The Bhongir hill-fort, the tank and the northern-most tracts of the town are not fit for habitation. There are rich fertile lands towards the extreme south, and south-western parts of the old town which are fully covered with orchards of plan tains, betel leaves and oranges. 1\,10st of the fields in -the south-western part of the old town are wet lands and the tank and wells are the main sources of irrigation. Land speculation seems to be insignificant even with the gradual growth of the town. Vast tracts of vacant lands are found surrounding the Ganj area. and there is not much scope for speculative activity. The only speru!ative activity noticed is that of the Taluk Co-operative lldarketing Society which pnr chased 4 acres of land in the Ganj area at the rate of Re. U)O per sq. yard (0.9]44 metre) in 1959. There is no possibility of significant land speculation any where except at the Ganj, 84 the only busy and growing centre of the town. There are no lands available for sale surrounding the old town since it is circumscribed by the arable wet lclllds, the only source of livelihood for agriculturists and it is learnt that none of them has any thought of disposing of or converting them into house sites. Further, there are no vacant lands lying within the 'wadas' or \\lards, 4. AGRICULTURE.-Cultivatiol1 is the main source of living to a large number of people of the town and l7.3% of ,working population are dependent on cultivation. The cul tivable land. within the municipal limits is 373.2 hectares (934.02 acres) and it is of two kinds i.e., dry and wet. Most of the wet lands are cultivated lv·jth tl,le help of well water. The Bhongir tank forms a source of irrigation to some extent, if there is adequate rainfall. All the cultivable lands except a few acres are concentrated towards the south and south western side of the old town. N'o al'able land is seen either towards east or north . .7. Paddy, jowar, bajra, groundnut. castor seed, red-gram and g-ieen-gram are' the main nops raised here. Paddy is raised in wet lanos. Plantains and betel-leaves are grown under wells. 6. Agriculture is still carried on with antiquated methods and traditional implements. Cultivation, as in many other parts of the district. is not sufficiently mechanised and the use of tractors and other modern implements is yet to take place. This is perhaps not because of the unawarenesS o{ these tech niques by the cultiv3ting classes, but due to the insurmoun table obstacles like excessive fragmentation and sub-division of holdings, non-availability of perennial irrigation sources and the general poverty of the cultivating classes. With the enforcement of agricultural extension schemes. the use of better seeds. chemical fertilisers. pest control and other agri cultural innovations, agriculture ought to develop in modern lines. ? Apart from the Bhongir tank, wells are the only other source of irrigation and their sinking pose~ a big problem in the rocky terrain in Ylew of the prohibitive cost. The Government subsidy for the cnostruction of wells is too in adequate to meet the actual expenses since the cost of each well runs to between Rs. ,i),000 and Rs. 10,000. 85 8. The water level is available at a depth of 30 to 60 feet normall)'. The \rdls for agricultural purposes are thus \'ery few and are generatly owned by rich landlords of the town: Few farmers h3\{~ installed electric motors to the wells to irrigate their lands. BETEL GARDE:-';S 9. Bhong'ir is famous fOT its betel leaves. There are about 80 betel gardens in and around the town and each garden is about 1327.71 to 2213 sq. metres (:)0 cents to 50 cents) in size. The total area undcr betel gardens is about 16 hectal'Cs (41J acres). These gardens ,II e 1)11 the eastern side of the old town. The owners of the hetel gardens, except about 15 persons be longing to ~ludiraj ca'illS, are :\fUllllUfU Karns. The most Lommon Yariuy rai"ed iil JbOllt !Y~'~';; of the total are:1 under betel gardem j, 'whire betel leaf' while the rest is 'black' variet". Th~ land i~ pluughed about ] 0 times and trenches (bodelu) are Jug ,ll :l!l il!t:er spacing of 0.91 metres (3 feet), to a width of O.:i ]]Jetre (one foot). A,lise seeds arc sown ] OUi mm (four inches) :Ip"rt from ertch other. The), grow to a heigh! of n.!)) !l]ct.'c 13 feet) in ~l month,. One ;]nd a half feet long tendril of bete1 is pbnted by the side of the raising pLmt and one tendril 1S planted at a1'1 Intel' spacing of O.g mdre (on{~ foot). The betel tendril creeps along the avise plant and grows under its shade. ~the betel lea\'cs come for harvesting six months after the planting of the temh)l. The hanesting continues for 3 or 4 years. Once in () molbths, abom 70 cart loads of dung manure is used. The g:1rden needs {'onst;mt watering. The leaves can be picked IIp once in l:J to 20 days in rainy season and once ill ;] month in summer and winter seasons. 10. The avise pLm ts grow to a height of 4.S 7 metres (Ui feet). Improvised double ladder is used to pluck the leaves or clinch the, tendriJo. The yield is not much during the first year while there is g'ood vield dming the second and third years and less yield in the founh year. It is interesting to know that women in melEes are not allowed to work in -betel gardens because Lhe ()wnen, sav that the plant fades when tonched lw such women. :"lIen folk do not enter the betel gardens with shoes pern 11. THO to 2,43 :Iectan'" (hvc to six acres) of land of betel gardens can be 12. -r 13. Bundles of betel leaves aye sent out for sale or sold to dealers in Janagoan and W:-trangal of ''''aral1,~al district, Villages of Nalgonda, Ramannapet and Suryapet taluks of N algonda district and to Hyderabad city. About Rs. 3 1akh& worth of betel leaves per annum are sent out for sale while Rs. 1 1akh worth is consumed locally. l3A:\;A;\;A CULTIVATIO~ 14. Banana is cultivated in 4 hectares (10 acres) of land within the Municipal lim its of the town, mainly on the eastern side of the oIrl town. The varierv raised in the town is called 'Basrai' or 'Chcctil'l'alah' or ·Chcztcdar'. To studv the econo mics of banana cultivation, th~ farm of Shri Ravi Bhadra Reddy is taken up for case study. 15. Sri Bhadra Reddv has Ui2 hectares (4 acres) of land within the :\Illnicipal limits, in the old town. Out of it, he cultivates 1.21 hectares (71 acres). He has his hOllse in the; fann itself. Banana cultivation W:IS rommcnc{'d hy Sri Reddv in 1952. Paddv and banana are cultivated in rotation once in 2 years. o.fii hectares (1.5 acres) of land is used for banana cultivation and 0.61 hectares (1.5 acres) for paddy successively for 2 years ~nd the crops are inter-changed.. 87 16. Banana transplantation may take place either in July or in January. The July crop comes for harvesting after one year, i.e., in June.July next and gives yield for 4 months upto October. The .J anllan crop comes for harvesting in No,'ember-December and gives crop upto March. For July (TOp, the land is ploughed 4 or 5 times in June and for J~nuary crop in December. Each acre requires 1,200 plants. Pits of one imd a half cubic feet (0.46 metre) depth are dug and they are filled with dung manure while 40 cart loads. of manure is used before digging the pits. The 1,200 plants cost about Rs. 250_ The charges for manuring the pits arc Rs. 40; Rs, 120 for transplantation and Rs. 40 towards trans port. The ploughing charges are Rs. 50 per acre. Forty cart loads of manure costs about Rs 200 while 40 cart loads of dung manure costs about Rs. 300. The plants are required to be watered once in ;'} or 6 days in rainy season and once in 3 days in winter season. The current consump tion charges come to Rs. 10 per month. One servant has to be engaged althrough and he is to be paid wages. 17, The banana garden is manured twice-oncc in the 3rd month and again in the 6th month. First time 20 to 25 bags of manure is used in the fIrst drcssit:lg while the same quantity of dung manUre and chemical fertilisers are used in the second dressing. Two bags of 200 Kgs. each of Super Phosphate (Rs. 40 x 2 = Rs. 80), 4 bags each of 200 Kgs_ of Urea (Rs. 50 x 4 = Rs. 200) and 2 bags each 200 Kgs, of Potash (Rs. ~O x 2 = Rs. 160) are used in the 3rd month along with the nhnure while in the 6th month, dung mao:mre and 4 bags of Urea only are used. The plant grows to a height of 1.83 to 2.13 metres (6 to 7 feet). Each plant gives one bunch of plantains, each containing 130 to 150 fruits. Out of the 1,800 plants planted in 0.61 hectares (one and half acres) about 1,600 plants survive. Since about 1967-68, ;1 disease known as 'bunchtop' is attackinf!; the banana planta tions and there is no remedy for this disease except removal of the affected plants immediately. The rates per hunch of banana Yaried from Rs. 6 to 7, between 1969 and 1971. The gross income over the 0.61 hectare (one and a half aCTes) of banana plantation ranges from Rs. 10.000 to Rs, 12,000 while the net income varies from Rs. ;'),000 to Rs. 7,000 and the cost of olltivation comes to Rs. 5,000. Thus the net income from an acre of banana culti\'ation v PADDY 19. In lands under tube-well irrigation paddy can be raised in three (TOps. The first 20. For each crop. the land is to be plOllf/:hed 4 times with the plough. The ploughing charg~ per acre for 3 crops ranges from Rs. 100 to Rs. 120. The hire charges for a pair of bullocks and the plough-man for a day is Rs. 4. In the lands irrigated under the Bhongir tank, on~ or two crops of paddy can be raised depending on the availability of water in the tank. For the past three years, i.e., since 1967. only single crop paddy is raised under the ayacl1t due 10 inadeguate rainfall and drought conditions. 89 fNDtJSTRIES: 21. Though Bhongir town is situated amidst a vast hinter-land and agricultural area producing a number of com modities, it did not dew:lop industrially. There are 3 r;re· cum-oil mills, 2 rice mills, 2 oil mills and one Polvthene industI:y-all located in the Ganj area of the town. Of these 8 industrial units, the ~arasingi rice-cum-oil mill (Fig 22) is the only medium sized industry. It is in existence since 1948 and is set up in an area of 4 acres (1.62 hectares). Five administrative and supervisory personnel, 2 skilled workers .and 20 unskilled. workers are engaged in the mill. Aa amount of Rs. 2,00,000 was invested as fixed capital in the form of plant and machinery (valne as of 1948 prices). In 1967 -68, the circulating capital W,\S Rs. 5 lakhs. Sri. Gapital Ramchander, proprietor himself financed the investment. Rice m!lling continues throughout the year; karad and castor seeds arc crushed for 3 months from Decemb~r to February and ground nuts are crushed for 4 or 5 months a year o'f good season. Paddy is milled at the rate of 20 bags per hour in 3 5hifts per day and on average, 500 bags of paddy, l:iO bags each of groundnut and karad seeds and 100 bags of castor seeds are milled daily. The output of rice was 20,000 quintals in 1967-68. The annual turnOver was Rs. 20 lakhs in ]967-68, \\-hile it was about one crore of rupees till 196:). Castor oil is exported to Bombay and Calcutta, groundnut oil to Calcutta and Hyderabad while rice is sold locallv and at Hydcrabad. Thev setl ground-nut cakes and karad . cakes also. The profits and other business details could not be ascertain~d. i 22. The remaining rice and / or oil mills arc small indus· trial units. They are: Sri Maruthi Rice and Oil Mill, Sri Siddula Sathaiah Rice and Oil MilL Sri Durga Rice Mill, Sri Ganesh Rice Mill, Ganesh Oil Mill and Suresh Oil Mill. In the 7 rice and / or oil mills put together, the approximate output of rice was 4,5.000 quintals. The total value of rice milled was Rs. 54.2 hkhs. The value of fixed capital of the plants and machinery was Rs. 4.63 lakhs and the circulating capital· was Rs. 6.95 lakhs. All are self financing units. The profit on the 6 Rice and/or Oil Mills (Profits of :;'\arasing-i Rice and Oil Mill are not known) was Rs. 92,000. 23. Apart from these agro-industries, an industry known as 'Andhra Polvthene Industry' (Fig-. 2~) manufacturing bags, sheets, liners et(2" of polythene is located in the town. R.s. 90 1.26 LAhs was invested ill the plant and machinery while the circulating capital was one lakh of rupees. It earned a net profit of Rs. 20.000 during 1967-68. It employs 12 persons of whom 4 are administrati-ve and supervisor)' personnel, 2 are skilled workers and (1 are unskill(>d workers. It derived a profit of Rs. 20.000. 24. Thus, all the industrial units taken together, the in· vestment on fixed capital of plant and machinery was Rs. 5.89 lakhs and the circulating capital was Rs. 7.95 lakhs. All the industrial units are runlling on profits and compared to 1965 and earlier years, the activity of all the units except the polychene industry has ?,'onc down due TO drought anel uu- fm our able seasonal conditions and also due to the setting up of regulated markets at other places in the district. The total numher of persons engaged in these units are 114. of whom 24 a1'(~ managerial and admini~tntivc personnel, 10 arc $killed wor~ers and 80 arc unskilled workers. The ratio of administrative ~llld supervisOly personnel to the skilled and unskilled workers seems to be high. Appendix IV gives the particulars of investment, output. ptorif or Joss. etc., of elch: of the industrial units. TIMJ3ER or:rOTS Ii\: THE TOWN 25. There are a few timber depots in the town. They purchase teak, bamboo, and other miscellaneous timbers used in house construction and in makillg furniture from vVarangal ;wd Adilabad to meet the demands of the people of the town and also of the neighbouring villages of Hhongir and Ramanna pet Taluks. Some of these timher depots carryon combined business of the M angalorc tiles and Shahabad stones used as roofing and flooring material respectively. One depot has saw-min facility also. The major depots arc Sri Vasavi Vcnkaiah Gari Satyanarayana &: CDmpany, Sri Varala Pentaiah and Sons and Sri VcnkatesW31'3 Timber Depot. The first depot is in existence since 1915 while the other tv\'(} are recent ones. In all the depots put together, the total investment is about Rs. 70,000, employing ] 1 persons. The annual turn over will be around Rs. 1,20.000. Tfm GE)",:ERAI, E"t;]:\EER1NG _i~:-..rD l:'iDl!STRIAL CO·OPERATION SOCIETY 1~IMlTED 26. Tbe Industrial Co-operatiw Society and the saw mill are sitlj.lted by the side (If the fort hillock and the junc- 91 tion of Warangal-Hyderabad and Nalgonda Roads. This i~ an industrial co-operative society with 22 members who are carpenters by occupation and Viswa-brahmins by caste. This society was established ill 1961-li2. Each member has to .mbs cribe Rs. !:!l towards membership. The share capital of the society was Rs. 440. 27. Timber and wood are purchased on behalf df the society from W (lranga!. 'fhe members bring their own tools and implements. The society gets loans from the Rural Industry Project sponsored bv the Directorate of Industries. :Farlier, the society obt:linen loans to the tune of Rs. 5,200. 28. The ~ (nters pTepare furniture. lelTts, motor bodies, housing material, ere. The society pay, 1\'ages to the member!>. who afe 'workers on different items as follows:- Item Wage R8.tes (In Rupees) 1. Chair 5-00 2. Rench 6-00 ~. Easy Cbait 4-00 4. Cart 100-00 5, Lorry body 2,500 to 3,000 29. Opto 1967·68, the society built I} lorn' bodies. It is said that 16 members [md work every day. The society gets. orders from Government Departments, Local Bodies, Panchayat Raj establishments etc. In 1967-68 the society distributed R'i. 8.000 ;I~ wages amfmg it>; members. :\0. 'Thnc is a S~IW mill attached to the industrial Co. opentiH: Society. The investment was Rs. 7,000 and there are 4 share-holders. There are 3 workel's viz., cutter, helper, and helper boy and they are paid Rs. 120, Rs. 60 and Rs. 40 per month respectively. The annual earnings of the mill through service charges were Rs, 8,000 ill 1067·68. DAIRY DEVELOPMENT AND ALLIE!) INDUSTRIES: ,~H. Agriculture is not a remunerative enterprise for a common agriculturist in the area as it is frequently affected with drought and the yields are poor eYen in normal seasons. Dairy fi1rming has lxen considered suitable to supplement 92 The economy of the cultivators. Bhongir town has been chosen as one of the experimental centres for dairy farming. The Directorate of Animal HusbandlY has launched an Intensive Cattle Development Project at the instance of the Govern ment of India a few years ago in order to increase the milk production in the area by ;)0%. Cattle breeding, feeding, management, disease control and marketing of milk are in· tegrated together under the scheme. As a result of this, the sister organisations of the Regional Cattle Development Unit, the Feed Mixing Plant and the Mill Chilling Centre have .£ome into existence. An account of each of the units is given to the fallowing pages. RECIO:"IAL CATlLE DEVELOnrENT U,\,IT) BHO:\T(;lR 32. The Regional Cattle Development Unit ,vas started in 13hongir in .J (lnnary, I !J65 with the financial assistance of the Government of India. Subsequently it was handed over to the Animal HuslJandry Department of the Andhra Pradesh State Government as a non-plan scheme. It has 25 sub units under it. Each sub-unit is manned by one Veterinary J~ivcstOLk Inspector and one Messenger and the whole unit is under the control of a Livestock I nspector. The Livestock Officer is assisted by 3 Veterinary Assistant Surgeons in the field and each of them is made responsible for the super vision of 8 sub-units. This unit was established with the object of enriching the quantity of cattle by accelerated scientific hybridisation and increasing the milk production in the area by 30% within a period of 5 years so as to feed the MiJk Chill iug Centre of the Integrated Milk Project, Hydera bad through its Bhongir Unit. The Scheme covers all the activities of Animal Husbandry like breeding, feeding, manage ment. disease (ontrol and marketing. The main object is aimed to be achieved through reducing the maternity age level, impIOving the lactation period, reducing the inter i:ahing period and through it house to house survey of cattle :md castration of all scrub bulls. 33. Under the breeding programme, 24 sub-unils and one m::dn unit have talzen up Jersy imcmination. In buffaloes, J\fmrah insemination has been taI;en up. 34. Fodder development work has been takcn up on in· tensive scale as a part of the feeding programme. The dairy farmers are increasing the land under fodder year by year and tire pre"-mixed feed is made available at all the Bub-units for 93 the convenience of Lhe producer on no loss no profit basis .... CaHle sheds are being renovated under Dairy Extension. Programme. Antibiotics, feed supplement. and certain dairy equipment are being sold at subsidised rates. 35. Milk societies have been formed in the area and loam \ were provided to the farmers ror purchase of she-buffaloes .. The local Canara Bank has been assisting the ryots by pro viding loans for purchase of cattle on personal security basis. Cattle insurance also has been taken up and some animals. have already been insured. :)(,. The most common diseases arc Theilariasin, Ma~tatilcs of foot and mouth. Under the disease control programme all the sub-units are provided with sufficient stock of medicines and looking after the cattle health before the start of out breaks. The animals are being protected and the Out breaks. co·ntroIled. fEED MIXr:-iC PLANT 37. :Feed Mixing l)lant was sanctioned under Intensive Cattle Development Block, Hyderabad and was established on 8-1-1966 by the Government of Andhra Pradesh. It was set up here with the object of providing balanced cattle feed to milk producers of Integrated l\lJjlk Project Area at th~ lowest possible rates. Availability of gronndnnt cake from loclal and surrounding mills, proximity to Hyderabad, rail and road transport facilities, etc., have prompted the Govern ment to set up the plant here. The milk producers have freely donated 3.4 acres (1.37 hectares) of land for the plant. The plant has its own building constructed at a cost of Rs. 35 lakhs (Fig. 24). Three godowns, each with a capacity of 2.100 metric tonnes, plant. machinery, yard and office· building include the plant equipment. The staff consists of 31 members including the Project Officer and Plant Manager at the top level. According to the exigencies of work, up to . 5 casual labourers can be appointed. ~ 38. The feed processed here is sold on no profit no loss. basis. The raw materials are obtained locally and also from outside the district. It helps to increase milk yield, mainte nance of health of the animals resulting in timely breeding and reducing inter-calving periods. Within a short tim~, the feed became popular with dairy farmers and the World.' Food Programme agreed to snpplv 7,!)00 metric tom 94, ,of grains worth Rs. 2G lakhs as aid in 3 years. An evaluation team of the \Vorld Food Programme promised to recommend for extention of agreement period upto 1972. The aid pro gTamme grains have not only increased the quality of mixed feed but also helped in reducing the cost by Rs. 70 to Rs. 80 per metric tOll. The regenerated funds of World Food Pro gramme utilised grains at a raLe of Rs. 3;)0 per menic ton will be available to State Government for furthering Dairy development aeti Yities. 39. Balanced calf-feed is also prepared with additional nutrients, vitamins and antibiotics. The plant supplies non project feed to livestock farms, and centralised semen collection ·<:entres of Telangana area and also to farmers of Non-Project areas. The plant machinery can process 20 to 30 metric tonnes of feed daily. The feed is sold through the Milk Co-operatiyc Societies and through Livestock Officers. 40. The project feed at pesent is sold at Rs. ::i~ pO' quin tal and the non-project feed (excluding W.F.P. grains) with pur. chased mai7c from local market is sold at R'>. 58 per quintaL Thus the difference per quintal is Rs. 6. It is expected that by 1972 when the 'Vorid Food Programme grain grant ceases, the plant can dispose of( 20-30 metric tonnes per day as the impact of the feed win be fully realised h~ thp milk producers and enhanced rate of Rs. ;) to Rs. 6 per quintal will not be an impediment in furthering the sales of the feed. 41. From 1967-6R to 1971-72, 9,774.145 metric tons of Project feed and ]967.555 metric tons of non-project feed were supplied by the plant since its inception in 1966-67 to 1971-72. The supplies increased from year to year. The expenditure incurred per year has gone up from Rs. 4.11,880 KI 1967-68 to Rs. 15,88.208.12 in 1971-72 and the receipts increased from Rs. 3.43,889 to Rs. 15,99,065.62 during the same period. The total expenditure and receipts over the five year period are Rs. 45,10,339.60 and Rs. 44.55,359.60 thus showing a gross deficit of Rs. 54,980. In the first year, the receipts fell ~hort of exp('nditure while in the second year the receipts are in excess of expenditure and again during 1969-70 and 1970-71 the receipts fell short IOC e"Xpenditure by ~ hom Rs, 6.000 :lnd durin!! 1971-72 the r.pfeint~ ,;,rp in pyr"~s of the expenditure hv Rs.' 10.857.50 p. The scheme initially ::onfined to 63 villages in 1967-68 was extended to 210 villages in 1971-72. The number of cattle and the number of dairv farmers benefited· have also increased. The following state: 95 mcnt sbows the particulars of farmers, cattle, number of villages benefited and the supplies of project and non-project feed from year to year. Statement IV-(l) PRODUCTION PARTICULARS AND BENEFITS THROL"GH THE FEED MIXING PLANT Premixed (ilUit fierI Xo. of No. rif No. rif supjllied villages jarmns cattlt (in metric tOilS) coverea benifitea benefited Project ----Non-Project feed feed (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 1965-67 5J5.693 1967-68 447.147 294.522 63 572 860 1968-69 924.139 76.550 75 895 1,322 1969-70 1044.070 520.867 1 I 1 1,921 3,146 1970-71 3313.809 282.210 122 3,200 5,000 1971-72 4044.980 277.713 210 6,000 10,000 The setting up of this plant has greatly contributed to the t'nla,ge~ent of dairy development activities in the area. MILK CHILLDJG CENTRE 42. The Milk Chilling Centre (Figs. 25 & 26) is a consti tuent of the Integrated Project of Regional Cattle Develop ment Unit. This scheme is intended to alleviate the economic position of the r>,ots of the area which often becomes a prey to drought and famine conditions. Incentives for dairy deve lopment have been provided through the veterinary a!>sistance of cattle bn:etlillg, management ;,lnd disease control through. the Rcgion::t1 Cattle Development Unit. Good feed at sub sidiseck_rat('~ is supplied throllg-h the Feed Mixing Plant and gtarketing facilities are provided through the Milk Chilling Centre of the Integrated Milk Project while loans are provided through bl'lnks for pnrcbase of milch animals. 96 43. Instead of the traditional indigenous <.:attle yielding 2 to 3 litres per day, the farmers have taken to high yielding cattle like the Jersy and Haryana cows and Murrah buffaloes· whose yield is 6 to 10 litres per day i.e., 3 to 5 times more than the yield of indigenous cattle. Cross-breeding facility through artifIcial insemination is provided by the Regional Cattle Development Unit. Due to the loan facilities provided through the different commercial Banks and especially the· Canara Bank to the small and marginal fanners, in and aIOund Bhongir town there were about 2,500 Jersy crossbreed and Haryana cows by May, 1972. On an average, 40 to 50 superior quality hybrid cows are being purchased per month by the dairy farmers, thanks to the loan facilities. 44. The milk collection was estimated at only 500 litres per day in 1962-63 and the same rose to 3,()OO litres in 1967. The importance of :setting up a milk cooling centre was re cognised by the authorities of the Integrated Milk Project and on' 21st September, 1967 a Milk Cooling centr~ was set up here with the collaboration of Danish Credit Scheme. In a short period of a few months, milk procurement at the Milk cooling centre exceeded 5,000 litres a day and one more bulk cooler of 2,000 litres capacIty was set up towards the end of 1968. The numher of collection centre~ increased and the farmers gained confidence that the milk produced by them can be marketed without difficulty and with minimum wastage. 45. The procurement increased from 5,000 litres in 1967-68 to 13,500 litr~s a day in 1969-70. The need for a Milk Chilling Centre was felt ·by the milk producers who collected Rs. 10.000 by way of contributions and requested the Government to instal a Milk Chilling Plant. The District Collector, Nalgonda sanctioned Rs. 50,000 from the development fund subject to the condition that two more milk cooling Centres at Chitval and Alair are set up. In January, 1971, the Government commissioned a Milk Chilling Centre at Bhongir with a capa city of 12,500 litres and two cooling centres of 2,000 litres. capacity each were set up at Chityal' and Alair subsequently. In view of the excess collection of milk, under an extension programme, the capacity of the chilling centre has been increaed to 2.1),000 litres and in the flush season of 1972, it is expected to go up to 30,000 litres a day. Thus dairy farming has ex tended enormousl)~ and Bhongir has become "a pilgt~im centre for qtttle breeders." 46. Milk collection is done through milk cooling centres, pick up centres, bv co-operative societies and through direct 97 suppliers. There al'e 26 collection centres on 3 rolites and 5 pickup centres. Of the 62 direct suppliers, 13 supply milk directly to the chilling centre while 49 supply at their res pective collection centres. _'\mong the co-operative societies, there are two categories, viz., societies which are given one paisa bonus and those which are given four p,aise bonus. In case of one paisa bonus societies, staff assistance is given for the collection and quality testing of milk. Chemicals are also sup plied to these societies. The manager of the society should account for the expenditure charged to the oonus separately_ There are 11 societies of this type out of which olle supplies milt direct to the chilling centre and the other 10 supply to the collcctioll centres. .For .societies geLting four paise bonus, no s[;Jff assistance is given and Chemicals are nor supplied. There are ~2 societies of this type of which 21 supply milk to the collection centres and one supplies direct to the chilling centrc. The bonus should be utilised towards salaries of the employees, cost of dairy equipment and purchase of chemicals, el~. Account should he maintained scparately tor the bonus. For the smooth running of these societies, periodi cal audit is being done. Based on fat content and quantity uf the milk supplied, price is calculated and account is main tained for e:.tch of the individual suppliers and co-operative societ;c~. Private transport is arranged to procure milk and project authorities pay them regularly depending on running kilometres as per agreement. 47. Dair) farming has been taken up by a good number of farmers as a subsidiary occupation and as main occupation by many farmers in Bhongir town and in the neighbouring viHages. In 19<16, there were 3 or 4 dairy farmers belonging to Golla caste in Bhongir town and now in 1972, there arc 40 farms with about 160 cows of which 40 are of Jersy breed and the remaining of other yarieties. There are 300 she-buff aloe:> of country hrecd, the yield of which is meagre and enough for domestic consumption only. The Munnurukapu, Golla, :Vfadig;l and Vanjara. ap:lrt from a fe,\' Muslim and Reddy households, are engaged in dairy-fanning on commercial lines. From Bhongir town, nearly 1,000 litres of milk is supplied to the \lilt Chilling Centre. 18. Sri Patnam Krishna Murthv, Vice-Chairman of the Municipality who belongs to Munnunikapu caste is a prominent dairy farmer (Fig. 27). He has 30 cows of Jersy breed of which 20 are mikhing [while the order 10 are carrying]. The 8-2/Cellsus APf74 98 value ot each cow ranges from Rs. 1,500 to Rs. 3,500 and the milch yield for two times a day is between & to 14 litres. He [laS left 0.61 hectare (one acr~ and fifty cents) of land for green grass. He has erected a shed at a cost of Rs. 7,500. He feeds the cows with green grass and one time with straw along with mixed feed. He pun hases 45 bag.~ of Ieed per month at a cost of Rs. 1)6.40 per b~g. He engaged tKO attached labourers at a monthly wage of Rs. 40. He supplies 120 litres of milk every day to the :\lilk Chilling Centre. His assess ment is that he spends 50% of the gross income towards all costs of maintenance and 40% remains as profit for him. Thus dairy brming is a fetching business and many farmers have taken and are taking to it. 49. Banking and fO-operation haw spread to a considerable extent in the town. The banks in the town are the Co-operative Central Bank, the Land l\fortgage Bank, the State Bank of Hyderabad "hich is now functioning as a subsid,iarv b~mk of the Stat: Bank of India, the Co-operative Urban Bank, etc. The HandlooIn \Veavers' Co-operative Society and the Bhong-ir Co-operative Poultry Society are the other lesser known fmancial institutions. The Canara Bank though located recently in the town, is playing an important role in flllancing dairy develop ment. 50. A new development in the field of co-operation is the number of 'Ch it funds' in the town which are a source of self financing by the members joining the 'Chits' and they are becoming popular. These banks and co-operative societies give short term, medium term and long term loans also. The Co-operative Marketing Society has resulted in benefiting the ryots by purchasing their produce and making payments to them promptly. It purchases agricultural produce and sells the agricultural implements and controlled commodities to the ryots at controlled prices. Schemes for benefiting rnar~inal and small farmers also have been taken up by the Land Mortgage Bank and the COo-operative Central Bank. 51. In spite of the existence and successful functioning of these institutions, these sources touch only a fringe of the problem of finance. The credit requirements of the agricul turists and business peo?le are met ~y the traditional money lenders locally known as 'Sahukars' or 5e'hs. A detailed an:ouru of each of the co-operative and banking institutions except the 99 . State Bank of Hyderabad is given in the following pages. The Bank. authorities could 110t gi \Ie the partlculars of their trans actions as they felt that it is not safe on the part of the deposi tors. TUE CANARA BAKK 52. This Branch of the Canara Bank was established on ·22-3-1971 with the main objcctiw of promoting dairy farming and agriculture and t);mking business of the area in general. This is one of the In~~<)n2.1i;ed banks. Its area' of operatiml is limited to ]6 kilometres around Bhongir town and 18 villages are covered by it. The 13ank is housed in a rented building leased for 15 years al an annual rent of Rs. 3,600. The staff c:omprises 10 pen,olls including the .\Ltnager and one Field Officer. 53. The Bank provides loans mainly for purchase of hybrid cows of .IC] ~y ,11~d Haryana types and Crms·Murrah she buffaloes and for poultr), dcyclopment. It sanctions a maximum loan of R,. 5.000 to t~a(h dairy farm while the maximum loan depends on the need of the applicant. Loan is sanctioned on the basis of the number of milch cattle possessed by a dairy farmer, land for fodder he ha~ and his experience in dairy farming and on t.he security of another person who owns pro perty. The B~mk h;!s so far sanctioned 600 loans amounting to Rs. 16 lakhs of WhlCh 30 loans amollnting to Rs. 1,2.~,000 have been s;mctioned to the dairy farmers of Bhongir Town. The Bank sanctioned 25 loans for poultry development. The individual Joan for poultry development ranges from Rs. 1,000 tv Rs. ~.OOO. All the 2:' poultry loans totalling- Rs. 30,000 have been sal ctioned to the natives of Bhongir town only. Apart. from the dairy and poultry development loans only one loan of Rs. 19.000 for purchase of a tractor was sanctioned to an agriculturist of Anajpur village. 51. The interest charged by the Bank was 10*% P.A. in 1971 and in 1972 it IHis been raised to 11%. The rate of interest is linked with the rate of the Reserve Bank of India. The loan recovery is done through the fortnightly payments made by the Integrated Milk Project in the form of cheques drawn throufrh the Canara Bank itself. Each loan i5 recover able in 48 i~sta]ments. A 10<1.tl of Rs. 5,000 is recoverable in 48 equal imtalmcnts of Rs. 115 per fort-night, ie., an amount of. Rs: 5.520 is to be paid by a loanee in 2 years towards the prmrm11 nf R<. 5.000 borrowed hv him. The hank h3S fNovered Rs. 10 lakhs of the Rs. 16 lakhs· it has lent by May, 1972. lO~ THE BUONGIR CO-OPERATIVE CE:\,TR~L BAXK 55. The Co-opel'ative Central Bank was registered on 7-9-1927 and started functioning from 21-9-1927. The area of operation is confined to Bhongir and Ramannaptl talnh. The main object of the Bank is to provide short term and medium term loans to the Pl-imary S()cietil~S of the following types:- (i) lvIuttipurposc Co-operative:: Credit Societies. (ii) :Milk Supply Co-operative Societies. (iii) Joint-farming Co-operatiyc Societies. (i ... ) Cash credit accommodation to Handloom and Wool \Veaycrs' Co-operative Socielies. (v) Cash credit accommodation to Co-operative Market ing Societies. (vi) l\fcdium term loans to Employees' CD-operative Credit Societies. :;(). All the I G.) villages of Bhangir taluk and 1 Ei of the 145 villages of Ramannapet taluk have been covered by co aperatln:s. The staff consists of 38 members including the Secretar" and Executlye Officer. Statement IV-(2) PROGRESS OF THE. B,\NK DURING THE YEARS 1968-69, 1969.70, 1970-71 AND 1971-72 (UPTO END OF FEBRUARY). Items Years ------~-----~~-~----~- 1968-69 1969-70 1970-71 1971·72 2 3 4- 5 1. }vIembership :- (a) Individuals 215 215 215 215 (b) Agricultural societies 169 169 169 169 (c) Non -agrlcul tural societi es 54 60 70 B4- 2. Paid up share capital;- In Lakhs of Rupees) (al Individuctls o.n 0.22 0.22 0.22 {b) Primary Societies 8.19 8.50 9.29 10.38 (c) Government 6.00 6.00 8.00 8.00 __._----- TOTAL 1+.41 14.72 17.51 18.60 101 StatelDent IV--·(2)~, (coudd.) -----_._------_.. _._------:2 3 4 5 '3. Reset'ves 6,94 1),94 7.49 7,68 4-. Deposits ;-- ~a) Indi\'iduah "nd I l\'ili tutions L4B 1.68 2.17 3.56 (b) Societies (~. i7 6.8.1 fl.Gl 9.63 05. BorTowillgs ;-- (a) Central Balik_ H yderil ba,' 37.8U 35.'15 24.48 37.21 (b) Government 7.00 12.00 Ccl O\-erdues to :\PSEIl 'i .(10 l·t. [5 6. Lenrling to Societie) :--- (a) S, T. LOath 23.:![) jj. I4- :23.45 22.71 (b) :tiL T. LornI' ,;.10 0.84 2.87 4.90 (c) Cash credit 6.13-1 6.56 5.90 23.20 TOTAL 3.5,00 22.54 32.22 50.81 :JI. The collection of dues to the Bank were not regular ~and prompt. It is considered as a 'Weak Bank' by the Reserve Bank of India. The percentage of overdues to demand ranged from 49,8(;;, ill l()70-71 to 79% in 1971-72. III 1970 a programme ·-of rehabilitation has been implemented to make the weak primary societie~ in the area of operation of the Bank as viable units by 1974. An amount of Rs. 30.63 lakhs is overdue to the Bank f;'Olll its mernben of which nearly half (Rs. 14,57 lakhs) is overduc below one year while Rs. 15.31 lakhs was outstanding between 1 amI :1 years and Rs. {,J,OOO lakhs was outstanding siJ1(~e lllOle than S years. 51-3. The Small .Farmers' dc\"elopment Agency has been introduced ill .\ugnst, 1971 elIla by \[ay. l!ln, 3,'i~;~~ small farmers awl 'i0 societies have been identified and an amonnt oof R5. I :~.Ti lakhs h;.. s been sanctioned during 1971-72. SU. '1'11c Milk Supply Cn-operative Society, the Handloom We;l\crs' Co,upeLltive SOC.tCLy ~ind tile Co.operative o\farketing Societ), in J3hoilgir trlv:n have obtained Gedit from the Co ,operative Central Bank, Bhongir. The largest beneficiaries of the H~mk ale the Co-operative Societies in the villages of nhongir and Ramannapet Taluks. 102 THE CO-OPERATIVE MARKETING SOCIETY 60. It started functioning from 15-12-1944 as a Co·operative Sales Society. It was converted into Taluk Agricultural Co opcrati\c Association (l.A,C.A.) on 9-1-1952 and Co-operative l\larketing Societ), on 2-5-1%4 with an authorised share capital of Rs. 5 lakhs. The share value i~ Rs. 10 and membership fee is Re. J / -. It V,LIS started 1\·j lh a \ iew to bc'ntii t the ryots p ut chasing their agricultural produce of paddy, millets, groundnuts, castor seeds and to supply thenl tbe wntrollcd commodities like sugar, agricultural implcmen t 'S, Ci li rails, etc., at controlled prices. I\inety one societies and 2,871 individuals are members of this_so, let). The arC.I elJ uperation is conlined to Bhongir tal uk. The share vaLue was increased from Rs. 10 to Rs. 25 in I'm'ember, 1967. The v;J]ue of preference share "is Re. 1. (;1. The GO\crnilJ~ Hodv ({llisist-; of. Presid(,lll, \'ice President and 9 Direct~)ls of 'whom one is a reprcsent:,tlvc of the Co-operative Central Bank and the DepuLy Regi,traT of Co-operatiws i~ an Ex·officio niTce-tor. Elections are held 011ce in 3 yeus in a sitting of the general body. The statt consists of 17 members inciuding the Secrdary and the Superilltendent and 4 class IV employees. The market society ha~ got a build ing of its (l'WlJ. It h;1S :1 go({(\',l1 an,:1 ,11OP huildings of its own. It invested Rs. 90,000 from it~ f;\n,-e Glpita] and .is running a rice mill. 6~. There is a mar"ket yard ;(tt;"ched to the society, to· enable the lvots to market tlwir !rnDds. The businessmen offer their price i'n hidding and the highest bidder purchases the produce. The produce h weighed ;md the ryots ,lre paid off immediately bv the society and the sociel)' collects the mone\, from the buslnessmen lat'eT. It ,ollccts ltc. 1.25 per Rs. lOt}, ""vorth of produce pllrcb:l~ed. The wcie~\ rnn~ 4 gpin shops, one fertiliser depot. one clolrl ,hop at Hhon~jr, one grain shop at Alai)' and one grain shop ~U1d one fertiliser depot at Yada giripalle Oil wholesale price~ a,:d also etc rctail prices to the C01l6umers directly. It sells (olttl'olled cummodities to [he village paI1Ch~lFlt~ ai whole,~;l.f; pl'iccs. 63. The statement IV-(:l) illdiclt(:, the particulars of produce brought to the market prd from the neighh:lUrin3 villages arollnd Bhongir town and the value aJld quantify of the produce marketed. 103 Statement IV-(3) PARTICULARS OF PRODUCE BROUGHT TO A~D SOLD. IN THE MARKET COMMITTE}: Y.\RD, BHONGIR DURe'm 19&7-1958. Commoli!y OJlantitl' Value itl Auerage (Quintals) rl~pees price per Quintal (in Rupees) 2 3 4 l. Paddy 10,695 581,702 48-83 2. Jow?r 937 53.538 58-40 3. Bajr3 137 7.0W 53-81 4. Maize 6J 3.282 59-49 ~ J. Bengal gram 1,120 158.893 157-52 6, Red gram 2,752 %3.074 117.50 7. Green gra III 377 45,689 117·gB 8. Bobbe.rlu 321 26.596 105.92 9. Horse gram 1,218 68,752 60-36 10. Groundnuts 10,301 1,143.655 114-91 11. Castor seeds 18,302 2,153.696 1'26-39 12. Sesamum 2.41() 446,332 192-92 13. Karad 1,308 93,712 87-82 14. )'lol11\'a seed 13 1,711 122-27 15. PUlltigjnjaJu IAmbodu seeds) 219 J 7,295 M-IS 16. Neem seeds 535 6,214 9-4:1 17. Sunhemp seeds 440 345,43 81-80 18. Chillies 248 60A05 202-55 19. Onions 2~5 3.820 23-66 20. Garlic 6 1,340 233-17 21. (iinger 112 10,817 10S-06 22. 1'amartncl 695 125,916 259-23 23. Coriander i,393 158,660 140-19 24. j',ggery [92 30,09-1· 145-60 r) ,~ ""'~) > ,\}.'·;;n (fljsh(ll"~ W"ed) 3 334· 107-50 ., _- .. _ -.------~.-- .------.... -.._- --- ... ~--. ._-,,------TOT'L 54,073 56,00.121 ---_.. 104 It Cill be seen from the aboye statement that it has enabled transacting business to the tune of Rs. 56,000,121 during 1967-68 dealing in 2;) commodities of agricultural produce. The society has beell ('arll ing profit5, continuously. After the establishment of markets at other centres like Xalgonda, Chityal and Alair after 1960, the ,~(lCietv is gradll<1lly loosing its market. TIlE BUOI\GlR LA;\D :'.JORTGAGE BA",K LDUTED G4. The Ibllk W;lS established in 19:')2 to cater to the needs of Bhongir ,md R,lmanllapct taluhs. In 1065, a separate Hank was set up for RamJntlapet talul and at present, the area of operation o£ the lbnk is confined to Bhongir taluk only. (is. The main object and pm-pose 1)£ this Bank is to enCOllr age thrift \11 furtherance of the ohject t{) ..:reate fnllds to be h:nt to its members on security of mort;.;age of land and other valuable immoyahle property: (a) for the wsumption of lllurtgage on lands and for liquidation of prior debts. (b) for the il1lprmcment of lands and methods of cultiva tion. (r) for the purcha~e of lands in speciaJ cases. proyided the economic holding is secured thereby and the bud is culti\ ated ecollomic:lllv :llld in c\ses where an\' pro· t.ected tCHant bu,s the rig'ht of ownership of land of 'which he i~ a terlant. C • (d) for current agricultural operations in case of ptev io· usly grantni loans \l'ho:,<; mortgage is subsisrillg for the purposes specified. (e) to purchase, take on lease or in exchange lands, build·' ings or other immovable property. 66. During ID70-71. there ,\'ere ;l,71D ',\' clas~ or full·flcdf?,"{:d members and 3,074 'B' class or aSSOciated members. The paid up share capital ,UlJOUllled to Rs, ·4,Ol,(jg7.28. The Hank borrowed Rs. 9,1l,762 and ismed Rs. 9.99,190.14 as lo;ms. Lo;m nues worth Rs. 46.09 lakhs 'o-\'ere outstanding at the end. of the year while overdues were R,. 73.416.93. The bank earned a profit of Rs. 20,878.42 ~l1ld imcsted Rs. 7.930.4.8 Erom lh{~ resene fund. The BanK Jid not incur loss at any time. There are 83 members from llhollgir town and 53 members have taken loans from the Bank from 1953 onwards upto May, 1972. The 105 Bank has a President, Vice-president, Secretary, Treasurer and 1] Directors, Since 1-2-1 !170, the bank has been functioning under a special officer who is a co-operative Sub-Registrar. The 'Staff consists of 19 memhers including the Secret:lry :lnd 6 Class IV employees. The Bank is housed in its own building which was purchased at Rs. 14,704 in 1964-0.1. 67. A~ on 12-12-'73, there ,,,ere 4,927 members in the Bank. The share capital was Rs_ 4.36,860 and working capital was Rs. 52.5!U97. The Hank dishursed 10al1s to the tUlle of Rs. 70,60.910 since its inception and the purpose wise classifica tion is as follows: PUI/Jvse No. of Ionn.' Amouilt disbursed (in Rupeer) 1. Well sinking 1,091) 29,13,000 2. Purchase of oil engines 373 9,74,153 3. Purchase of electric moters jig 11,10,880 4. Repairs to old wells 333 14,93,500 5. Repayment of previous debts 123 77,464 . fl. Purchase of cattle 104 92,400 7. Purchase oflands hy the pro- tected tenants 37 60,875 8. Construction of sheds 85 86,049 9. Land development 103 1,54,863 10. Purchase of tractors :3 +8,226 I 11: Loans to Electricity Board on behalf of members 33 .Jc9,500· ------~~---~.~-~--"~. --.- TOTAL 70,60,910 68. Particulars o[ loans outstanding from members to the Bank and loans outstanding to the Andhra Pradesh Co-opera tive Cel1lral Land }\Iortgage Bank Ltd., Hyderabad bl' this Bank under different heads are as follows (as on ,12-12-1973): Sl. Type of l.oan Lomrs vILII/(Jnding b) 1M LoaJls o1f/siandil1R by Ao. members to the Balik the Bmlk to th, A.P. Co. op Central Land Afor/gage Banh- 2 3 4 R8. p. Rs. p. ~--"-~~-- ._ !. Kormal 29,47,009.32 29,86,+54.83 Taccavi 2,65,671.22 2,30,249,73 106 2 3. Area Deve!opment Scheme i 1,71,001. 92 12,03,322.73 4. lviargin.lI Farmers' aUlI Agri- ") cultural Labollrers' Scheme ?- 1,73,894.tiH 1,79,460.00 5. International Development Association 1,1."),671.48 1,4+,774.00 Total '17,03,2+g.62 47,:;0,261.34 69. Area Dcyelopment Scheme was implemented in 13 selected villages in the taluk durin~ 1968-69 to ] 970-71 and 362 farmers were benefitted through this scheme by way oE getting loans for ,rell sink.ing, purchas, of oil engines, electric motors and development of land to the tune of. Rs. 12.62.405. 70. International Development Association (IDA of the United 1\ atiol1s) has extended its assistance to 65 villages in Bhongir taln!;. by ~;mctj()ning Rs. 36.138 la];hs. The scheme came into effect from 8·8·1972. Though a target of Rs. 22.83!f lakhs was fixed for disbursement during 1972-73, only 72 loans totalling Rs. 1,43.921.48 P were disbursed by the Bank. The purposes for which loans are sanctioned include digg-ing of wells, developmen t () t old wells. purch MARGI'\ \L FARMERS A:\D AGRlcm:WR.II.{' LAnOURERS' SCHEME: 71. Though this scheme was sanctioned by the Agricultural; Re·hnance Corporation long before. the clearance from the Stale Ground \Vater Department was ('ommunicau d to this B:mk onlv in January, (973 for 780 dug ,vells, L657 develo· pment o[ old wells. and 6:17 pump-sets. As on 12·12-'73, 132 loans to the tnne of Rs. 1.77.128 were disbursed, the details of which arc as follows: Particulars ..----- .vo.-of loans Amount (in Rs. I (i) Dug wells 41 61,200 (ii) DC\'e!opment of old wells 38 93,270 (iii) Electric motors !l 18,068 (iv) Oil Engines 2 4,59() (v) Development oflnnds Total 132 l,77,123 107 S'\1ALL FARMERS' DEvELOPME~T AGENCY: . With a view to identify the small farmers and assist them in making necessary improvements on their lands to acquire the skills of modern cultivation practices and also to provide them ~ith the necessary credit and advice on supplementary sources oE Ulcome. the Government of Andhra Pradesh has introduced a Small Farmers' Development Agency. The SFDA ,rill formu late schemes in collaboration with agencies like the Co operative 50cieties and Commercial Banks and assist in the implementation of various schemes by providing sub~idies to' the marginal farmers. 73. The agency envisages to cover about 50,000 farmers ovcr a period of 4 y'cals i.e., 'during EI70-74 ..\ geogrdph ical area of 2.298 Sq. miles (5235 sq. Kms) and a population of 7.21 lakhs of the total 15.75 lakhs of the district population in N algonda. Ramannapet and Suryapet taluks is proposed to be (overed under this schemc 1)\ 1\1 ay, 1972, 107 small farmers have been identifi ed in the taluL out' of whirh 37 were sanctioned loans for purcha~e of milch Glttle, pouItr) and sheep rearing, well 5inking. repairs to well" pmch ast of electric motors and oil engine,;. All the hcneflciaries are farm'ers outside the tOW11 be longing to 14 villages in the taluk and the loans amounted to Rs. 49.895. The SFDA formulated a project for the development of these 50,OOt) fanners enVlsages an outlay of Rs. 659.5 lakhs dur ing 1970-74 out of whi(h Rs. 372.5 lakhs is to be spent as short term cred1t for agriruh !lye and aniuul husbandry, medium term crt~dit of' Rs. 67 lakhs for pllnhasc of milch (:attle. poultrY, duck rearing allu sheep rearillg and long term credit of Rs. 220 lakhs for sinking new wells. revitalisation of old wells, for purchase of electric motors, oil engines, etc. THE CO-OPERATIVE URBAN B.'.NK LIMITED, BHONGTR. 1'1. 'This Hank has heen in cxisLclicc siuce \)\ t')' :10 \e:ns. In June, 1968 there. were 792 members in the Hank .. The admission fee is Re. 1 pel' member. The area of operation is· confmecl to Hhongir Town itself. There WCTC 10,000 ordinary shares alld 1,000 preferential shares. The share "aluc of each ordinan share is Rs. 10 and that of preferential share is Re. 1. There are no fixed or rurrent or savings deposits. The auth orised share capital is Rs. lOl.OOO. The numher of shareholders is limited to 2,000 and the share capital a member cali COl1tl'i butr is limited to a maximum of Rs. 2,000. The borrowing capacity of the Rank is limited to 20 times the paid up share· lOB ;rapital. The B;lJl~ sanctions person al security loans upto Rs. 100. salary secunty loans upto Rs. 500 a'nd on mortgage of bouse or other immovable property upto a maximum of Rs. ;},OOO. 75. Elections are held for the Goycrning Body of the Bank '(mCt in 2 years. There are 11 Directors including the Presid ent, Vice-President, and the Secretary. The Accountant is a paid employee. The Bank is reported to be not functionit1g properly for some time. CHIT FUNDS b THE TOWN 76. There are no recognised and registered Chit Fund Companies iUllQiollll1g in the town with any e5tabli~hments. l'here are agents of the 'Margadarsi' and 'Sudarsan' Chit Funds of Hderabad City. There are about 100 members in these two dlits. xearly GO unrecognised chits are functioning in the town wirh dil.jly, weekly and monthly contrilmtions. Members of the 'Handlasallgham', Hamalis (daily wage earners at the rice and oil mil1s and at the market yard), Goyernment· -employees, ~lllall shop keepers, agricultural labourers etc., ha\'e a number of chits among themselves with the chit contri1wtions ranging from daily and weekly subscriptions to monthly subscriptions. The Chit amounts range from daily chits of Rs. 10 to monthly chits of Rs. 2,000 and above. The number ·of members of C:hits constitule all occupational group of the neighbourhood. friends and caste groups of viable units. The dairy farmers constitute chit conlribution group of Rs. 100 to Rs. 200 per month per member, Now-a-days, the Chit Funds have hecorne an important source of finance in the town. The Vysyas who ronstitute the rich section of the town have no chit series among themselves but some of them are reported to have joined chit series of R.s. 5(),OOO and Rs. 1,00,000 etc., at Hyderabad. THE H:\::-IDLOOM WEAVERS' CO 77. It was established on 28./;-]0.1)1 and Sri Siddula Nara· salah wa~ the founder and first President of the Societv. The Governing Body consists of the hesiden t, the Vice-President, the Secretary and the Treasurer and 7 Executive Committee nwmbers and ElectiollS are conducted once in 2 years. Ther.; ale 1,062 members from Bhongir town and 77 villages in the taluk. All the members belong to Padmasale caste and its sub .,eets who are traditionally weavers by occupation. The member- 109 ship fee is Re.]. The value of each share is Rs. 30. As on 21-6-1968, the shale capital of the society was Rs. 27,247. n. The society supplies yarn to the members after dying in the desired colours and pays wages to the weavers after the doth is returned by them. The society runs two sales depots, one in the Society itself and the other in Bihinagar. The sarees are sent to Calcutta. Bombay and to the Hyderabad Co-operative Societies for sale. The Societli obtain~ yarn from the Hvdera bad Co-operative Society (HYCO) and from other p~ivate parties. 79. The Wage rates for weaving are Rs. 2.50 for 20 ('(ltll1ts saree of 8 yards, Rs. 4 to Rs. 5.25 for 40 counts saree of 8 yards and Rs. 6 for 80 counts saree of 8 yards. The Sodety pays advance wages from Rs. 10 to Rs. 20 and recovers the advance from the wages. The society distributed Rs. 57,997 from ]955 to ]967. Tehe societv const~llcted its own building in 1956 in Ganj area at a cost of Rs. 27,0{10. The staff COll sists of II members induding the Manager and an Accountant.. THE BIIO:'JGIR CO-OPERATIVE POULTRY SOCIETY 80. This Society was started in 1960 wtth 34 memhers belonging to Bhongir town and of the neighbouring villages of Tekulasomaram. Bollepalle, Raigir and PedElireddiguda. There are 26 members belonging to this town. The member ship fee is Rs. 10. The Managing Committee consists of the President, Vice-President, Secretary, Treasurer and 3 Directors. Elections are held once in a year. The paid staff consists of one chowkidar only. 81. The Society deposited the mem hership fee of R,. 340 with the Co-operative Central Bank and it obtained Rs. 2,500- cash credit free of interest from the Co-operative Central Bank and invested the same in preparing' feed. The memo hers of the Society sell the eggs to the Society and the Sodety sells them to the Government Marketing Centre, Shanti· nagar, Hyderabad. The eggs are transported to Hyderabad twice a week by private van. The sale proceeds of each consignment range from Rs. 2,500 to Rs. 3,600. Fuwls of all the members put together come to 4,000 of which :;,000 are Austrowhites and 1,000 are WhiteleghoTns. The eggs are categorised as 'A', 'B' and 'c' classes according to the size and quality and the prices as on 20-6-1968 were 23 paise, 21 paise and 19 paise respectively. The Society keeps one 110 paisa margin per egg and pays the amount to its members. It gets.. a net profit of about Rs. 85 per month. TODDY TAPl'ERS' CO-OPE,RATIVE SOCIETY: 82. This Society has jurisdiction over the. entire tal uk, with a membership of 250. It is functioning since 1957 and is housed in a rented building on the main road in the Ganj. The Taluk 1\Jotor Workers' Union is also housed in the . same accommodation and a monthly rent of Rs. 40 is paid. People of Goundla Caste are exclusively engaged in toddy tappillg ~d1i[ h is their traditional caste occupation. There are about 70 households of Coundl TR\DE Ui' THE MOTOR ·WORKERS' UNION 84. The Motor Workers' Union was formed on 25-12-1967. Lorry and :votor Drivers_ ('onductor" :>nd C1e2!1ers :~!'e m~m bers of the Association. There are 169 members in the AS50- >chltion. They belong to the town and taluk. The member 'ship fee is Re. I per month. The Governing Bodv consists ot the President, the Vice-President, the General Secretary, the Juint Secretary, the Treasure!' and 9 Directors. Sri Geddam III N arasimhulu Gaud af Goundla Caste, a local congress leader, is the President of the Union. The Union is housed in a rented building- on the mz(in rOild in the Ganj along with the Taluk· T~ddy Tappers' Association at a monthly rent of Rs. 40. 85. The Cnion fights for the (, THE GA'-:r. WORKERS' U'\TION 86. The Gang Workers' Union has been in existence since 1950. Thirtvf1ve manllal roadworkers of the Highways Department are members of this Union which is affiliated to the Andhra Pradesh Trade Union Congress, a sister organ i satio-p of the Communist PZ1Ttv of India. The Membership fee is Re. I per month. All the road workers of the Town are memhers of this Union. The Gan~ workers are from backward Hindu Castes and the Scheduled Castes (Malas and Madigas). Sri Prakash Rao and Sri Kishen are the President and the' Secretary for this Union also while the .5 Executive Committee members are from the workers. The Union fi~hts for the enhancement of wages and fights against retrench ment. It or~anised strikes twice and secured the payment of (lrrcan and enhanced dearness allowance from the State Government. THE MU:'\"ICIP\L WORKERS' UXrON P,7. The \funicipal Workers' Union is a registered organi sation and has affiliations with The All India Trade Union Congress. a sister organisation of the Communist Party of India. It is in existence since ]952. It is a 60 member association consisting of employees of the local municipality and is runnin2: with sub~crintions of thl' mf'mber~ n C\ nt~ of ;;~t" paise per member, per month. Ninety five percent of the Municipal Workers are members in this Union. The 112 Union strives for increase in the wages, supply of free medi cines, oil, sanitary towels for all the Municipal Workers and sarees and lllouses to the women workers. Sri M. Prakash Rao aud Sri K. Kishen, Municipal Councillors and leaders of the COIlllllunist Part v of India, arc the President and the Secretary of the Union: Both of them belong to the Telaga Caste. The Vice-president and the 7 Exceutive Committee members are municipal workers. The Presidelll, the Secre· tary and the Treasurer are not municipal workers but they are outsiders. TUE RlCKSIBW DRIVERS' U]\;ION' 88. The Rickshaw DriYers' Union was started in 1959·60 with a membership of 100. It is a registered Union recognis ed in 1962. This Union is affiliated to the All India Trade Union Congress, a sister organisation of the Communist Party of India. The monthly subscription is 25 paise per member. The Union held many peaceful demonstrations and proces sions in pursuance of their demands, particularly, the rickshaw owners. It has also succeeded in getting the rickshaw rents reduced. The Union is trying to secure loans for the purchase of rickshaws from the nationalised banks. Sri M. Prakash RaO' and Sri K. Kishen are the President and the Secretary of the Union. The 9 Executive Committee Members are horn workers while the President, the Secretarv and the Treasurer are outsiders. Ninety percent of the ~ickshaw pullers are members ()f the Union. 89. The other Unions and Voluntary Associations of lhe town and their activities are not of much consideration. The low level of industrial growth of the town is not conducive for trade unionism as the employer·employee relations are very delicate. R\;-':DLA SA:'-iGlIAM 90. This is an association of owners and pullers Q[ hullock carts, founded in and functioning since 1951. Sri M. Prakash Rao and Sri Kishen founded the Sangham. People helonging to Mudiraj and Madiga Castes are engaged in transporting agricultural produce like paddy, groundnuts, castor seeds, etc.. on carts from the Market Yard to the rice and oil mills and from one shop to the other. There are about 50 members in this association. At present, Sri Geddam N arasimhulu Goud of Goundla Caste and a local Congress leader is the Presi- 113 dent of thi~ Association. Sri Yacoob Ali IS the Secretary. Both of them are non-members. ~_\TlO".-\L I-JUTS U:\ION 91. There an~ 150 members ill this Union, Sri 1'. Hanu mantha Rao, Municipal Chairman, is the President. Sri Datrak LaLshmaiah is the Vice-President and Sri Donkena Papaiah is the Seuetary of the Ullioll. All the three are prominent social worken and leaders of the town. In 1957, the Union secured 4 hectares (10 acres and 10 cents) of land as ~lOllse site from tbe State Government. The Union got sanctiolled Rs. 20,000 In the Goyernment for the COnstlllC tion of 30 tiled houses. All the qualified members of the hurs union were assembled together and 80 names were drawn horn the lot alld :10 householders were allotted with these amounts. All the allottees are Harijans. This colony is known as 'Sal1j[va Nagar' named aiter late D. Sanji\'ayya, an eminent Harijan Leader, formerly Chief ~Iilljster of the State and President of the lndlan ;-';ational Congress Part}'. It is situ ated close to the Panchayat Samithi Office and the Sub Collector's Ollice. ~~2. This \yas founded ill EG2-53 and is an aSSOCIatIon of casual labourers with a membership of 200 or so who load and 1IIlload agricllitural pmducc ~lt the market nnl al1d mlrk in the m,lrket yard and rice ,ll1d oil mills. The monthly sulm;riptiol1 is 2:) paise per Jllem ber. Most of the Hamalis. bcloflg to .:\Iucliraj Caste followed by I'IIadiga and Mala Castes. S i III e its inception in ] 906 it 1\':1<; under the Ie adership of Sri CUl1cla Kcsavulu o( Vysva Caste who is local Commullist Leader. In 1956-57, Sri 'p: Hanumamha Rao, Municipal Chairman. became the President of the Association and it has been affiliated to the Indian National Trade Union COllgress. TR \DE -\ ',I) C()'I~lERCE 93. Trade and Commerce ((,ll1l lhe vital sectors of th~ urban economy. There are fairlY good numher of shops dealing in multifariollS goods and sen-ices. In addition,_ there are a few regulated bodi<:~ dealing in many products particularly of agricultural goods 'md a brief mention of it is made earlier in the preceding paras. Wholesale and retail business is the characteristic feature of commerce. The num ber of wholesalers compared to the retailers is disproportionate- 9-2Census( APf74 114 yet the volume of transactions entered is fairly high. The wholesale business is generally carried on ill paddy, rice, jowar. coriander, gl'Oundnut oil, oil seeds, cotton yarn, bran and husk, cloth, and general goods. As already mentioned in the earlier chapters, the town is one of the richest centres of business particularly in agricultural products and occupies an important place in the entire district. Further, the business in the aforestated guods is carried on by the agents appointed by the business magnets of other places. 94. The Commodities of wholesale trade. yiz., paddy, rire oil seeds like groundnut and castor, and many other agricul tural cOllllllodities is mostlv obtained from local ami neighbour ing villages. The goods from the actual growers are regularly brought to the actual dealers through the middle men. Paddy, groundnut, rice, etc., are the maill agriClIltural commodities commercialised and the number of wholesale dealers in each of these commodities does not exceed 5 which is too insigni ficant when compared with the retailers. Some of the whole sale businessmen deal in more than one commodity and thus the area of competitive market is reduced. During the year of survey, the 5 wholesalers, according to the government records, have traded about Rs. 15,47,9]9 in paddy and Rs. 11,44,713 in rice. The volume of trade would have been still more if the crops were sown in season. Bran and husk, the by-products of rice are also dealt on wholesale scale and the area of consumption is limited Dnlv to the town. It is learnt that with the development of cattle farming and esta blishment of milk cooling centre, there is sufficient demand for fodder from the local farmers possessing. milch animals. 95. Castor seeds, ground-nut 96. The chart given below reveals the structure of trade and commerce and the source alld extent of business of the town in a nutshell. However, the major portion of the business is covered by the retail and retail-cum-wholesale business. 97. There are 774 dealers of all categories in all com modities and the gross turllover is Rs. 9L9 lakhs in 1967-68 while the net turnoyer is Rs. 68.38 lakhs. The following statement shows the gross turnover of commodities, the num ber of dealers, net turnover determined and tax levied by the Commercial Taxes Department- Statement 1"-(4) PARTICULARS OF TURNOVER DETERMINED :\ND TAX LEVIED ON THE IMPORTANT COM:"fODITIES DURING THE YEAR 1967-68, BY THE D.C.T.O., BHO:-mIR Sl. Name of the .,Yo. of Gross turnover Net tarnOl'(/" Tax levied No. ~ commodify dealers determined determined (in rupees) (in rupees) (in rupees) 2 3 4 3 6 I. SCHEDULE 1. R::ldio & Radio parts 2 9,3B2.72 7,767.12 776.71 2. All hosiery goods 3 2,723.77 7,723.77 245.16 3_ Cycles & parts 4 3,85,301 .63 2,20,464.14 6,613.95 4. Containers other than gunnies 7 2,11,774.76 30,570.69 1,977.88 5. ~ullion and Spe- cie 1,987.40 1,987.40 9.94 6. Groundnut oil and Refined oil 2 30,395.13 30,395.13 607.90 7. Cotton yarn waste 3 2,01,384.24 1,78,545.00 892.78 8. Cement 811.50 811. 50 40.60 9. Oil cake I 619.45 619.45 12.38 10. Bricks and tiles 4 78,096.34 78.096.34 3,904.85 11. Coffee .powder and coffee seeds 2 2,828.04 2,828.04 141.40 12. Drugs and Medi- cmes 4 2,11,356.02 88,653.54 3,546.13 13. All Electric goods and instruments 3 18,363.80 13,525.0B 1,086.75 14. Engine oils 694.97 694.97 34_75 116 Statement IV-(4) (Cmltd.) 2 :3 4 5 6 15. Soap> 5 1,37,089. 9~ 1,37,089.92 5.487.30 16. Jowar 16 83,391. 71 (iO,934-.07 1,213.63 17. Paints & Colours 3 2.397.17 2,397. [7 72 .47 18. Bran & Husk 14 2,66,4:i8.30 2.14.3[9.59 2,143.50 19. Timber 2 52,ln.8S 19.787.06 593.61 20. Fire\\'ood 2 17,310.79 17,310.79 519.33 21. Rice 32 2,59,83L 77 1,39,1,)7.90 L576.8f 22. Gunnies 2 l:i,413.31 l.l-J.3. i'i 34.29 --~- -~--~------~------,------~~-~--~------Sub-total Hi 19,88,293. (;7 [ 1,5(;,822.22 31,:)37.20 II. SCHEDULE I. Hardwarl' 10 24,HI.83 U,2t 1.83 727.23 ~. Turmeric 22.18 22. [8 I. 10 3. Flours other th:lu Jowar _J~- 56.:,07.53 54,022.:;8 980.50 4. Butter & G hee 3 286. :)~ :l86.5~ 1I .4:8 5. Paddy !:i5 6,!5,33:~.21 6,36,291 .10 20,J.'i4.81 6. Coriander 9 75,192,43 63,:;96.63 1.498.87 7. \\' ater coconuts 6 15,989.00 13,939.00 319.89 B. Copra 8 8.311.17 8,311.17 167.89 -~------~------~-_____.------~------Sub-total 217 8,:Z:;,883,93 8.02,761.01 24.161.77 III. SCHEDULE 1. Iron and Steel 7 816.46 816.46 24.51 2. Oil seed, 46 1,33,983.94 [,29,2:'4.83 3,020.99 3. Castor Seeds 14 4.7 5Ji73. 55 Ul:!,G71.5.i 4.282.23 Groundnuts II 1,16,179.27 G5,337.8:' 1.768.95 Cotton 202.00 202.00 4.04 Cotton Yam, but not including cot- ton yarn waste 2S,95:'.~9 12,7G7.18 223.0@ --~------~-' .--,,----~------Sub-total 80 7,:':;.811.21 3,91,049.87 9,323.72 117 Statement IV-(4j (COIII)(/.) 2 3 GOODS OTHER l'H.\~ SCHEDULED (;001)8 1. General goods 60 16.,16,388.6:2 10,62,477 .42 31.&17.23 .2. Kirana 20G 30.1 J A()9.86 24.20,506.03 7:2.51.').18 3. Hotels 14 :2.li3 ,307. 8:J 2,63,307.65 H,\99.21 4. Red gr:lln li 1,710.7() J,710:70 51.33 5. Horse gram 4 1,210.06 :!,21O.06 35.79 -6. Bengal gram :1 2,3H3.56 2,333.56 71.59 7. Jaggery 6 c)7.420,69 37,420.69 1,722.63 8. Chillies 12 1,70,01)9.33 1,70,069.38 :3,102.07 9. Clothes and ready made garments :21 ~ .. 'j(j,.308. 97 J.08.59L ti7 3,258.15 ------,---~ ------_-_ ------~ -~ --~------Sub-total 333 ,)(}.20AG9.69 ·fO.B7.6S() II) 1,22.873.18 ------._-- Grand total 771 91.90.1:,[3. :)0 GL3(UI3.:?9 i,87,89.'i.H7 98. As per thc ,\(counts of the Commercial Tax OffIce, there were :~7 dealers whose tunHl\'Cr during 19G6-G7 was Rs. 77 bkhs. Thl\ arc wb"lcsa1c deakrs in paddy (5), rice (5), general goods (8), kir'lil<1 ((iL grollllc!nnt 09. Appendix V giYes the p:trticulars of dealers by nature ,)f business-retail or wholesale, type or e'il'lbli,bmcnt. Gnl1- Il10dities dealt with, ,lpproximate value of trade, religious or linguistic or caste groups Lo which they belong', places from where the commodities are commonly obtained, particulars of area and consumers, etC'. It can be &ee1] that almost all ;hz~ dealers arc V\SYClS, except a [CII' \Tarwadis and T\Junnu rukaplls. The sh'ops run _ by people other than V~'Sya8 are, shoe and chappal ,hops bv \Jus/ims, saloons by ."Jayi-brahmins while shops of cycles and ode parts, petro} pumps, medicines, flour other than Jawar and cotton yarn bv Padmasalis etc. 100. Trade alld Commercc halT dcnJoped comidcrably and the g'oods that have HOllri'hed m prosperous I ines during the h,t occadc are tbf.' fnllowing':-- 1. HOllsehnlcl goods. 2. General goods. 3. Fancy goods. 4. Grocery 118 5. Cloth merchandise including n:adymacle dr('>ses. 6. Boob and stationery. 7. Electric goods. radios :md others. 8. Engineering goods induding sale of oil mgines. 9. Sale of cycles. spare parts and repair,. 10. Sale of fruits and ,·egetables. 11. Bakery products, fish and meat. 12, CrOCkery and domestic utensils. 13. U tensi}, of aluminium, Germ'lll ,iker, stainless steel, etc. H. Hard\\'are shops including agricultun,j impl,~ments. 15. Chemicals and other manures. 16. Footwear. 17. Workshop>;. 18. Timber Depots. 19. \'Vines and Liquors. 20. Furniture shops ,:ll1rmuf'acturing and salel. 21. Printing 11 rc's. 22. Photography. 23. Tlliloring 'll1d embroidery 24. Sale of newspapers and mag'lzinc> 2:i. Sweet-rnc,lt shops 26, Hotels and R('staurents. 101. With the increasing urbanisation, trade and (om lll(~rCe have become sufficiently complex through the intro durtion of innllmerahle goods and services. The market area of the G,lllj where almost all the merchandise of regular .consumption is commonlY mack available serves not only the local hut C\ell the areas oLltside the periphery of the town. The town is the only centre for all consumption goods like groceries, doth. kero\ene and edible oils. footwear, fancy and general goods and agricultural implements, manures etc. and also acts as a potential market to the surrounding villages. 102. The oneloprnent of hotel business is compara.tively slow and there are \'erv few hotels and testaments a\'allable in the town. Lodging- fad itv is il\'ailahle in one hotel only, that too with meagre facilities. Though the volume of busi ness is increasing significantly, the improvemenls in the manner and method of oi~play of goods are not noticeable. Very few shops and commercial units are equipped with show cases and adopt attractive advertising techniques. Vegetables. fruits, ready~macle dresses, domestic utensils, newspapers, maga- II9 zincs etc., have no permanent shops or, rooms, but are found on the pavements on either side of the roads. 103. Apart from the indigenous shops and business units, there are few regulated market bodies dealing with many consumer goods. The Bhongir Co-operative Marketing Society Ltd., and the Bhongir Market Committee are the two regu lated bodies through which a good number of goods are transacted hy the people particularly from the agricultural classes. The Marketing Society is a corporate body formed bv the Shareholders. elected members and members from Co o~eratiye Societies of the concerned area, The society pur chases and sells commodities like rice, jowar, wheat and wheat products, Bengal gram, sugar, pulses, etc. It also undertakes supply of chemical manures like Ammonium Sulphate, Ammo nimn Phosphate, Calcium, Urea, Ammonium Sulphate nitrate etc., to the farmers at refiulated prices. It is one of the biggest constituents of the regulated business of the town and its total transactions of agricultural produce like rice, jow~r, etc., amounted to Rs. 22.44,666,] 2p. during the year I966-67 and Rs. 2,14,294.21 p. worth of chemical fertilisers for the same period. The transactions of the society would have been more bulky had there been good harvests. ]01. The Market Committee is alw 105. Perusing from all angles of the economic life of t llC town, it could be inferred that it is an agrarian than indus· trlally oriented tOl-,;n. With this weak industrial base, the structure of the economy did not undergo any noticeable change. The existing industries and manufacturing un its and their natllre of operation suggest that there are very few pmspec'ts for the dneloplllent of any subsidiary indus tries. The trade and commerce, the tertiary sectors of the economy which embrace considerable ,senion of the popula tion arc sufEcicntly fOmplex ill nature and are much di,'crsi· tied. The market pertaining to some of the goods of regular consl!l1!ptioll is fairly competetiye while for some, the exteLlt of compctetion is limit,'d. OCCI'PYI 10:\ \1. STRU-.II'RF OF POPLI-'dlf)'\ It),;. The oCCllpational ~trncLUre, of the town, as already Boted, is Illainl\ based on the primary secLor, compnsmg cultilatiol1, agTicultural labour, mining, qu:nr) ing, li\estOc.K, iorcstry etc. It is the basic sector to embrace all the skilled and ullskilkd classes, of the popubtion. Though agriculture is the Iluill MHllTe of 1]\ ii~~, people engaged in it are siglli. lic OUT!' HIO" \1. IlISTRIHLTrOX 107. A.s of the 1%1 cellSUS, the tot::ll working force out of the total population of 17,;')49 of the town is 7,05.~ of , ... hi('h are 4.771 males and 2.284 females. The remaining 10,494 arc treated ;IS non-workers. Workers wllstitute ahout 40.2~{, of the total population as agilinst 59.8% of non- 121 j~ 0" 1'"-; i:::: ':', !~ 0" "" I "" ZCl .;Z '~ ;;.. -, ~~ ~" Vv-. ~,...... ~~ ~f-< ~~ ~~ ~ ~ 122 workers who include full-time students, persons engaged in unpaid household duties, dependents, infants, children not attending schools, disabled persons, retired persons, rentien or persons receiving royalties etc., people having no speci fied means of living, unemployed persons, etc. The statement on the prepage shows relative distribution of workers and non workers in the town, in the urban centres ()f the district and the State. . lOR. The division of population into workers and lion· workers is based strictly on the economic activity of a person. On this basis, it may be seen from the statemellt on the prepage that about 1l.51 % of the total population are agriculturists (cui tivalOIs and agricultural labourers) as against 7 j{, of this category in Urban Areas of the State and 7.9% in the Urban Areas of the district. 109. The proportions or percentages in the secondary sector comprising household industry. manufacturing other than Household Industry and construction are 7.8%, 22% and 10.2% respectively in the town, in the district and in the State. In the tertiary sector comprising Trade and Com merce, Transport and Communications and other services, these percentages are 20.9%, 15.7% and 18.8% respectively. 110. The percentage of workers in the town is more than the State avera~e and less than the district average. The proportions of workers in the primary and tertiary sectors in the town are more than those in the district (lnd the State while in the secondary sector, the proportion of the town is far less compared to the district and State averages, Ill. In spite of the growth in the population from 17,549 at 1961 to 2L81!J at the 1971 Census. thp ah~(llute nnmber of worLclS and the percent:Jge of workers haye gone down. An analysis of workers by industrial category is given in the following pages. ' \VORKERS BY !:\JOUSTRIAI. CATEGORY AT THE 1961 .... ND 1971 CE;>;SCSES 112. At the 1961 Censm, there were 7,055 workers in the total population of 17,549 constituting 40.2%. Among the total of 9,089 males. 4,771 were workers while among the females. 2,284 of the total of 8.460 were workers forming 52.49% and 27% respectively. At the ]971 Census, though -the total 123 population increased to 21,815, the absolute number of workers. and the percentage went down to 6,893 and 31.6% respec tively. 113. The statement 1\'-(6) appearing on the next page shows the number of wOlkers by sex and (:ategory as of the 1961 and 1971 Censuses. [STUE:\IE:-.iT IV--(G) J 114. The absolute numbel of workers has gone down from 7,055 in 1911l to {i.R!l3 in 1971 i.e .. decreased bv 162. This decrease is due to the decline in acti .. itv at· the tVIarket Yard and the nee and oil mills. Prior to ]961, Bhongir had been the only Market Centre for ~ algonda district and agri cultural produce from the neighbouring taluks of WarangaI and Medak districts used to be brought to Bhongir. Hund reds of workers were engaged in casual labour works as Hamalies to load and unload the agTicultural produce brought to the ·Market Yard, to shift or earn the goods from Olle shop to another alld from the \1 arket Yard to the rice and oil mills. The rice and oil mills used to work to the fnIl capa city and in all seasons. 115. Market yards have wme up in the di~trict a t Chityal, Alair and N algonda after J%1. The produce from around these areas is being sold at the respective markets, thus re ducing the activity at the Bhongir :Market Yard, and con sequently the industrial units of rice and oil mills aIe affected. This has resulted in depriving work and livelihood for a large number of casual labourers. Added to this, Bhongir town and N algonda district faced drought and unfavourable season~l conditions. resulting in a good number of workers retuTl1l1lg themselves as unemployed. 116. As can be seen from the statement, the number of cultivators has decreased by 106 at 1971 while the number of agricultural labourers has inCTeased by 309. Enquiries reveal that some workers ·who returned themselves as engaged ill other services at the 1961 Census took to agricultural labour and transport service such as rickshaw pulling. Some culti vators took to agricultural labour and some to trade due to the unfavourable seasonal conditions prevailing in the district since 196fi-67 onwards. A considerable number bf workers engaged in manufacturing both in household and other than household industry, took up other small itenerary business and thus weIC classified uncleI trade and commerce industIY. In addition to this, the households engaged in trade and com- 124 ::=> :2_. o :'1 '0'1 co0'1 ':'1 i ....; I~ 125 merce as their traditional occupation have grown in number and they set up independent establishments on their own. The numher of fruit and legetahle sellers has increased ('on siderably. The lI'orkers in ('ollstruction activit\' improved their strength by :l~ from ~5I to ~H3. The slight increase in build ing constl'llctioll activit, has proyided them some livelihood, Though dain illdmtn ellabled considerable im'pro\"clllents in thc economy of the agrirultlllist, of the area and of the tcnnl. the fact th'at the Jl\Imhcr of workers engaged in liyestock. fishing. plant;ltiollS and (jllarning at the 1%1 c{'mllS decreased from 2H2 to 22H ill 1~)7I indicating that it developed as 3J subsidiary occnpation to a ccmsiderahle number of wOlkers. 117. Thus it call be concluded that agriculllll e is nut rc mUlleratiye while the homehold and non-household manufactur ing industries arc on the decline, Other sen ices lile casual labour also hayc suffered owing to the dwindling activity at the 'Market Yard and at the industrial units. Thc increase in the number of agricultural lahourers is not a sign of prosperity while the increase in the number of those engaged in trade and commerce, otherwise an index of prosperity. is not so here as most of the new establishments are fruit and vegetable shops on the pavements and Ilear the bus stand, etc. \\'hat has heen lost in household and non-household manufacturing indmtl ies. and other senices. ('(mid not be compensated by the increase in the number of agricultural labourers. trade and commerce. construc tion and transport which resulted in the nct decrease in the absolute number of workers at 1971 compared to 19(i]. Sl:RYEYED SAMPLE POPULATION lIS. In the 200 sample households covered \)\ the SUl\e\. there are 1,006 persons of whom are 527 males and 479 females. Three hUlldred and fifty seven persons constituting ;1.:).5% of the surveyed population are workers. Of these workers. 281 arc males and 76 are females constituting 76% and 24% of the total worlers. Large proportion of workers (both among males and females) arc in the age groups] ;)-34 and 3:)-59 years and the resp ective percentages are 47.6% and 42.9% while workers in the age group 0-14 years and 60 years and over are insignificant numbers of 8 and 26 forming 2.2% and 7.3% respectively. Statement IV-7 shows the particulars of workers and non-workers by sex and ag-e groups. 126 ,-, 0 r~ c:;; .....'.D '"0 0 '" "" .". 10'" "'" c-' "'" ""' '-0 ~ t; r::r: .~ .". 'i' CCl '-=' ~ ~ ", *''- "" '" ~'" ~" 01 co C<) ~ :;, co "7' .::; '" N 55 C<") c:;; '-' CCl x .....,'- '" ~ h I [/J L Q CD Z M ['.. r, r-- CD CCl -:r: ~'" ~ r .. '" 0.. "~ ::J .~ .:0 0 t; -. ~ "'" (.J I:; ..... ~ lD C', ~ ~'" '"' 0" "" co ';:J "" N (.J ~ t~: < ~ ~ VJ :: r-- J 0 lD L'") ... l~ L-, ~ - M ... ~ Li) "" c: ~ '" II> ::t: ~ e ~ ..II> 0 t'I r::r: .. ~ r CD M ,.__ .:1) ti ~ N Z co 8 .". ;::) i ~ ""' Z i .E Q '" Z CCl co co ..... < l:-; 0'-' ~ M iCi L'") Cf) "" ~ ~ ~" ~ h ::t: ~ :: 0 0; co lD M O"l CD 0> ,'") 0 ~ ! ;:: C'I ('<) ('<) "" i ~ "" ~ i L ;:: ":'( 2- ":- % 0 '-'" .Q .lJ ti -:-l" 0 CJ)'" OJ ~ r ""' «;'"" L( ti '" ::) ·n on 0 "" co 127 o o c I:'; = o 0:> )28 The nOll-workers arc 649 in number forming 645% of the total survcyed pOpuL1tion and of them ~4() un.~)O') arc m:lk"i alld ,HU ((i2.1 U ) ate fcm~lles. or the ;n~ persons in the agt: group 0-14 \ ears. all except 8 are- DOIJ-workers. Among the ,31 0 non-workers aged below 14 years, 190 an~ simplc drpcndcl1ts whil{~ 1~O .!l'C scb()~)l-goil1g childrell. In the age group l.j-~4, 84 males and 142 fCl1l~ilc~"i ~at~ ]jml~w{}{'ke-rs oE :whollJ 4~ _11)ales and 12 females are simple depcmlclll s, 121 fcmal'cs arc engaged in household duties while ~6 malci-J and 6 females are full time students. In the' age group 3:>-:j~), 4 men and 7G women arc l1on-workcrs-of whom 4 men and 12 women ar'e simple dependellts. and 64 women are ellgaged in household duties. Lastly, among the age group of {iO ycars and ()Yer l~ men and 20 women arc there and all of t hcm arc pu reI y dcpenrl'Cnts. 1 I ()[ SE1IOLD i\f \["'\' OC:Cl PATIO:\" 120. The 200 hOll<;cholds CO\-t'lTd by the Suryey bel()n~cd to 21 Hindu Ca,>1c<; and Muslims and Christians and these house holds have taken up 24 household main occupations. The StatemclIt gin'll below shO'w'i the numher of households by bouse l111ld main occupation. Statement IV- ~9' 1'\l_TMHER OF HOUSEI-IOLDS BY HOUSEHOLD MAI~ OCGLTPATION f: SI. Same of thl' Olfupatiorl ]\ o. of Di.ltrilmiwrl of households hv cast ]\'0, Ho llsl'ho Ids ill each of the occupatwns- 2 3 4 1. Rusines=> 4G Vys)'a 14), Muslim 10), Van Jara ~6), Mudiraj :h', Padma saE t, Munnurukapu (3), Golla ')' ,nd "N'rlirlu (11~ 2. Teacher 28 I\fannurukapu (8), Muslirn ,J" Goumlla t, \ ar'ijar 2', \-ysya :2' Besth; 2 and each of K,'lmrna, 1\1 mgal!. Paclmasalr, Rccldi and C. bristian. 3. Agricultural lahourer 26 Madiga ,22' , Mala 3: and Golla 1,. 129 2 3 4 ~., CamallabolUCf 18 Mudiraj (91. :rvladtgu (4). Mus lim \2", ~mct I eoch of ?'1unnu ntLlpU. \'ysya and Golla. Z,. Peon lG 1h"Em (1) and 1 eath of Mudi- 1".1. 1Iunnurukapu. Madiga, Kapil and nestha. 6. Cultivator 1:2 Mannurukapu (6), Golla (4) and \'anj;lr -~------~--- (Also see table 5) The above statement shows that 38 households are dependent on agTicultmt: (12) and agricultural labour (26). Some of the IS hous<:/wlds having casual labour as household main occupation are also mostly dependent on agricultural labour and other non, agricultural works of casual nature. The artisan occupations of P'ottery (Kummari), Goldsmithv (Viswabrahmin) and -Tailoring (Darji) and the service occupations of washing of clothes (Cha kalil, hair cutting (Mangali) and fishing (Bcstha) have been fakt:n 10-2 CensusfAP/74- 130 up as traditional caste occupations. Of the 12 households havin~ cultivation as main occupation, for 10 households (6 of the Munnurukapu and 4 of the Golla casles), it is the traditional occupation. Among the 26 household, that wok up agricultural labour as household main occupation, for 25 (:!2 Madiga and 3 Mala) households, it is the traditional occupation. Agricultural labour and casual labour are taken up hJ landless households or households having small extents of land among Madiga, MudlrOlj, Mala, Golla, Munnurukapu, Vysya and Muslim communities. 121. A large number of 46 hou~eh()lds have husiness as household main occupation. Though Vysya, Muslim, Vanjara Mudiraj, Padmasali, Munnurukapu, etc., households are engaged in business, all except Vysya and some Muslim and Vanjara households are engaged in business of very minor nature with very small investments like fruit $clling, milk selling, vegetable selling etc. 122. In the teaching profession also, as m;my as 2R hOll~e holds belonging to many communities arc engagt"d. These hou~ holds had traditional household occupations ranging from cul '.Ivanon to toddy tapping, business to fishing and weaving w barber service. Occupational mobility movements among many {;ommunities are noticed in this oculpation or profe8sion. The same is noticed with regard to clerical jobs which are taken up by Vysya, Muslim, Golla, Munnurukapu, Padmasali, Madiga and Vanjara communities. 123. The Typist, Sanitary Inspector, Sub· Inspector of Police, and Revelllie Inspl:c£Or jobs are taken up by the communi ties which are educationally advanced romparativdy like Brahmins, Christians and Muslims and contracting is taken up by well-to do households of Mudiraj (2) and Golla (1) casles. Motor Driver's job is not the monopoly of any caste. The:J households engaged in thi~ occupation belong to 4 communities. 124. Of the Ifi householders who are engaged as peon~ in Government Offices. as many as 11 are i'l'lnslims while the others belong to :'vludiraj, MUDl1lirukapu, "ladir;a, Kapu and Hestha Castes. Among the 3 households of Rikshaw Pullers. 2 are Malas and one is a Mu~1im, 125. One Van.jara is a political worker and one Goundb IS a journali8t. These ar~~ also deviations hom the traditional main occupations of the respective castes. One i\fadiga house holder has gra7ing of cattle as his main occupation. Six house holds have no definite source of income and th'ey are categorised 131 as dependent households. Of them, 4 are of Muslims and one each of Reddi and Bestha caste~. OCCUPATION BY PLt\CE {lj' \NOlu.;. 126. As has already been stated, there are 357 workers in the 200 households covered by the survey. All except 4: of them '\re working in the same town. The remaining 4 workers who have their places of work outside the referrent town are 2 persons engaged in business and one each engaged as cattle rearer and as political worker (Ta blc til. TRANSPORT TO I'LACE Of' WORK AND TIME TAKE"':- 127. As mam a~ ~87 ot the 357 workers go by walk to their places of work and retnrn to their houses after attending to their durie, ot work. Seventeen workers go by cycle to their places of work and 9 worker, engage rickshaws to go to their places of 'vork CI able 7j. 128. Among the 287 workers who go by walk to thelr places of work, it takes less than half an hour for 134 persons, half an hour to one hour for 120 persons, one hour to one and a half hours for 30 person~ and mUI(' than one and a half hours for 3 penons. All the l2 cultivators and 92 agricultural labourers go hy walk to their places of work. To go hy walk from one end of th~ town to the other, it takes about 25 to 35 minutes. Among the 30 persons for whom it takes one hour to one and a half bolli'S- to reach the place of work are 7 peons, 5 business people, 10 agricultural labourers and J casual labourers (Table 7). 129. Of the 17 persons who go by cycle to their places of work, it takes less than half an hour for 7 persons, half an hour to one hour for 9 persons and for one it takes one to one and a h;llf hours. The last one is a teacher working in a neighbouring village. Of the 9 per50llS who engage rickshaws to go to their place~ of work are 2 clerks and 7 business men. The place of work for 40 persons viz., all the 32 potters and 8 businessm~n, the work ~pot is the residence itself while for the 4 rickshaw pullers and the one Poli tical worker, the time is not specific (Table No.7). OCCUPATJO:'>J A:-.:n HOPRS rw WORK 180. The hours of work tary from occupation to occupation. For a Government employee, the normal working hours art: from 10 A.M. to oS P.M. with a hlllrh break of 30 to 45 minutes. 132 Even among- Government employees, the hours of work are not one and the same. In certain offices like the Telephone Exchange, some persons work in shifts. Some busines& people who have their residences as their shops work from even 7 A.M. to ~ P.M and even hit'e. Most o[ the cultivators work for 11 to 12 hours a day while the agricultural labourers are fouud working for 9 to 't~ hours. Tl~e hours of work by number of work en are as follows:- Hours of work )\'0, rif workers .Bele I'.' 2 heurs 2-4 hOl1r~ 5-1) hours 33 7-8 hours 81 9-10 hours B'i 11-12 hours 132 13 bOllrs ;wd over 25 Total 357 (Also see table- 8) The maximum number of hours of work, as rc\,C';\led lw the survey. is 13, In this working hours group, the1:: are 1(1 bed [1(','" men, 3 casual labourers, 3 journalists, one ('adl of a clerk. a motor dl'ivcr, a Tidshaw puller and a goldsmith. In the \'.~orl'in~ hours group of J }·12 hours, there are a large l111111hn (If 1:1~ workers. Agrirultur;11 labourers. bll~inc,smcn, ot11i\';ltOl';, GI\11;11 labourers etc. are in this group. In the 9- J 0 hours 1\'orking group ;U·:; IF, workers compri\ing all the putters, sowe bu,incss men, some agricuitur;tl labourer" osna] l;llU!II'Clii. etc. There are 81 'workers in the working homs group of 7,8, among whom arc teachers, peom. derks, cusual lahourers, washctl1lcn etc In the 5-6 hours working group. th':fe arc 33 PC:1VJI1S v.-ho inclnde teachcn, uShnmCl), casual labonrers, etc. Only 011(; husincso man reported th'lL he works for 2~J honn a day, The varia· tion in the hours of work among teachers is duc to nriation in thdr C~ tegor" as High Sd1Oo1 teachers, IlclJ]('ntarv School teachers, etc.. and also some may be ellr;aging tuition's outside school hours (Table 8). EMPLOYY.E'T SC\,TUS OF WORKERS 131. Table [\;0. 9 shmn the emplormcn~ sL:tt·~ or w{lrJ.:cn by locality. Cultivators and agricultural labourers are excluded 133 for purposes of classification of employment status as per census dassihcation. The size of localities and the number of households selected from each of the localities vary greatly. The localities in ,dlich more than 10 workers are returned in the survey arc the Hanllman Basti, the Gani area, Kazi Mohalla, Kummariwada, Ram Nagar, Station Road, Vanjarawada, and Komati Basti. The 'employment status of the workers is as shown be]l)w: --- EmjJlo)melJ/ Status ]Vo. of Percentage workers Empioycrs 4- 1. 56 Employees 133 51. 95 Single Workers. 75 29.39 Fam:ly Workers 44- 17.10 ------.. ---~----. Total 256 100.00 A little above half of tIle workers are employees while 29.3% are single workers and J 7. J 9% arc family workers. A small proportion of 1.:)6~~) are employers. 132. Taken by Caste (Table No. 10), of the 4 employers, 2 belong to Mlldirai Caste and one each belong to Padmasali and Golla Ca~tes. Amon§!, the large number of 133 employees, there lilT .\ funak workcr~ bt:longing to Munnurn Kapu, Sath ani, and \1 adiga casks amollg the Hindus while one is a Muslim Woman. Except in the Chakali. Darji, Kummari and Viswabr ahmin ca:;les of Hindu religion, employees are found in all the other casles and communities. People of the above four castes are ellgaged ill their traditional occupations of washing of clothes, tailoring, pottery and goldsmithy. These people are returned a.~ either single \I'orkers or familY workers. Women are not engaged in tailorillg- or in goJdsmithy while a predominant number u1 Hi Ollt of :32 K 11l1lrnaris (Potters) and 3 out of 9 Chakalis (\Va,herwomen) are found helping their men in their traditional occupations and :lrc returned as family workers_ 13~t There arc 75 workers of whom 6il are men and JO ar~ women, who are rclurned as ~;ingl(: workers. Several of the workers belonging to Golla, :'vfudiraj, Vanjara, Vvsya, Madiga, Mala etc., castes belonging; to Hindu relgion and about one fifth (B) of the Muslim workers (41) are included in this category. All the Kummaris (Potters), 7 of the 9 Chablis (W:rsherrnen) 134 and 2 Viswabrahmins (goldsmiths) are returned as family wor· kers (Table 10). EMPLOYMVlT STATUS BY PLACE OF ORIGIN OF WORKERS 134. Table No. II shows the employment status of workers and the place to which they belong. The Statement IV-(IO) shows the employment status by ptfcentagc and place of belong ing of the workers. [Statement IV-(lO)] Statement IV-(lO) shows that aU the 4 employers are non· migrants or who have thcir places of origin in the town, i.e., original settlers. Most of the workers who have migrated to this town from place$ outside the district are return~d as em· ployees while a few of them are returned as single workers. Among the non-migrant population or workers belonging to the famili'es of original ~ettleys, 48.02% are employees, 31.28% are single workers and 18.94%. art family workels and 1.76% are employers. From this. we can undersnnd that most of the workers belonging to the familits th E"'Il'Lon.u::-rf .II t;.. TUS Al\:O Pl..\CJo~ OF i.VORK 13:,). Taken by employment status and place of work, as many as 241 of the 256 workers have their places of work with, in the town itself while only 8 work in pIlces adjoining the town but outside the town. Another !) pers()l1s work in the nearby villages and 2. one each. are working in Nizamabad and Hydera bad, both urban areas. Most of those working in places outside the town are employees while a few of them are single WOlken (fable No. 13). EMPLOYMENT STATUS BY DISTANCt: JiRO'\f PLACE 011 WORK 136. The place of work of 2 of the 1 in employers is the town itese1£ while for one each of the remaining two employers, the places of work are within 6-10 kilometres and 11-15 kilometres. 135 1;-. i ( r N .... ;g l'" 1 ::: '""', N ""' - I N « I~i"'~~ ~ S = ; ,~" l"". <:) (" :;) ::/I! ~ '& I 0:: 0 ", , ~ 0 \ ~ II ~ I I '" ; Thb shows that these people have their establishmen'ts in villages outside. the town. The WOrk8pOtS of all the family workers are within 2 kilometres distance from their residences while for 66 of lhe 75 single workers, the places of work are within 2 kilo metres dislance and for ,;~ single worKers the places of work are within 5 kilometres distance. For onlv 2 sing'Ie \\orkers, the places of work are at (i to to kilometres ami 1G La 2:) kilo metres distances. One hundred and nrelltv of the 13;'. em· ployees have their places ()f work within 2 kilometres distance while 3 and -1 workers have their places of work within 3 to 5 kilometres and 6 to 10 kilometres distances respectively. Six of the employees have t11eh pla('l~s of work. beyond 10 kilo metres cti~tal1ce (Table :\0. J 1). EMPLOYMENT SLaps llY HOURS OF WORK 1:17. T,lhle No. Ei shows the hours of work by employment status. :Most of the employees are found to he working 7-8 hours a day while another large number are working for J-~f) hours a day. On the other hand, one-third of the single workers are working for 7-H hours. a little over one-third (36%) are working for 9~-10 hours and 22.(;6% are working for 11-l2 hours a day. All the family workers (44) are found working for 9-10 hours d day. Two of the 4 empl(wecs are found work ing for 2---1 hours a dav and of Ihe rennining 2, one eacb i~ working £0r 7-8 hours and 9-1 () houIs a day. From tbe above ,nfarmation, it i& 'evident that most of the single workers. and family workers work for more hQurs, as single workers have to maintain their dependent members in tIle household by the sheer dint of their work and family wodcers are hound by filial links to look to th'C welfare of the other members. On the other hand, cmpto)'ces work during the stipulated hOllrs of work and get their going or funning wages. Ez..IP1,OY!\H\:'iT STAnIS \:1\1) MOTHER TON(arE l:IH. Of the 256 workers, Telugu is the mother IOllgue for 214 workers while Urdu is the mother tongue lor the remaining 42 workers. Thirty four (80.06%) of the 42 workers whose mother tonglle is Urdu are returned as employees while the reniaining 8 (HJ.04%) are single workers. Among the 214 workers whose mother tongne is Telugu, 46,26% (99) are employees. 31.31% (67) are single workers a1ld 20.56(1" (44) are family workers. All the 4 employers (1.87%) have Telugu as their mother tongue. The employment status of workers whose mother tongue is Telugu is far better th;1Tl those \I hose wother 137 tongue IS Urdu. As seen from earlier Tables, all {he people who have Urdu as their mother tongue are 1Iuslims without any exception and most of the people who have Telugu as their mother tongue are Hindus while a few of them are Chrjstians who \vcr'C converted from Hindu religion (Table 16). ] 30. There :lre 9 persons seeking emplo~mellt ;tmollg the ~urveyed population of 1,006 and all of them are males aged above I~) years and below 24 years.' Of them, 7 have Telugu as lhclr Illolilcr LOngue and the remaining 2 have Urdu as mother tongue ('fable :\f o. 17). Five are in the age group of };)·19 years and 4 arc in the ag'e group of 20·24 years (Table No. 1K). Four and 3 of the males having Tc]ugu as their mother tongue and (llle each of the two males having Urdu as mother tongue. n:spectivelv, are in these two age groups of l:i-19 and 20-2'1 Yeapi. All these ~l persons hail from the town and belong to the same State (Table N 0_ ]9) and they are living in the tOWIl since their birth (Table No. 22). The 2 Chakalis, and one each of the Bestha, Darji, Golla and Pad· masali castes belong to Hindu religion while 2 belong to Islam and one belongs to Christianity (Tables 20, 2l, 23 and 24). ]40. These 9 unemployed persons seeking employment helong to 7 households o( 7 localities in the town. The locali· tics arc Bcsthawada, Chakaliwada, Munnuruwada, BaIpnr, Beech !\1ohalb, Kba7.i Mohalla and LB. Colony (Table No. 23). Of these 9 p\:rsons seeking employmellt. 2 persons worked temporarily as penlls; one fo), olle ycar and the other for 'J months (TahIe 21). The\ are illiterates and are ill the age group of 1.")·24 years. Thes'c posts being temporary, their services were terminated ,Iftcr the lapse of the specified period (Table 2,i). Among the 9 employment seekers, G are returned as dependents and :l in other categories and all of them are in the age group] i-24 years (Table No. 26). Of the 7 persons ';(:'cking employment for the first time, 2 each have studied upto Primary alld :\Iiddle Standards and they are in the age group of F,-E) years while the remaining 3 have completed High School edtKatioll (passed Matriculation or equivalent exami· nation). OllC of thern is in tbe age group of n·I9 years and 2 are in the age group of 20·24 years (Table 27). Of the 3 who passed .\Lttriculation or equivalent examinations, one ea<:h wanted a clerical job, a technical joti and non-technical job while alllong thc 2 who complded Middle standards, one each wanted a 'Welder's joh ;wci a P{~on in Railway Department. 13H Among the two who passed Primary Standard. one opted for any mechanical job while the other opted for a skilled labour job (Table No. 28). 141. or the 9 employment seekers including the 2 who had previous experience and are now unemployed and seeking em ployment, only 3 viz., the one Matriculate and the 2 illiterate~, have got their names registered with the Employment Exchange while the rest did not (Table No. 29), Seven of them are unmar ried and onl)' 2-one each among the Primary passed and the Middle passed are married (Table 30). CHAPTER V POPULATIOl\: ETHNIC AND DEMOGRAPH[C CHAR ACTERISTICS The principal religious groups in this town, as already mentioned, are Hindus, M Ll~lims and Christians. Hindus have within them~el\'(:~ a number of castes. The castes have within ~hclmdves "c\\~ral g(l; ras and ~ects. :\1alas and Madigrts though belonging to Hindu religion constitute Scheduled Castes and are (alkd Hariians for the purpose of specific re ference. Muslims form the next major group and Christians. occupy the third rank in the composi tion of the population by religion. ETHNIC C()~lPOSITI(l:,\ 2. The prin('ipal caste, among the Hilldus are Brahmin, Kshatriya. Vysya and Sudra. In the Hindu social hierarchy, Brahmins still occupv a position of pride regarding ~duca· tinnal attaillments compared to other communitie, in. the town. Apart from the traditional occupations like priesthood, preach ing and performance of religious and other holy activities, they are also pott:ntial cultivators. Th'cy have lost the pride of their firs~ place with the increase in facilities of education and, n:alisaliO\l of social equality on the part of other communities. As a 3. The Vysyas, who occupy the position next to Brahmins in the traditional Hindu social set up, are engaged in trade and commerce. They could be seen as busine!.smen, money lenders, employers and even as cultivators. Most of them are economically sound. They have more or less monopolised the wholesale and retail businesses and acquired movable and im movable properties and liquid assets. They contribute finan cial aid to the social and educational up-liftment of their caste men. A hostel is being run for the poor students of this 140 ,communitv in this town. They actively participate in the religi ons and social gatherings of the toW!). '1. Amollg the main Hindu caste of Sudras arc the Pad masalis; l\funnurukapus and Reddis who are the traditional agricultural classes have many con'imim features in their way -of life, Most of the agricultural lands are held by these com munities. By virtue of their land holdings and economic power, they form the lllo~t influential section of the town. Mon~y lending on security of lands. buildings or any property is a familiar activit,· of tlwse communities, Their social and cul tural activi(i(:s'do not differ [rom other Hindu communities. They follow. perform and participate in the religious and cul tural activities and even take active part in public activities. They arc mostly lIon-vegetarians. Some of them surpass the Brahmins in their orthodoxy and principled lives. 0. The other communities like Vanjara, Mudiraj, Naidu, etc., have many common features in all activities of social living with the' other aforesaid Hindu communities. Agricul ture ~nd small businesses are the general fields of their econo mic activity, The Vanjaras and :\1unnurukapus of this town are financially sound and some of theIll engage in money lend· ing business both in and outside the town. G. There are few other castes like Chakali, Mangali, Darji, Golla, Goundla. Bcstha etc., which arc socially backward and 7. The Yadavas popularlv known as Gulla:" are tradi ti()nall~' herdsmen or shepherds, Sheep rearing is their main occupation. The total strength of this community constitutes significant proportion of th'c pouJation of the taWIl, Though they belong to a traditionally backward caste. these people are heading towards progress ,lowly and they constitute a potential agricultural dass of the town. 8, Bestha, a Hindu suh·communit\', is one of the little l'eco~ niscd sections of the toWll. Fishing i~ their traditional occupa tiOl]. Due Lo imufiicic111 W~lter sourc(;s, the sphere or rl!tir acti vity is limited anel they take up other avoca lions a~ cultivators, agricultural labourers and other manual labourer~, !). Coundla is aliother noted community forming a consi· derable s'ection of the lown's population. People of this cast:: ;ore traditinnallv todd\ tappers and sellers of country liquor5 141 though they are clIstomarih forbidden to conslIme any intoxi callts: The people of this 'community arc economkally sound as prohibition was never enforced in T'elangana area. The' habits and cllstoms of this caste have much in common with the other Hindu communities. In. The Padrnasali, simply known as SaIi, is one of the important communities of the region and is found throughout the state. People of this community are engaged in oc{'upati(Jns like weaving, dyeing etc. It is one of the hard working section5; of the community with skill and dexterity; and the work is al most carried with a fair division of laboui·. Smaller proportion of depend'ents is seen in this community. The people have staunch belief in Hindu cnstom, and traditiolls and have ha bits and practices similar to those of other castes of the town_ I). The remaining castes like Viswabrahmin, Sathani. etc., are also constituents of the \~thnic complex of the town. The Viswabrahmin is familiarly acquainted with smithy works. parricul arlY in precious metals like gold and silver. This raste is also referred to as 'Kamsali'. 12. The :\falas and Madigas, who now go by the name 'Harij:m' constitute the lowest strata of the Hindu society, and arc found in this town in large numbers. They collec tin:ly constitutc the highest proportion to the total population and numerically outnumber all the other Hindu sub ca~tes individu ,;lly. The Mala and Madiga are two di{kre!1t castcs ,~'ith similar habits and occupations. The ~,radi!!,·:ts Jrc cngaged in tanning of hides and skins and cnhhlcrY, besides agricultural labour while Malas are engaged mostly ill agricultural or mannal labour. Very few among these tKO castcs arc engaged in cultivation supplcmenting thcir own small holdings with leased-in lands. The social stCltus of these people, despite the many government legislations, is not on p~H with the other castes. Due to the traditional social barriers con pled with poverty and illit'Cracy, their position is still 101\' in society. I :1. With the growing awareness of social equality and other lll<1terial benefits, some have emhraced Christianity. Al most all th'e Christians of the town are Hindu converts of whom more than flO% belong to the Scheduled Castes. The Chris tians of the town got accustomed to practice Christian ways and methods of living and at the same time, they are not corn pl'etely free from the influence of Hindu traditions and beliefs 142 which would reflect in one form or the other in the day to day life, The Chri.tians thus present no eXlraneous character istic other than those existing among other ethnic groups bf the town. 14. Th'c MusJims-iorm one of the major commumty groups of the population and by religion, thq' come next to the Hindus. ~iuslims belonging to Sunni sect are predominant in the town. The important sub-groups among them are ~haik, Syed, Mughal and Pathan, of which the former two out-number the latter. The Muslims were placed favourably in position and prestige till recent past and had an upper hand over other groups during the rule of the Nizam~. These people, unlike the other communities, do not fl'trictly confin~ to any particular profession but are found fairly in all walks of life. The customs and habits are same as other Muslims in the countrv and are mostly in consonance with their tra ditions. The ·Purdah· ~ysktll is still practised in gentTal b~' fcmales while there are some deviatioIl) [rom the orthodox praClices in respect of mJks. The social and c'ultural life' of this coIlllllunity is IIluch ill ;l(col'dance with their religion and customs and the adhcrao(c (0 all of of them is subject to th(: fmandaI position. 15. One significant feature ill thc cthn ic com position of the population is the absence of any of the gTOUpS listt:d a!'> Scheduled Tribes. Lamhadies, a tribal coUlmunitv fOllnd a)] over the district, is surprisingly missing in the ethnic complex of the town's population. Similarly, few other communities like Kshatriya, VdalIla, etc" whose existence in many urban and rural parts of the State is ver), common, are however not found in this town. The population is thus a harmonious mixture of many castes and communities. Islam and Christianity, two distinct entitie~ of their own, have a relatively lesser degree of complexity within themselves than the multi-ethnicity of Hinduism. The population composition hels much in common w1th the rural pattern of thes.e parts of the State. The tradi tional imtitutions haw not completely ceased to exht, and their influence still focuses on the social relationship of the people. Rut with the increased social awareness and progrc5~ in the outlook of the people, castes could not keep them5eive, as water tight compartments ilS they llsed to be in the past. 16. Inspite of the existence of 'Kula Panchayats' Or ca~te (ouncils, which are 'remnants ()f the past barrien of cao;tc, ~er t.lin uniformity in matter,s of dn: ... ~, ~ocjaI ulstoms aud practices 143 have developed among the middle and lower middle dasse~ vf the town's population. But the permutations and combina tions of castes and communities ha~ found their way mostly through the elections to the local Municipal Council. The dection to the State Legislative Assembly and to the Lok. Sabha, however, are comparatively less coloured by the caste and community poEtics than the Municipal Council as they are not localised. 17. The mere touch by a person of lower social order which used to GlU5C pollution and required purifi('atioll by people of the Hindu hierarchy tIll some 15 to 20 years back. no longer exists in its past rigid form. DEMOGRAPHY 18. The distribution of population according to age and :;ex has yital hearing ill estimating fmure populations and in projecting workers participation rate, dependency ratios, etc. 19. Sex r;omposi1ion. The population of BJwllgir town by sex break up through the past four decennial censu~es is as shown beluw: StateDlent V-(l) POPULATION OF JiHONGIR TOWN BY SEX AND SEX RATIO 1941-1971 YeflT Punpulation :Sex tati~ ------.---~--.--- .. --- . ------_------(Females Totlll .\Jales Female.( per l,OOn males) 2 3 + 5 1941 12,170 6,155 6,015 978 19'il 17,377 9,132 86,959 947 19fil 17,549 9,089 8,460 931 1971 21,818 1 ].24-7 10,571 940 :ZOo The sex ratio of the town gradually decr'ea~ed from 978 in J 94 I to 9!H in 1961. This is a trend in the rIght direc· tion tOll'ard~ urbanisation. Male working population of tbe t lIral areas in the neighbourhood, entrepreneurial class of other areas migrate to th'e developing urban areas in order to eke out better liYelihood and to proposer in business. Unless 144 t hey secure proper footing in the tOWIl, they do not settle down witLi their families in the tOWll. As setn earlier, most of the Government employees in Bhongir town come from Hyderahad city and other areas. Tbey live singly in the town and they spend their off days with theil families in Hyderabad. The rich land lords and business people of the villages in the neighbourhood of the town who, tcmpurarily settled in Bhongil in the wake of the Razakar Movement to save their lives, have returned to their original places conscq [lEnt Oll the Police Action and testoration of normal conditions. In addition to this, the construction of the gigantic l\;agarjunasagar Project was inaugurated in the Tear 1955 is located in this (N algonda) district and the new township that came up here is known as Vijayapuri. Large numbers of families (Jut-migrated frolll Bhangir town and the neighbouring villages, apart from people ()f many other districts to the damsite. Due to all these rea ,uns, tb'ere is no increase in the town's population from 1951 to J 961. 2!. ~()W that a major part of the project is completed and that there is slackening in the further work of the project for want of funds, the workers have rettll'ncd to their places of origin. The out-migration to Nagarjunasagar was in complete in 1%1 as must of them did 1-0t go there with their families and in between 1961 and 1971, family migration was complete and complet'e return migration also took place. There appeared all improvement in the sex ratio from 931 at 1961 to ~14() in 1971. 2::. In the sex ratio of Nalgollda district also, there is an improvement from 9:)2 ;)t the 1961 Census to 96.') at the 1971 Ccnsu~. Th'c sex ratio of Andhra Pradesh State as a whole declined from mn fcmJles per 1,000 males at the 1961 Census to 9/7 at the 1~)71 Census. A mong the 9 distrirts of the Teian gana Region of the State, 'he sex ratio derhlcd in () di_,tricLs, namely, Mahabnbnagat, Hydetabad, Medak, NizaIllabad, Adi labad and Karimnagar "hile in 3 districts, l1 2:). Among the 1,006 persons covered by the survey, 527 are males and 479 arc females. Thus the sex ratio of the sample population is 909 which is far lower than the 1971 sex ratio. Again, among the surveyed populmion, in the age group of 0-14, females far outnumbered the males while in the remaining three age-group;; of ]5-24, 25-59 and 60 years and 145 above, male population far surpassed the female population· (Table 31). 24. Of the 23 castes and communities covered by the survey, 9 communities namely, Brahmin, Golla, Kamma, Kapu, Madiga, Munnurukapu, Naidu, Padmasali and Sathani have favourable sex ratios, i.e., femaks are slightly more in number than males; in 11 communities namely, Bestha, Cuakali, Darjl, Goundla, Mala, Mudiraj, Reddi, Vanjara, Vysya, Muslim and Christians, the sex ratio is unfavourable i.e. males out-number females while i,n :> castes, namely. Mangali, Kummari and Viswabrah min, the sex rar:o i~ equal. In the V}SP caste, there are 62 females for 63 males, who are more or less in equal numbers. Among Muslims, there are 59 females as against 83 males and the proportion of males is disproportionately high compared to females. Males are more in number than females in aU the age groups (Table :ll). This may probably be due to the fact that among the Government employees working in Bhongir, Muslims constitute a significant number who stay alone in Bhongir leaving their families at Hyderabad. Further, the poorer secti011 among them, coming from th'e neighbouring villages as coolies, ricksh aw pullers etc., normally leave their families in their villages. 2:1. There arc auly 8 Christians (5 males + 3 females) among the surveyed population. In view of its small size, the disproportionate. sex ratio is of no mncern, 26. Mother tongue: Except the 142 Muslims of the 1,006 p~r50ns covercd by the Survey. people of the 21 Castes/Com munities l1elonging to Hindu religion and the Christians (8 penons) have Tdugu a~ their mother tongue. The 14:2 l\Ius· lims have Urdu as thcir mother tongue. So, 85.88% have Telugu as their mother tongue while Urdu is the mother tongue of the remaining 14.12%. Of the 1,006 people covered by the Survey, as many as 992 persons belonged to or hailed from the referrent town and places within the di1ltrict while the remaining 10 and 4 persens belonged to or hailed from, and settled in this town from Hyderabad and WarangaI districts of the SLate (Table 79). Among the 10 persons who hailed from Hyderabad district, :I persons in the age group of 15-59 years and all the 4 persons who hailed from Warangal district have Urdu as their mother tongue. 27. Mother tongue and subsidiary languages: Six hundred and eighteen of the 864 persons who have Telugu as mother 11-2 Census/AP/74 146 tongue know Tdugu only and 64 of the 142 persons whose mother t01;guc is Urdu know, Urdu only. Only 28.47% of the people who haye Telugu as mother tongue know other languages while 54.~)3% of the people who have Urdu as mother tongue know other languages (Table 80). Of the 78 persons whose mother tongue is Urdu and who know other languages, as many as 38 persons know Telugu alone apart from their mother tongue while on~ man knows Telugu and Hindi, 9 persons know English and Telugu, 7 persons know Telugu and Arabic and 2 persons (one man and one woman) know T elugu, Hindi, Arabic and English also. So, in all, 76 persons out of 78 persons whose mother tongue is Urdu know Telugu also. Of the 246 among tire 864 persons whose mother tongue is Telugu and who know other languages, 129 persons know Urdu also, 27 persons know English also, 3 persons know Marathi also, 2 persons know Kannada also and 75 persons know English and Hindi also apart from Telugll, their mother tongue. 28. As many as 92.35% of the surveyed population know Telugu while 36.88% know Urdu. The entire population covered by the survey either knows Telugu or Urdu. Prior to the formation of Andhra Pradesh State in 1956, Urdu was the official language of the erstwhile Hyderabad State. It was taught in the Elementary schooh and High schools and at collegiate levels. So, most of the educated persons of the older generaLiol1 amO]lg Hindu population also konw Urdu \vhik the Muslims whose mother tongue is Urdu have learnt Telugu apart from their mother tongue in view of their interaction in routine life with the local people who are predominantly Hindus and Telugu speaking. 29. Population by age and sex. Classification of popu- lation by cig{' a::d sex helps to know the percentages o[ men and women who are in the working age-groups and who consti tute dependents. 30. The statement below shows the popUlation by age group and sex. 31. It can be seen that people in the dependent age groups of 10.14 and 60 years and above form 37.5% of the persons and 35.3% among males and 39.9% among females. The work- B7 Statement V-(2) POPULATION BY AGE-GROUP AND SEX i'lgt-gmu; Population Percentag~ to total by ag~ group (inyws) Persons Alales Females Persons JJales Femllies 2 3 4 5 6 7 0-14 318 150 168 31.6 28.5 35.1 15-24 226 liB lOB 22.5 22.4 22.5 25-29 403 223 IRO 40.0 42.3 37.6 60+ 59 36 23 5.9 6.8 1-.8 -~------~-.--.--- Total 1,006 527 479 100.0 100.0 100.0 (P.S. Table 31 also) ing age groups of 15-24 and 2j-59 years constitute 62.5% of the population and 64.7% of the males and 60.1 % of the females. The percentage of workers to the total population in the town is wmparatively higher than the figures of the Statt and of the district as well. The participation rates among males and females are higher than those in the district and of the State. The smaller percentages of 5.9, 6.8 and 4.8 of persons, males and females in the age group 60 years and above indicates that the longevity of the people is not much or very small number of persons only survive for 60 years in every 100 perso,ns on an average. 32. Age, sex and marital status: Age at marriage was ven low in these parts among both males and females prior to Indtpendence. Female marriages at very young age were quite common among the middle and lower middle da~ses of Hindu community. It is learnt that in the past, during the reign of the Nizam, the noble sections and those enjoying Nizam's patronage nsed to abduct beautiful un married young girls of Hindu castes. In order to ward off their daughters from these masters, people of Hindu Community, particularly of the middle and lower middle classes used to get th'eir daughters married at very young ages. However, this age old practice is continuing still, though not with the same apprehensions of the past. 23. However, since Independence, child marriages among females are gradually declining. It can be seen from Table 32, that among the sample popUlation covered by the survey, one boy and 40 girls were married when they were between 5 and 9 years of age and 20 boys and 149 girls were married ,., , 148 between 10 and 14 years of age. In the age group of 15-19 years, lIS males and 64 females were married. Of the 265 females whose ages at first marriage are known, as many as 189 (71.3 %) were married before they attained 14 years of age while 64 and 12 females were married when they were in the age.; groups of E)·19 and 20·24 years respectively. Eighty thre'e and 34 females were married when they were in the age groups of 20·24 and 25·29 years (Table 32).' 34. A large number of females were married before they attained 14 years of age while a considerabll:: number of them were married during 15·19 years of age. Those who were married after 19 years of age among females do not constitute a significant proportion. Among males, large proportions were married when they were in the age groups of 15-19 and 20-24 years (Tabk 32). 3:>. Marital Status: Of the total population of 1,574,946 of N algonda District as per the 1961 Census, 43.8% were never married, 47.53% were married, 7.9% were widowed and 0.65% were either divorced or S'eparated. The respective percentages for the urban population of :r-., algonda district were 47.4%, 45,25%. 6.7% and 0.62%. 36. The following statement shows the marital status of the total population of N algonda District and the urban areas of N algonda district as per th'e 196 I Census. Statew.ent V-(3) POPULATION BY MARITAL STATUS OF NALGONDA DISTRICT AND URBAN AREAS OF NALGONDA DISTRICT AS PER THE 1961 CENSUS. Percentage by mariial status r!f Marital Statw Nalgonda Distrut Urban are as of Aalgonda District 2 3 1, NEoYER MARRlED (a) Persons 43.B3 47.40 (b) Males 49.98 53.62 (c) Females 37.22 40.07 149 2 3 4 2. MARRIW (a) Persons 47.53 45.25 (b) Males 45.92 -42.34 (e) Females 49.21 48.68 3. WIDOWED Ca) Persons 7.98 6.70 (b) Widowers 3.43 3.38 (c) Widows 12.77 10.65 4-. DIVORCED OR SEPARATED (a) Persons 0.65 0.62 {b) Males 0.65 0.66 (e) Females 0.66 0.58 The following Statement shows the marital status of the 1.006 sample population. lStatement V-(4)] 150 o ", o N o o o ::0 ,p Cl '-c ...... ; C" CC 0' r:o~ N C _,,0 _0 ' I:; e~ g ~ i ~ L L 151 It may be seen that 53.4% of the sample population are married and 44.7 % are never married while only 1.8% 3lre widowed and 0.1 % are divorced or separated. Th\: proportion of unmarried males is 50.3% while it is 38.6% among females. Married males constitute 48.7% while 58.5% of the females. are married. \Vidowers form 0.8% while widows constitute 2.9%. Among the divorcees, there is only 1 male (0.2%) among the 527 males. 37. All the males in the age group of 0-14 are UTlmarried while among females only 2.4% are married. In the age group of 13-24, 76.3% of the males are unmarried while only 15.2% among females are unmarried. In the age group of 2;"1-59 years, ~'l male, (IO.H%) and 3 females (1.7%) are un marri'cd. Only one bachelor exists among the males while there is no spinster. 38. As small a percentage as 2.4 among females in the age group of 0-14 are married while in the age group of 15-24, as large a proportion as 84% are married. In the age groupo; of 25-3~) and 60 years and over, 96.6% and 56.5% are enJoy ing marital status. Incidence of 'widowhood is considerably small. Among males, none is married in the age group 0-14 while 23.7% and 87.9% respectively among the age groups I 5-~4 ;md 2:1-09 are married. Among thos'e who are aged above 60 years, 91.7% are enjoying marital status. 39. Ollly one female (0.8'70) in the age group 15-24 is a widow while th'ere are 3 widows (1.7%) and 10 Widows (43.5%} in the age groups of 25-59 and 60 years and over, respectively. Among males, there are only 4 widowers, 2 each in the age groups of 2:"}-59 and GO years and over constituting 0.9% and :1.5% to th'eir respective age groups. There is only one divorced/separated man in the age group of 2:")-59 while there is none among females. 40. Onh- I % of the male population constitutes widowers (0.8%) and divorced or sepi.'.rated p'ersons (0.2%) while among females, none is divorced or separated and 2.9% are widows. From the foregone figures, it can be inferred that marital relations are cordial among the population of the town and among males and females a very large proportion enjoy marital status. 41. The proportion of married persons among males and females to their respective totals are 48.7% and 58.5% and 2:">7 husbands have 280 wives. This suggests that polygamy 152 or the practice of males marrying more than once is preval~nt to some extent. The fact that there are 4 widowers while the widows are 14 in number suggests that widow marriages arc not prevalent. 42. Age, Sex and Educational Status: Percentage of literates to total district population of N algonda district at tbe 1961 census was 13.9 as against 21.19% of the State. The same for Nalgonda district at the 1971 Cen~us count is 17.02% while for the State it is 24.56%. The increase in the literacy rate of the district is $.l2% while the increase in the state growth rate is ~1..~'7%. 4:;. At the J 961 Census. there were 6,520 literates among the total population of 17,:,)49 of Bhongir town while at the 1971 Census there arc 8,821 literates among 21,818 persons. From 37.]% in 1961, the literacy rate has increased to 40.5%. Thus the increase in literacy over 10 years period is 3.4% which is slightly higher than the increase in the literacy rates of Nalgonda district and Andhra Pradesh State. Th~ literacy rate among the males slightly decreased from ;")3.6% in 1961 to 52.6% in 1971 while among females it increased from 19.4% to 27.4%. Thus, the increase in female literacy contributed substantively to the increase in the literacv rate of the town from I 9G J to 1971. ' 44. The literaC\ rate of ~ample population is more or l'ess equal to the 1971 Census literacy rate of the town, the former being 405% and the latter 40.6% respectively. But the male literacy rate of the sample population (46.7%) is lower by ;.9 % while it is higher among the sampl'e population of females (34%) by 6.6%. The statement V-(5) gives the literacy rates by sex, among the ethnic groups coV'ered by the survey. [Statement V-(6)] 45. Literacy among Kapu, Kummari, Mala and Madiga castes stands at a nought while it is below 15% among Chakali and M udiraj castes and Muslims. Among Kamma caste and Christians, all the 3 and 8 persons respectively are literates. Among Brahmin, Darji, Goundla, Mangali, Munnurukapu, Naidu, Padmasali, Reddy, Sathani, Viswabrahmin, Vanjara and V\sya castes, literacy is fairly high ranging from 50 to 89%. Among Bestha and Golla Castes, literacy rate is moderate being 4;').2% and ;~9.3% respectively. All the males among Brahmin. D,;lji, K;mlIna, Naidu and Viswabrahmin castes 153 ° ...r 1"00<')01"00 ·~e-..J-:O:"..fI1"';I:"'--_, NO'lCO.t--.CI(")OQ ·Mc:.o i.OO':lC'l")t-O) 0 C"f 0-0 L0 00 C!") L., 01 OJ 0 . OO_: ~ ~t:: ._.;OOO"": 6-,q: C ~CO-""""COt<":lI.:CO IJ"'; '...0 co li'; co co J."'-. t.O CC - 0 ,~\":r:..c Cti "'t' C'!i"i'":,{"'T' t- L,")~ u-; ~ ...... - C\")~ - L": I ;:, I 0 I " I ~ l>l., ~O~N-"' ....:~~~~~~~~~....:~~~~~~~~~....:~~ ~ _...... - .- .- -- ...... , - _. ~~ C"t N C'! 154 and Christians are literates. Literacy rates among males are above 70,% among Mangali, Munnurukapu, Padmasali, Reddy, Vanjara and Vysya castes while among Sathani, Bestha, Goundla and Golla castes, it is between 50 and 70%. Among Chakalis, Mudirajs and Muslims, the literacy rates are very low being 23.3%, 6.1 % and 15.7% respectively (Table 34). . 46. In case of females, 2 Kammas (100%),6 Sathanis (110~)), and 3 Christians (100%) are literates while among R'eddy, Brahmin, Naidu, Goundla, Viswabrahmin and Vysya castes, the literacy rates are fairly high from about 60 to 85.7%. Literacy rates among Padmasali (40%), Darji (50%) Munnum kapu (49.2%) and Vysya (54.8%) are moderate while the literacy rates among Bestha (21.4%), Golla (22.6 %), Mangali (33.3 %) and Mudiraj (2.7%) castes and (11.9<'/0) among Muslim females arc very low. 47. Educational Level. Among the 409 literates in the sample population, 246 are males and 163 are females. Lit~racy by education of these people is given in the Statement V-(6) Among the literates, who are without educational standards and who are educated upto primary or Junior Basic Standards together constitute 45.3% while those who passed Matricula tion or completed secondary education form a large percentage of 42.8, graduates form 5.9% of the literates while Pre·Univer sity course or lntermediate passed form 3.2%. There are 4 Post Graduates (2 males and 2 females) of whom one male and one female belong to the Reddy caste while the others belong to the Muslim community. There are 3 M.B.B.S. qualified Medical Practitioners of whom 2 are Reddvs and the other belongs to the Munnurukapu caste and all' are males. One of the 2 Reddys is also a FeUow of Royal College of Surgeons (F.R.C.S.), London. One Brahmin woman obtained a Diploma in Oriental Langnages while one Vanjara man passed Vidwan examination in Hindi. Three males, one each belonging to Brahmin, Munnurukapu. and Naidu castes have obtained poly technic Diplomas. 48. There are 24 Graduates or Degree holders of whom 3 are females, one each belonging to the Bestha, Kamma and Reddy castes. Among the 21 Graduate males, 4 each belong to Munnurukapu and Reddi castes. 3 belong to Vysya caste, 2 each belong to Brahmin and Padmasali castes and Muslim community. The remaining 4 belong one each to Bestha, Kamma, Sathani and Vanjara Castes. 155 Statement-V (6) LITERACY BY EDUCATIONAL LEVEL OF THE SAMPLE POPULATION BY SEX Educational Lnel Pnsons jIJalu Females Percenta,ge of persolls to total of Col, l ~~.-.----~------2 3 4- 5 1. I.iterates without education standard 60 31 29 14. T 2. Primary or JuniaI' B::Jsic stan- dard 125 58 67 30.6 3. Secondary education 175 115 60 42.8 4-. PUCJlntermediate 13 12 1 3.2 5. Graduates 24 21 3 5.9' 6. Post-Graduates ·t 2 2 1.0 7. Medical Graduates eM,B.B.S.) 3 3 0.7 8. Polytechnic Diploma 3 3 0.7 9. D.D.L ~Diploll1a in Oriental Languages; 0.2 10. Hindi \'ich,',m 0.2 Total 246 163 100.0 (Also see Table 34) >19. l\funnurukapu constitutes a sizable section of the town's population. General literacy rate among them is 61.6% (77 of the 12;) persons are literates) and considerable number of them afC Matriculates. Among castes with sizable popula tiOll in the tm\'n, literac~' rates are considerable among Vanjara and V}sya castes whi1'c among Mudiraj caste and Muslims it is. very low. As already stated, among Mala and Madiga Sche dnled Castes and Kapu and Kummari castes, no one is a literate. The literacy rate is very low among Chakali and Golla Castes. :,0. The lit'eracy rates and education:11 levels are good among Reddy, Kamma, Naidu, Sathani and Viswabrahmin castes and Christians while it is at moderate level in respect of Bestha, Darji, Goundla, Mangali and Padmasali castes. 156 ;'",}. Tables 33 and 34 show that most of the persons edu cated upto Primary or Junior Basic standards and Secondary level are in the age group of 0-14 years while PUC/Intermediate passed, Graduates, Post-Graduates and others technically quali fied and those with qualifications in Oriental languages and Hindi are iil the age groups 15-24 and 25 years and above. It is learnt that educational facilities are being provided on an illcreasing scale in the recent times by way of opening new Elementary and High Schools. As Hyderabad city, the seat of Osmania University and the State capital, is at a distance of only 50 Kms., people take advantage of the time to get their sons and daughters educated in collegiate and professional courses. EDl.'C.\TIO:-l SCORE BY CASTE/ CmfMUNITY: ;,2. Different education levels are given diffi:rent points as "Stated in the footnote and average education scores are calcu- Statement V-(7) EDUCATION BY SEX AND CASTE/COMMUNITY Average educatioll score per Caste/Community --~~-~--~~-~---~--~-- Persoll Male Female Household 2 3 4 5 1. Bestha 1.3 1.5 0.4 5.3 2. Brahmin 2.9 3.5 2.4 17.3 3. Chakali 0.3 0.6 0.0 2.3 4. D:1.rji 3.3 2.6 0.5 23.0 5. Golla 0.9 1.4 0.5 5.7 (Contd.) Method cf caiwlating education smre: Points are given to each individllal with -reference to his/her educatio!} level as follows:- Illiterate = 0 Literate without educational level = 1. Primary or Junior Basic=Z. Matriculation or Higher Secondary=3. Technical Diploma not equal to Degree=4. Non-technical Diploma not equal to Degree=5. University Degree = 5. Technical Degree or Diploma equal to Degree=S. Post Graduate degree other" than technical degree = 5. Post Graduate technical degree = 5. Ph. D or equi,'alentand higher degree ~6. 157 ( 1) (2) (3) (4) (S) 6. Gound)a 1.6 1.6 1.7 9.6 7. Kamma 4,3 5.0 4.0 13.0 8. KE'pu 9. Kummari 10. Mala (S.C.) 11. Mangali 1.3 2.1 0.5 5.3 12. Madiga (S,C.) 13. MunIluru Kapu 1.6 2.1 1.2 1.3 14. Mudiraj 0.1 0.2 0.8 1.4 15. Naidu L5 2.0 1.2 14.0 16. Padmasali 1.5 1.3 1.2 8.1 Ii. Reddi 3 " 3.6 2.8 97.0 18. Sathani 4.6 H.O 3.7 23.0 19. Vanjara 1.5 1.8 1.3 9.8 20. Viswabrahmin 1.8 2.4 1.2 9.0 21. Vysya 1.5 1.9 1.1 8.4 22. Muslim 0.4 O.S 0.4 1.7 23. Christian 2.9 3.1.3 2.6 11.5 bled by totalling the points of individuals, males and females and dividing the total with the number of individuals, males and females, respectively. 33. ~tatement V-(7) shows the eduction scores by sex of different 'Castes/Communities in the town for the population covered by the survey. 54. Education score among females of Goundla (1.7) and ~rudiraj (0.8) castes is slightly more than that among the males. Among Kamma females, it is the highest with 4.0 followed by SJ.thanis (3.7), Reddis (2.8), Christians (2.6), etc. Education score per hous'eho1d is the highest among Reddis with 97.0 points followed by Darjis (23.0), Sathanis (23.0), Brahmins (17.3), etc: ~ NO:"i'-ENROLME:"iT OF CHILDREN 1N SCHOOL J'\ TllE SCHOOIA;OI:\G AGE·GROUP OF 6-14 YEARS. ;,)S. There are 318 persons-ISO males and 168 females in the age group of 0-14 years. About 120 of the 318 persons in the age group D-14 aTe estimated to be less than 6 years of age. Excluding these 120 who are b-elow 6 years of age, there are about 198 or 200 persons in the age group of 6-14 years 158 constituting the school going age. Among these 200 persom, 4lS many as 69 have never attended school, while 17 have attended oKhool for some time but discontinued. In all 86 persons or 43% in the age group of 6-14 years are not attending school. It can be seen from the statement V-7 that the average education score per head is the highest among Sathanis with 4.6 followed by Kammas with 4.3, Darjis with 3.3, Reddis with 3.2, etc. Among Christians, it is 2.9 while it is a 'cipher' among the Mala and Madiga Scheduled Castes from whom t1'e Chris tians originally hailed. Apart from the Malas and Madigas, literacy is 'nil' among the Kummaris and Kapus. Education score is less than 1.0 among Chakali (0.3), Golla (0.9), and Mudiraj (0.1) castes and Muslims (0.4). Taken by Caste/Com munity and sex, among males, it is maximum among Sathanis (8.0), followed by Kammas (5.0). Reddis (3.6), and Brahmins (3.5). It is between 1.0 and 3.0 among males of Bestha (1.5), Darji (2.6), Golla (1.4), Mangali (2.1), Munnurukapu (~.l), Naidu (2.0), Padmasali (1.8), Vanjara (1.8), Viswabrahmin (2.4) and Vysya (1.9) Castes among Hindus and 3.0 among Christians. j6. Large numbers among those who are not attending school are among l\Iadiga, Mala cast'es and Muslims and the remaining arc spread over many communities belonging to poorer sections. The main reasons for non"attendance of chil· dren in the school going age to school are that the parents find that the grmn1 up boys and girls will be of some assistance at home when they go out for work by way of looking after their infant brothers and sisters, attend to minor domestic chores, etc. (Table 35). CHAPTER VI MIGRATION AND SETTLEMENT OF FAMILIES As briefly mentioned in the first chapter, the town did not attract any foreigners viz., non-Indian nationals, nor any persons left the town for other countries. So, there is neith'er immigra· tion nor emigration. Only movements of people of this town migrating to other areas wi thin the country and people of other area of th'c district and state and from other states as well settling in this town are noticed. No recorded evidence pertaining to in-migration and out-migration is available either with the local administrative authorities or with other Gov'ern ment Institutions. These particulars are available in respect of the 200 households covered by the present survey. [Statement VI-(l)] 2. It can be s'Cen from table 37 that out of the 200 house holds of different castes and communities covered by the sur vey, as many as 176 households are original settlers of this place and man; generations of their ancestors belonged to this place. Statement VI-(l) shows distance and duration of settle ment of the in-migrant households. Only 24 households among the 200 surveyed households have settled here migrating from outside. Of them, 14 are from rural areas, while the remaining are from urban areas. Of the 14 in-migrant households from rural areas, 11 came from rural areas of the same district, 2 carne from the rural areas of Hyderabad district and one came from a village in Warangal district. Of the 10 households that migrated to this town from other urban areas, 6 came from urban areas within the district viz., ;) from N aIgonda, the district headquarters town (72 Kms) and one from Suryapet, another taluk headquarters town (96 Kms.)-both are medium sized towns and 4 came from Hyderabad City (50 Kms.), the capital of the State. (Tables 39 & 40). . ~ 3. Seven of the migrant households came and settled here prior to 1955; 4 households settled during 1956-60, 9 house holds settled here during 1961-65 and 4 households settled here after 1965 (Table 39 & 40). 4. Information on the number of stages which the migrant households took to reach th@ referrent town is available in the 17 halls'chalds which came and settled here after 1955. All 159 16u '-' 00 ~ ~'"' t.> :;; ::0 ~ ~'" f-o t> 0 ., U) '" 0 Q en ...1 -r 3_ 0.,.. 0 ...... L~ ~ 0'> (f) ::J ~lr; 0 ~ 0 f-; C'{ z c:: <: G ~ N ...... I ::g C .; ~ r-- C'.i o:l ::':C'" 0 0"" 0 - "'" Z ::: -;" 0 ~ 'c: ~, -< "- I f-; -s" ~ ... < c<) "'1 ;;.. c.: i:: - '" ... ~ .;: "( :: .... -, CI ~ N a .... ~ ...• 0 e II ."5 N Z "' rJl'"' q 0 ~ ~ ~ .,.. ~ ::J N N (:; 0 --, >l Z -'i <: ~ c<) Cj 'T' 0'> "T ~ ""Z '" N < ti f-< rfJ ~ >-I C 1("': ~.~ l~ 0'> ~ ,,~ ..,'-< <: ~ '" ~ ~ E- '- "- N @ Q .s 'U" :-< IC:;"" ~~ ... 0 L-, "- w REASONS FOR MIGRATION ;). Table ,41 tells the reasons for in-migration of the 24 miOr3ut hous'elw1ds into the town, The reasons for migration of ~he 7 households that came and settled here prior to 1956 are due to transfer in servic(; in respect of 3 households; to eke out better livelihood, education and employment, Law and Order disturbance due to Razakar Movement and business in respect of one homehold each, During 1956-60, four house holds came and settled h'ere. Of them, 2 households came to set up business and prosper and another 2 households came here on transfer in service. I ot the 9 in-ffiIgTatlOnS which took place during 1961-65, :> are due to transfer in service, 2 after seeking emplo;'ment and OJ](: for ~etting up of busines,. After ]966, 4 households came and ~ettled in the town of which 2 are due to transfer in service and one each to s'et np business and after seeking employment (Table 41). DrSTA:';'CE OF Pl~ACE OF ORIGl:';' AND DURATIO:'\! OF MIGRATION 7. Statement VI-(l) shows the duration of migratiun of . the households that settled and the distances of the places of origin from the refcrrent town. All except one household carne and settled here from places within a distance of 100 kilometres. The one household that came from a village in Warangal district is in th'e distance range of 10] to 200 'Kilo metres, Of the 23 households that inmigrated from places within 8, Of the 24 in-migrant households, ·17 have settled here during and aEter 191)6 and 7 have settled prior to 1955. Again, 12--2 Census/AP/74 162 of the 17 households that came to and settled in the town, 4 came hert: during 1956-60, 9 came durin~ 1961-65 and 4 came after 1966. In the absence of data on out-migration, it is not possible to say whether there was any in-migration or out migration. But from the fact that there was a slight decline in the population of the town during 1951-61, in spite of natural growth of population and in the absence of prevalance of any epidemics or causes 'which favour increased death rates. we can safely conclude that there was no out.migration of population from the town. As has already been stated in Chapter II, several families migrated to the Nagarjunasagar Project Dam site. The landlords and business people who came and settled ifl Bhongir from the neighbouring- villages due to thoe disturbed Law and Order situation during the Razakar Movement started returning to their villages in about 1952 after normalcy was restored. 9. Again during the decade from 1961-71, there is an in crease in population from 17,:')49 to 21,815, a percentage growth of 24.3. This growth is not all natural growth and it is dut" to considerable in·migration or return migration of the house holds of casual labourers and contractors families from Nagar junasagar Project when major part of the work was ever and there was slackness in the work for want of funds. 10. The out-migration during 1951·61 and the in-migra tion during 1961-71 are not confined to any particular &:ction of the community. They belonged to several sub-communities of Hindus besides Muslims and Christians. UNIT OF MIGRATION 11. It is ascertained that in most of the cas("s of in-migrant households, in the beginning only male working members came to this place, worked for some time and satisfied that this is a good plaLc for them in mattcr of employment and latcr they shifted to this to~vn with their families. This happ'ened so in cases of 20 of the 24 in-migrant households belonging to II communities. Three Muslim families shifted to this town with their entire bousehold members. In case of on'e Brahmin household the unit of migration is not specified (Table 45). ECONOMIC BOl'\DS WITH THE PLACE OF LAST RESIDENGE ]2. Except one Kamma household which sold away land and utilised the amount reali~d through sale of land in educat- 163 ing the brothers, the other 23 households came here with no property or cash. Eleven households viz., 3 each of Vysya and Mu&lim, 2 of Munnurukapu and one each of Kamma, Padmasali and Christian are having some landed properties and houses in their places of last residence and thus have econo mic bonds with those places, Seven households viz., 3 of Vysya, 2 of Munnurukapu and one each of Padmasali and Christian '-have left the properties to the care and supervision of their parents while the remaining 4 viz., 3 of Muslim and one of Kamma have left their properties under the supervision of thEir near or distapt relatives. 13. Seven of the I J households which have economic bonds iu lh'c forlll (Ji landed property or rellts left in their l'1:Jces of last residence reported that they are deriving some benefit or the other from their properties while in all except one case, they could not specify the quantum of benefit rec'eived by them. One Muslim household reported that it is receiving :Rs. 20/ per month as house rent. Of the 7 households deriving benefits from th'e properties left behind by them are 3 of the Vysya caste and one each of the Kamma, Munnurukapu and Padmasali l~astes alld :\liislim Community (Table 44). SOCIAL BONDS WITH THE PLACE OF LAST RESIDH~CE 14. Most of the in-migrant households have some sort of social or economic bonds with their places of last residence. In addition to having properties in those places, they have their nearest kith and kin. Of the 24 households belonging to the II communities that migrated to this place, 19 households h,ric relatives III those places. Of these 19 households having relatives in the place~ of their last residence, members of B households have made casual visits to the relatives, 3 have made courtesy calls, 2 have visited the places just to see the relatives, 2 to attend to marriages and mingled purpos'es of attending marriages, management of property, effecting rep ail's to buildings. courtesy calls. e~c. (Table 47), 15. The frequency of visits made by the in-migrant house holds range from onCe or twice in a year to 3 or 4: times a year. Most of the visits serve manifold purposes of seeing the nearest relatives, attending marriages or other social ceremonies, casual visit while in transit to another place, supervision of the properties left behind, effecting repairs to houses and settle ment of land and building rents, elc. (Table 48), Many com munities like Vysya. Brahmin. Viswabrahmin, Munnurukapu, 1M- Ivhisfhns etc., made their casual VlSlts regularly, Some of the "elho·do classes of these communities pay visits to the extent of .) t6 5 times a Jear while some visit to their places as and when necessity arises. One significant feature of the migration is that most of the people and places have been connected through' marital alliances. Majority of the females have had their places of birth and parentage outside the town and came here through matrimonial alliances. N.nURE ... .'\'D EXTENT OF HELP RECEIVED FROM I,,-:\lIGRAJ\:T HOUSE HOLDS AT THE TIME OF SETTLEME]\T IN THE Tow:\' 16. Most of the in-migrant households settled here ",;th alit aspiring from any outside agencies like religious or caste associations or assistance from co .. v iHagers settkd e;lriier or re latives in the town. As many as 20 of the 24 households settled did neither receive nor sought help oE any nature from any agency. Four households-2 of Vysya and one each of Brah min and Padmasali castes received some help. The 2 Vysya households were helped by the co-villagers who settled in the town earlier and who also happened to be their relatives while the Brahmin household received help from religious institutions for 3 months while the Padm PROBLD,[S IACED DURl:>:G OR AFTER J'vIIGRATiOS 17. It is ascertained that none of the 24 in-migrant house holds faced any major problems either dming the time of settle rilCI,lt or after settling here. Almost all the households that settled here have their own caste people in the town and many of them have marital alliances or rt:latives in the town. These two fatton paved the way for the peaceful settlement of these in·migrallt households with the native population of the town and hence major pwhkrm did }lot arise any time. Though, no help of major nature has been received bv the in-migrant population, yet it could be inferred that whatever help could be rendered on humanitarian and good neighbourly considera tions has been rendered bv the people of this town irrespective of considerations of caste, religion, friendship and relationship (Table 50). 165 18. It is quite possible that some sort of minor inconveni ences might have been felt at the tim'e of settlement by many households. It is ascertained that inmigrants have taken them lightly as such difficulties WNt' anticipated and foreseeable. OUT-MIGR,\TIO;\f 19. As ha~ already been mentioned in this chapter, this town received hea\y influx from the rural areas in the l1'eigh bourhood for want of security for life and property at the hands of the Razakars. The rich land owing class and business people who telllporarih lTu::ived prot'cction in this town prior to 1951 boo5ted this to\\ll'~ pOPlllation and the consequent out flow to their native places after the return to normalcy and peace consequent to Police Action, the population of the town decrea~ed considerably 20. Added to this, the commencement of construction of the Nagarjunasagar Dam in this district in 1955, led to large contingents of agricultural labourers and earth workers to move away from this town to '>carn better livelihood. A small number ·of r)eople sought employment as casual labourers and skilled workers like masons, mechanics, etc., in cities. 21. Some rich business people of Bhongir town set up famili·es at Hydcrab3d City also arid they are reported to have been actively engaged in money lending while some people have set up their families in Hydaabad in ord'er to educate their children on better lines. Most of the Government employees who are stationed Jt Bhongir are found to have their families at Hyderabad itself. staving in Bhongir town on the working days only. leaving Bhongir on the preceding day of the off-days (holidays) after office lwurs and returning to Bhongir in the morning of the next working day. Neither official nor a,uthen tic data on [he above cmt-migration particulars are available in the town. 22. Among th.t' 1,006 p'crsons of the 200 surveyed house holds. ;) I members are reported to be staying outside Bhongir town. These),)l members belong to 11 Hindu castes, Muslims and Christians (Table 51;. Among them, 13 males and 7 fe males ,UL workers ClllOl!)\ cd in lJ;ainful occupations whik IO males' and one female arc non-;vorkers. All these 11 non workers art" fllll-timr stndent~ and are never married. 166 23. Of the 31 members staJing away from their households, 16 males and 6 females are never married while 7 males and ~ females are married. Among the 20 workers, 6 males and 5 felllale, arc never manied while 7 males and 2 females are married. Among these workers ollly 4 males of whom 2 belong to Chakali and one each belong to Mangali and Golla castes send money to their households in Bhongir Town. Nine males. and 7 females who are staying away from Bhongir are reported to have neither received money [rom ·h(lfoe nor sent monev to their homes (Tables 52, 53 and 54). ' CHAPTER VII FAMILY LIFE IN THE TOWN Life in Bhongir town is not much different from that of the villages in the neighbourhood. The large number of Government offices, amenities like the railway station, a good number o~ buses passing through this town connecting big cities and towns like Hyderabad, Warangal, N algonda, etc., and an established Market Committee, industries like tbe Rice and Oil. MilIs, the Polythene Industry, the Feed Mixing Plant, the Milk Chilling Centre etc. impose characteristics of urban life. Thus Bhongir town has the characteristics of both rural and urban life i.e., urban characteristics. 2. Apart from the families of white-collared employees, of whom onf" som~ have set up their families in the town, while considerable number of them keep their families at H yderabad itself, rich business people and some rich ryots, and other households are not different from those of villagers in the neighbouring villages. 3. SIZE OF FMULY: --The following statement shows the mmposition of households by number of members and castel community. Stlltemt'ut Vn-(l) CQMPmITION OF HOUSEHOLDS BY NUMBER OF MEMBE.RS ComhOl'ilioh 8J HOIl,,,hGids }~v IJ"mbrr "f Jt~mben ,~_. _____._. _____ ,,'_. ___A __. ___.~ ___ ~ ____.. _. ClIst~ T~illr Si,v!.{( 2-3 4_C, 6-,; 8-~1 A;"I" 10 Rr1])a1k< "., •• IJf Afnnber .Unn- Aiml- l.lnn- Mem.. lr1fm- liBuse/wli/s ben bers ImJ b~rs 1m.! 2 3 5 6 7 9 Bestha t) 3 Brahmin ~ 2 Chakali S 2 Dalji -GGI'lla 1(1 3 3 167 168 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Cound!a 3 Kamm;l K:,pu Kurllln~rj 7 2 " 2 Mala Mangali :) )(J , Madiga -. I , MUllnurukal>U :21) : ~ 4 ?Iudira j :) Naiclu Padmas:~li Reddy 2 Satha.1i Vanjara II 'J Viswabrahmin " Vysya 21 3 7 .) Muslim 37 3 16 l~ A. Christi;m .) TOTAL :3 7 It can be seen from the statement VII-(l) that the modal (with high frequency) number of 73 households have 4-3 members. The next large number of 34 households have 2-3 members followed bv 33 households which have 6-7 members. Singh~ member households are only 3 belonging to Muslims whilt: 26 hOllScholds have 8-9 memb'ers and 7 households have over 10 members. Among the 7 hous~holds having more than 10 members are one each of the Bestha, Golla, Reddy and 2 each of Vaniara and Vysya households. Of the 26 house holds having 8-9 members are 8 hous'eholds of Munnuru kapu, :) of Vysya, 2 each of Golla, Vanjara and Muslim and one each household of Brahmin, Chakali, Goundla, Kummari, Naidu, Padmasali and Sathani households. The average size of household in the town is 3. 169 4. The average size of households by caste I community is as follows: Statement Vll--(2) AVERAGE SIZE OF HOUSEHOLDS BY RELIGION AND CASTE/COMMUNITY Caste! No. rif Xo. ~! Average si:::e Commur;ity House- ]v[embers if household holds 2 ;3 4 I. HINDU I. Bestha 6 31 5 2. Brahmin 3 18 6 3. Chaka1i 5 29 6 4. Darji 7 7 5. Golla 10 61 I,) 6. Goundla 5 29 6 7. Kamma 3 3 8. Kapu 6 6 9. Kummari 7 34 5 10. Mala .) 23 -1:.6 11. :\1angali 3 12 4 12. Madiga 28 98 3.5 b. ~1u!lnuru 1< a: >'1 20 125 6 14. Mudiraj 21 81 4 15. Naidu I 9 9 16. Pac:masali 7 38 5.4 17. Reddy 2 30 15 18. Sathani 9 9 19. Vanjara 11 73 6.6 20. Viswabrahmin 2 10 :; 21. Vysya 21 125 5 II. MUSLIM 37 _ 142 3.8 III. CHRISTIAN 2 8 4 ._ ------_--"_ -.------._-- TOTAL 200 1,008 .) The average size o£ households is very high among the Reddi households with 15 members followed by 9 each of the Sathani and Naidu castes. Among the Brahmin, Chakali, Golla, Goundla, Kapu and Munnuru Kapu castes it is 6 while among Vanjaras and Darjis it is 6.6 and 7 respectively. 170 In the Bestha, Kummari, Viswabrahmin and Vysya households it is 5, and among Padmasalis it is 5.4. The mil!imum size of 3 m"em bers is there in one household of Kamma caste while among other castes, the average size of the family is above: 3 and below :1. 5. The following Statement shows the composition of households by minor and major members, sex and caste/com munity. State:rnent Vn-(3) fJISTRIBVTION OF HOUSEHOLDS BY ACE AND SEX OF MEMBERS AD. of households having ,------"------Cilste Total Adult Adult Adult Adult Adult Adult households and males males males males female" milUJr and and and mli)' Bnl" milies females females lemalfs - and and and females minor minor malts fmlOl~s onlY on()' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bestha 6 1 I 3 Brahmin 3 1 1 Ch8.kali 5 2 2 Darji 1 1 Colla 10 4 2 3 Coundli' 5 <] 1 .. Kamma 1 I Kapu I I Kummari 7 1 5 Mala 5 3 I Mangali 3 I 2 Madiga 28 6 5 (; II Munnuru Kapu 20 12 2 5 1 Mucliraj 21 1 4 i 12 Naidu 1 1 Padmasali 7 4 2 ROOdi 2 I Sathani I 1 Vanjara 11 9 2 Viswabrahmin 2 2 Vysya 21 9 3 6 Muslim 37 9 11 .5 2 Christian 2 1 TOTAL 200 73 34 38 2 17] The statement shows that there are as many as 73 households with adult and minor males and females while 58 hous'eholds haye adult males and females only. In 38 households, adult males and females and minor females only live in, while in 34 households, adult males and females and minor mal'es only live in. In 2 households of Muslims onlv adult males live in while in another Muslim household only one adult female Ii,ves in. . 6. The following statement shows the percentage distri bution of households by age and sex of members. Statement VII-(4) BOlJSEHOLDS 1:1\: AGE A,~D SEX UF MEMBERS AND PERCENTAGE Composition of household members b)' WIt and s~x No. of house- Percental:e holds (1) Households with adult m:lles and females and minor males and fern'lles 73 36.0 (2). Adult males and females and minor male, only 34- 17.5 (3) Adult males and females ~.nd minor fi,mall':s only 38 19.0 (4) Adult males and femaleg olly 52 26.0 (5) Adult males only :2 1.0 (6) Adult females ony 0.5 200 100.0 NATURE AND COMPOSITIO:--: 01" HOUSEHOLDS 7. The following Statement show!> the Composition of households with reference to the relation of the respective head of household. Statement VIl--(5) NATURE OF COMPOSITION OF HOUSEHOLDS WITH REFERENCE TO RELATION WITH Hf;J\D OF HOUSEHOLD ComfJOsition }I/o. of house- Percentage holds to fotal 2 3 (I) Self 3 1.5 (2) Self and wife 15 7.5 (3) Self, Wife and unmarried ~ons 32 16.0 172 2 3 ------_.. _--_._------(4) Self, wife and unmarried daughters 17 3.5 (5) Self, wife and unmarried sons and daughters 57 28.5 . (6) Self, wife, unmarried daughters and widowed mother 8 (7) Self, father, mother, brothers, and brother's wife and children 9 4.5 (8) Self, wife, UllInarri~d daught",. and sons and son's wife and children 32 16.0 (9) Sel1~ wife, mother ::md urother's children 8 4.0 {!O) Self, wife, sons clUd collSin 0.5 {II) SeLJ~ wiV;, cousin, grand-father, molher and sister 2 1.0 (12) Self, brother, son and brother's son 0.5 (13) Self, wife, unmanierl ,on -.;nd daughter, mother, sister and brothel' 6 3.0 -(14) Self, wiie ane! mother, daughter and son 3 1.5 (15) Self, wife, unmarried brother.; and sister's sons and mother-in-law O.'i (16) Self, brother's sons .'ind dallg)",ter 5 2.5 TOTAL 200 100.00 ._------_.- ----~---.----.------.------8. Fifty seven houSeholds (28.5%) are simple families i.e., wife and husband with their unmarried sons and daughters while 32 (16%) are households with husband, wife and un married SOIlS living together and in another 17 households (8.5%) husband, wife ~nd unmarried daughters live together. Thus 53% (106) of the households are simple families_ Thirty, two familes (16%) are joint families wh'crein the head of house hold, his wife, married "ons, son's wives and grand children and unmarried daughter live together while 15 households <7 ..j %) are nuclear families with husband and wife living together. 9. In all the households snrveye~, only very close relatives are living together. There is no instance of unrelated persons living together. Among the 200 surveyed households. only 8 households arc sub-nuclear families of whom the head of hOlls'ehold is pving alone in 3 households while in case of 5 households the head of household is living with his brother's sons and daughters. Table 5:i shows the nature of composition of households by caste I community. 173 PARTICULARS OF PERSONS WHO ARE STAYIN"G OUTSIDE 10. Thirty two members belonging to different householcls of different castes have been staying outside. Thirteen males alld 7 females are workers while 11 males and one female are non-workers. Of the 13 male-workers, 9 are in the age group of 1~,-34, one is in the age group of 35-59 while 3 are in the age group of 60 years and above. Among the 7 female workers, ;"j are in the age group of 15-34 and one is in the age group of 35-59. All the non-working males and the one non-working female are in the age group of 15-34 (Table 51)_ . 1 I. Of the 24 males staying outside, 17 ate never married and 7 are married and among the 8 females, 6 are never married and 2 are married. Thus 23 of the 32 members who are staying outside are n'ever married. Among the 17 never married males, 14 are sons of the heads of households while 3 are brothers. Among the 6 never married females, 4 are sisters of heads of household and 2 art" daughters. Among th'e 7 married males ~taying outside. 4 are sons and 3 are fathers of heads of house hold (Table 53). Among the non-workers staying outside, 9 males and one female are never marri~d and all are full-time students (Table 54). Among the workers staying outside, 10 males and 7 females are neither receiv-ing mon'e}, from home nor sending money to home (Table .12). FREQUENCY OF VISIT TO RURAL /\REAS BY MEMHERS OF TIlE . HOUSE-HOLDS DURING LAST YEAR 12. People of almost all communities have marital alliances with people of the sam'e caste in the neighbouring villages of Bhongir. On occasions like marriages, o b,'-,cquies, etc., people of this town go t9 the villages. Some of the Brahmins, Munnurukapus and Vanjaras have lands in the neighbouring villages. They go to the villages to collect rent or to see the standing crops and supervise the agricultural operations. 13. People of the villages visit the town for a number of purposes like steing the relatives, attending marriages and other ceremonies, wor~ in the taluk office and other offices, visiting cinema. court work, to sell agricultural produce, to purchase commodities, manures, 'etc. ' 14. The following statement shows the frequency of visit hI,' members of households in the town to rural areas in the neighbourhood of the tOWlI. 174 Statement VD-(6) ,FREQUENCY OF VISIT TO RURAL AREAS BY MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD DURING LAST YEAR 8t. CastelCommltllity Friquen~v of llisit No. .---~- ."it 1-3 times 4-6 times more than Remarks 6 times 2 3 4 5 6 7 I. Bestha I :> 2. Brahmin 2 I 3. Chakali 3 2 4. Darji 5. Golla 3 6 U. Goundla -t 7. Kamma 8. Kapu 1 9. Kummari 7 10. Mala 5 11. Mangali 1 2 12. Madiga 28 13. Munnurkapu 6 13 1 14. Mudil'aj 18 1 2 15. Naidu I 16. Padma sali 7 17. Reddy 2 J8. Sathani 1 19. Val1jara 4- 7 20. Viswabrahmin 1 21. Vysya 3. 14 3 22. Muslim 36 23. Christian ---_---_.- Total 123 69 7 15. Members of as many as 123 households of different ·castes in the town did not visit any relatives in rural areas in the neighbourhood of the town. People of 69 households be .longing to different castes visited rural areas ranging from 1 to 3 times while members of 7 households have visited rural 175 ,If{':as 4 to 6 times and members of one household of Vysya visited rural areas more than 6 times during last year. 16. Statement VII--(7) shows the frequency of visit to the rural areas by members of the households in the town by Caste/Community. Statement Vll-(7) RVRAL LINKAGE-FREQUENCY OF VISIT BY PEOPLE FROM RVRAL AREAS DURING LAST YEAR ')1. Caste!Community Frtquenq f!f being visited NG. ------"---_._ AiL 1-3 limes 4-6 times More than Remarks 6 times 2 3 4 5 6 7 l. Bestha 5 2. Brahmin 2 3 Chakali 1 4 Darji 1 5. Golla 9 6. Goundb 5 7. Karoma 8. Kapu 9. ,Kummari 7 10. Mala 5 11. Mangali 1 2 12. Madlga 28 13. MunnuruKapu 1 l!'l 14. Mudiraj 19 1 15. Naidu 1 16. Padma sali 6 17. Reddi 1 18. Sathani 1 19. Vanjara ... 7 20. Viswabrahmin 2 21. Vysya 3 18 22. Christian 23. Muslim 36 ------Total llZ 87 176 The statement above shows that 87 of th'e 200 households surveyed have been visited by people of the neighbouring villages during last year and the number of visits ranged from 1 to 3. One household of Mudiraj caste was visited by people from rural areas in the neighbourhood for 4 to 6 times while 112 households were not visited by anyone. It appears that all the 28 Madiga households, 1, 7 and 5 households of Kapu, Kummari and Mala castes respectively did not have contacts with any Yillages outside the town. All except one of the 36 M llslim households were not visited by relatives. lRAVEL INDEX 17. People VISIt other places-villages, towns, cities to meet some sott of social obligations viz., making courtesy calls on relatives, to fulfil certain social customs; on account of having some economic bonds like supervising lands, buildings, other properties to receive rents, on account of business transac tiqns, money dealings, remittances, etc. Places like the Taluk and District headquarters are visited for land revenue and related matters, to make purchases. etc. Some people show in terest in seeing pilgrim centres, place!> of religious imparlance, some for sight seeing, etc. Howe\'er, travel widens kllmdedgF of pel sons. The place at a maximum distance visited h' a person from the referent place (here Bhongir Lmvn) is his, rave! index. 18. Travel Index is obtained by adding up the maximum distance travelled by all persons aged above 5 years divided bv the number of persons aged above 5 years. In the following paragraphs, travel index by locality by sex, by caste (community and sex. by religion and sex, and by language and sex are dis cllssed. 19. Table 83 shows th'e travel index by religion. The travel index per person on average among Hindus is 209.3 kilometres while the same among males and females are 2:;',0.7 Kms., and 117.5 Kms., respectively. Among Christians, the tra vel index per person, per male and female are 177.5 Kms., 213.3 Kms., and 70 Kms., respectively. Information on this item among Muslims in not available. Several.of them might have visited atleast HYderabad Cit". But this is not recorded in the schedules. T ra~el index fo~ people having Telugu as their mother tongue is 207.6 Kms. Among mal~s and females, the same are 278.4 Kms. and 116.3 Kms. respectively (Table 84). 177 20. Taken 1)\ the different localities of the tOWIl, the travel illllex is tile highest among the p'eople of Reddiwada \\~ith S90.7 KJllS., followed by the people of Pochammawada with 410.8 Kms. It appears from Table 81, that people belong ing to Bcsthawada, Harijanwada, Pallewada and Khazi Mohalla have not traveiled to places of consid'crable distances. Females of LB. Colom', Besthawada, Kumrnariwada, Chakaliveedhi, I"OlTlali Ba,lhi', Pocl>allllll 21. Table 82 sh(rl'\'S the travel index of persons by sex and Caste ICommunity. It i~ evident from the table that people of \Iadiga. :\[ala, Kapu, Kummari and Sathani castes among Hilldus and all the ]\fuslims have not travelled to places at coJ1Siderahle distances. Travel index among the Reddy caste is the highest with fl:l7.3 Kms. on average, followed by Viswa brahmins with :i84 Kms. and Kammas with :i70 Kms. Travel· index among Mudiraj community is the minimum with 2.4 Kms. Taken by sex, the maximum distance of 1,:')00 Kms. is found among the males of Kamma caste followed by R'eddis~ with L16:i .Kms. Females among Madiga, Mala, Brahmin, D:trji, Kapu, KUlllmari, ~aictu, Padmasali and Sathani castes. :tud Muslims have not travelled considerable distances. Most of the Hindus, quite probably, might have visited Yadagiri gut tao the famom pilgrim centre and s'eat of Lord Lakshmina rasimha Swamy which is at a distance of 12 Kms. (fl miles). It may be that this being a place at a short distance, several people reported that they ha\ e not travelled any far off places or places at considerable distances. 13-2 Census/ AP /7 4 CII.\PTER VIII ~EIGHBOURHOOD AND COMMU~ITY LIFE A neigbbourhood is a primary informal group consisting of atleast potentially all persons who live in local proximity. ·It is not only a ph;'sical entity but a social and moral entity. If persons living in dose proximity to one another do not recogllise allY social and moral billding in respect of one an otber, the,' do lIot constitute a neighbourhood; what they con stitute is (Jllly a physical conglomeration. On the other hand, persons living away frolll one another without any physical continuity but with social and moral bond~ also do not COD stitute a neighbourbood. What the" only constitute is a com lIlunity. The neighhourhood is the blending of both the physical and social entities. • 2. Thus Bhollgir tOW11 with its rural-urban characteristics Can be considered as one neighbourhood. In so far as it is spread over a continuous area of 2.,j9 Sq.Kms. (1.68 sq. miles) it is a pln ..,ical entity, and certain social and llloral obligations exist among the people of the town. But the social and moral I obligations among the people of the entire town constituting " one physical unit arc not strong and well-knit. Within the to\rn ibeif there arc different areas of habitation inhabited bv different classes and categories of people. Each ar'ea goes by ~ name with a suffix '\Vada' or 'Peta' or 'Pura' all meaning a habitation area specified. The social and moral obligations obtaining among people of different areas differ both in quality and content. There is a hierarchy of social and Illoral obliga tions among the different areas or constellations or habitats. So, within one vast neighbourhood of the entire town; there are different neighbourhoods for different purposes and inter- 4lctions. :1. Each habitation arta i5 usuall \- represented by one dominant ethnic group along with son~e households of other castes or communities. PARTICLTLARS OF DIFFERE:\iT :-.iA'\fED AREAS ."\"'D LOCALITIES OF TH.l TOW:':: 4. The morphological set up of the town and the struc· tural formation of the localities do not contain any foreign dements. The areas in the old town are mark~d by irregular 179 180 and narrol\' pattcl'Jl of ~treets, lanes and bv-Janes while the Ganj area, :1 fecent developmellt. has better planned streets, JlC\\' buildings ~\IId ,tructures housing thc industrial and busi ness ullits. .\lost o[ the named areas in the town go bv the name of the predomillallt commu nity of the habitat or locality. But 1l0lle ()f lhe arca~ i~ exchlsil'Clv inhabited bY a single COill lIl11llit\. A sprinkling of houses of smaller constellations of other collllllunities arc fonnd in almost all the areas. Here also som'e soIL pI pn:fcHl](C i~ showll to li\c amidst or Ilcar the houses of nlle's OW1I caste or COl1l1l111n i ti·es nearer ill the Clsl{: hienard! \ like COlllllllll1ities "'hich arc on par with their own communitj· '\'ilh whom they Clll dine or sit together. This is a dominant rlLral characteristic ill this otherwise rnral-urban town. The named areas in the town arc }\ldpura, Kummarawada, Bahar pet or Xizampet. Pochammawacla, Saim'ada, Tatanagar, Hann- 1l};lll'.\·,;da de. The particulars of 'iOl1lC of the named ;n'LIS ate giYcn below. :-, . .lalil/mYa: This area is on the south-west of the Gani arca and on the northern s;de of thL: old town. This area was Ollce predolllinated b;' rich families of i\I uslim J agirdars. Even noi\' tlrerc arc Jlun\" pabtial buildillgs some of which are in dilapidat{:d condition standing as remnants of their past glOfY. These 1\£ llsli 111.'\ acquired vast cxtcnt~ of hinds alld reputation during the feign of the :\,izam of fhderabad. 'With the 'extinc tion of the :\i,:lm\ rule. the ronl patronage disappeared and their cconomic pmitioll also deteriorated gradually. Some of them sold awaY their building-so homesites and lanos which ,\ere purchased by Hindus. Some of these :Muslim families mig;ratcd to H\derabJd and evell to Pakistan. ~ow considerable llumbcr of Hindu families can be seen in this locality. The HindllS han constructed several new buildings. This is one of the biggest jocalities of the old town with high density of population. O. This ;l1Ta has easy access to tht Hvderahad-\Varal1gal road \\ hid! p,l,ses through the town. It is an agglomeration of old and new bllildings, pucca and Kutcha houses. There arc a c()nsiderable number of palatial houses, some single ,toreyed RCC roofed houses, a large number of tiled houses \rilh mud ,mel brick walls and SOllll' joint ~nllctllfes with (OIl1~ mOl. 1ralb. In this area. there are a felc' households of Brahmin, Golla. Muclir'll, etc.. castes also. 7. KllmmamwnrJa: This area is towards the extrclIle north east of the old town, adjacent to the hillfort and by the side 181 of :;-.J algonda road. This is comparatively a small locality in habited mostlY by KUI11I11aris who are potters by occupation. This habitat is named 'h.uJllmarawada' after the predominant u, tc inhabiting it. 1'11i'; area is congested with hOllses attached with kilns of pottery. clay, unburntpots, potter-wheel, etc. (Fig. 28). Tbe residential structures are mud-walled with tiled roofs. The approach to houses is through narrow lanes .and apertures. The area bcks even moderate hygienic stand arc\,; :1'; ;dl the different phases of pottery like preparation of day. moulding of yesscls Oil the wheels and burning the vessels in the kilns etc., are carried in the front Yards, premises or slll'rollndings of the residential houses. .\part from Kummaris, there arc a few hotlseholds of other Hindll clsles_ s. Xizrull jJI' I OJ' Balwr/Jet: Tills has an appearance of the oldest area of the tOWIl and is situated on the western side of the old toWIl. 'Bahar· in Urdu means outside. As it was outside th'c old tOWll. this area came to be called as Baharpet. This locality comprises a wide area consisting of many Hindu communities eXCt:pt people of Scheduled Castes. A few Muslim households also are Lhere. This habitat is full of ups and downs, narrow and Lig-zag lanes and hy-Ian'es thus obstructing vehi cular traffic. I). People of Yanjara casl'e arc predominant in the ana follml·ed by other Hindu ca~les and ::\Juslims. The Vanjaras cOllStitllte all economically 1ITH·to·do section engaged in mont:y lending and bminess. Some of these people Glrn out money lending husiness in Hyderabad and Seumdcrabcld. The density of population in this locality is medium. 10. Pochrur!1llalL'ada II IUl Sai:.wada: These habitats arc inhabited by Madiga and Mala communities. Pochammawacla is to the SOl1til·w'cst of the old town on th~ road to N algonda and Saiswada is still to the south-west on the same road. These two area~ are segregated by a few y,uds- clistance from other areas. ,\lmost all the houses are mud·walled with thatched roofs with ;1 h:w tiled houses amidst them. Saiswada is inhabited by Malas who used to groom the horses. III Urdu 'sais' means 'OllL '111\1 is inchargc of horses' and hellce it caIlle to be caned as 'Saiswada'_ Pochammawacla might han:: taken its name ill the name of ,h'c villag·e cleil\ PochalllllJa whose temple is located here. II. Tatanagar and lIn 1111 lIIan 1I)ada: Tatal1agar is a new area that has (OIlle up on the northern side of Hyderabad· 182 Warangal Road. This area is mostly inhabited by working ('la~s people and Ch 12. The HanulllalHl'ada is in the ccntral part of the town surrounded by Jalilpura, Baharpct, Reddiwada and Kummara wada. People of Mudiraj caste and a number of other Hindu caste8 inhabit this area. There are a large number of ,mall shops ill this arc a and business is an important occupation. TheIc are all types of residential buildings of old and new cOllstructions. A fe,\' pucca buildings of Vysya pefJple are there in the locality. Considerable number of Gallas also reside in t11 is area. 13. /{nlrlill'ada alld J31a/imimvada: These are two small rcsioelltial arras inhabited b\' a fell' Reddy and Brahmin families respectively bcsides other Hindu c~stes like Vys\a. ~Illnnurukapll etc. These two localities are supposed to be better residential localities of thc town. They are the cultural centres of the town with the elite living ill 'the at'ea. These two areas came to be called after the respective communities of Rrddys and Brahmins predominantly inhabiting the area. 14. The CO/J i ([)'ea: -It is the most important part of the lOlm where the industrial establishments, Public Offices. the ;\Llrket Committee. Banks, Educatiollal Institutions, Rail"", Station. BIlS Stand. meals and coffee hotels. dub etc., arc located. It is an industrial, commercial, cultural and institutional cmtre of the tmm ,\'1Ierc big business people likc the Marwaris, V\s)as :1IIc1 \'alljaras, Gmcrnmcnt officials and Bank cmplo\'l'es, ctC' .. live. The Ganj area is bifurcated by th'e Hyderabad 'Varangal Road. The northern portion of the road is the scene of acti\,it\, of coIlllnercial, industrial and institutional population while the portion to the south of the road and adjoining' the fort hil1()ci:. is nnillly re.;ielclltial. The grmVth of the town is restricted by the railway track and the rocky area toward~ the north <11](1 further expansion of the area i~ possible onlY tml'ards the east. The Feed-mixing Plant and Milk Chilling Centre ha\e been set up in this direction only. The railway line was OJl(e far ~ma' from the residential areas but now the l'1I tire area ; 11 bet we~11 is covered by resid·ences. "Vith the growth of trade and commerce, this' area has contributed to the characteristics of potential urban centre to the town. This area is not caste or community oriented. People of all the three religions reside in the arra harmoniously, The rich Man\'ari, Vys\'a add Valliara castes have considerable number 183 of households in the area apart from other castes and communi ties. 1:>. Thi~ an':a has the structural set up of a planned area. The lanes ~ll1d by-lanes are comparatively wide and the con gcstion is less. 16. hL-\GE OF THE NEIGHBOURHOOD : -The residents of each of the localities, wh'en asked about their views on the locality, expre55ed the inadequac;' of amenities and backwardne55 of the area. The people of better placed localiti'es wanted more facilities to be proyided stating that the facilities at their disposal are l10thillg \rhen compared with those available in Hulerab:ld cin or some other similarly placed towns. 17. The Jalilpura area is considered to be a centrally placed alld beautiful locality of the town. This area was once acclaimed as the rich people's area as only Jagirdars and rich people among the -Muslims with spacious buildings lived here. It was once a religio-cultural centre of activity for Muslims. liut lIOW there are a number of up·coming Hindu households there. Though ,\f uslims continue to be dominant in numerical strength, they lost their superior social status of the Nizam's time. Some of the Muslims of the past generation expressed dissatisfanion at the way in which the streets and lanes are deve· loping and buildings arc constructed. 18. The people of Kummarawada rightly conceive that their area is the most congestt:d and unhygienic part of the town. They are aware that their meagre earnings would not help ill improving their economic and ecological conditions and they bank upon the local Municipal authority and govern mellL to effect improvements in this locality. 19. People ot Bah at pet consider that their area is modera teh placed in nespect of amenities. Some people expr'essed tbat this area would be satisfactory in respect of amenities if a few comtluCli()J1 works like laying of roads, drainage and some sanitan improvements are taken up. 20. Podlammawada and Saiswada, as has already been stated, are inhabited by the l\Iadiga and Mala castes \~ho are down-trodden socially and economically. People of th'e older generation content themselves with what they have and those of the modern generation are conscious of. th'eir social and economic backwardne:% "·.ld have a feding that the Govern- 184 ment should do something to alleviate them from the moras~ of ponTn' and the thraldom of social degradation. 21. People of Reddiwada and Brahminw3da have the mini· mum necessities fulfilled to a large extent. They also have a good shopping facility. The Elementary and High Schools are dose to get their children educated. Ganj area is a locality where most of the ameniti'es of urban life are available. It i~ a cosmopolitan area and the cultural centre of the tmrn apart from being a ce1ltre of trade and commerce institutes and (;overnmcnt offixes. It is agt'Ccd by all sections that life in this area is less problematic and more conducive for decent domestic life. RELlCIOCS, ()'LTIX~L \:\n SOcr~L ACTIVITIES WITHI:\, THE LOCALITY. 22. Social ceremonies like marriage. obsequi'es etc., are atte1lded by peoplc of the caste within the neighbourhood. U slIally the concept of a neighbourhood also changes from purpose to purpos'e and from community to cnmmunity and also depends Oil the economic statns and social linkage of persorH. Somc people extend invitations not only to people of their (mn community hut also to the people belonging to castes 'which are Oll lllorc ()i' les~ eaual footing with them and at times friendship is counted upon more than caste or community. Some rich people eXt'end invltations to people of their com munity throughout the town, i.rrespective of neighbourhoods. People with wider social contacts apart from inviting the people of their own caste in the neighbourhood. also invite all illHuentiaI people in the town, irrespective of caste or COllJllItll1ity. Government employees, wh'en thev celehrate social <:clebratlol1S like maniagcs of their sons or daughters. invite all high officials while birthdav patties of their children range from confining to their dose kith and kin and dosest friends to a wide circle of mperior and subordinate officials. 23. Festivals like Ugadi) Sankranti, Sri Rama NavamL Dasara) DeetJ{("(Iali, Villa)'aka Chavithi are celebrated by Hindus at household level and at neighbourhood level. :For U gadi) Panchanga Smvanam (listening to the almanac, the fortunes and prosP(~ct, of the year) is rendered in a gathering of people of certain neighbourhoods. For Sri Rama Na1.1ami festival pana Jwrn (spiced jaggefY water) and vadaplLf;/Ju (soaked green gTam) arc distributed in some important centres at community 18~ lcvd b\ raisillg Ulntribntiom. For Dasnra J Harihat/t(ls zue arranged in ,Ollle centres of the town. For Atlathaddi festival, cradles are arrallg'ed in two or three centres of the town and ladies and girls offer worship to Gowride\'i and swing in the cradles. 24. Cultural actIvIties like dramas, Burrahalhas, Harika t has, ?If usical collcerts, KaDiSfl 111 mela liS (poet gathering) etc.. are generally arranged under the auspices of the 'Bharateeya Sam skrithika Samithi' in Reddiwada, This is the most important cultural centre of the town. Irrespective of neighbourhood, caste, comnmnit\, etc., people of all communities witness the programmes, ~\IllsliIllS of different localities go to the nearest among the 8 l\lasjids in different localities ill the town to offer daily 'N ama7' and Friday sp'ecial pra;-ers. They celebrate the 'Vrs' of different 'Peers' and offer free fcedillg to hundreds of Muslims at the Masjicls or Dargas. 2:;, All the Muslims in the town congregate at the 'Idga' 26. Christiam celebrate the New Year's dav, Christmas and Good Friday. They congregate in the 'Bibl~ School and Church' in the Ganj on all Sundays to offer prayers and on Festival days. NEIl:IIBOnU!OOD ,\:\1) AV.>.IL\BTLITY OF F\C:ILlTlES .\:\D SFR\ TCES '27. Erll/{'aliollal Facilities: -Among the 200 households covered by the survey, 74 howieholds are not in need of avail ing the facility of education at primary level in the localitv. Of the 126 members who are in need of sending their children to primary school, fiO households are availing the facilitv avail able in the locality and GG households are availing it in ()ther localities of the lown (Table :';6). 28. FiftYOllC households are in need of sending their children to Secondary or High SchooL Thirty sevell of them are sending their children to the High School nearer to their houses (i.e. in the locality) while 14 are sending their children to the high schools in other localities of the town (Table '07). 186 29. While sending their children to primary or secondary s'chool, most of the people have gone: by the c(Jnsideration of nearness of the school while considcr 30. Three households-one each of Kamma, Reddy and Padmasali have sen t their children to H \derahad cit)' for post sccondan education, as the faeilit\, is not available in the town and as H\derabad city is the nearest centre available (Table 58). g I. Oil" one Redd, household was in need of sending a member of the household to post-graduate education and he WaS sent to Hwletabad to avail the facilih' as it was the nearest plan: (Tabk :)·~l). . ;l~. Medical jacilitie5: There is one Government Civil Hospital and 2 priyate clinics that go b\' the allopathic system of treatment. i\part from this, the service of two HOllloeopathic dOClors, ~ Unani Hakims and 3 Anuvedic doeturs arc available to the people of the town. ' ,;?. Among the 200 hou~'eholders interviewed, as many as I DO hOllseholders haye availed themselves of the facility available ill the tOlm while for another !) householders, the facility is available in the neighbourhood. All 'except one of the '200 homcholclers have availed of the medical facilities available in the town (Table GO). ,11. As many as 1 ~)t, of the 200 homeholders have taken to allopathic tn:atll'lellt and 7'2 households h;ne taken to A\ til \uiic 0\ ~;lt::l\ oi treatmellt \\'hilc :2 households have taken to sOllie 1111- li.ulln\ S\otCllI of treatment. It is 'evident from table (i j that a good lllmlbcr of households have taken to both Allopathic and ,\\llrn:clic sYstem, of treatment. ,F,. P1/ rcitn.I(' or com mor/illes within and outside the neigh /}()Hrl/()or/: SOIlle well-to-do people purchase commorlilics in bulk fwm wholesale sl\ops OIlC'f' in 2 or 3 months while the poorer sections of poptllation who earn daily wages, purchase their domestic consumption goods daily or once in 2 or 3 days while the salaried or fixed income earners purchase some com rnoditi'es once in a month while purchasing some items of perishahle Ilature like vegetables, milk etc., daily or once in 2 or ~ days. 187 36. Purchase of fish and meat: Fresh pond and tank fish are available in the town. Apart from fresh fish, dry fish is alsO' 40. PU'rlOlI/ill{/llt o((,lItHlfion of the /o(ality/u'ard; Ollh 14 of the 200 persons expressed their views about the prodomin ant occllpation of the locality or ward. The Kamma household is of the view that agriculture is the predominant occupation of the locality. One Christian household expressed that GISllal labour is the predominant occupation of his locality, 2 houst: holds-one each of the Bestha and Christian expressed that Go ycrnmcnt employees are more in number in their localit:· or while lO households-4 of Vysya, 2 of Viswabrahmin and one each of Brahmin, Golla, Munnurukapu and Padmasali expressed that business is the predominant occupation of their localities or wards (Tahle 64). Predomirul1It cUmic or ca.lle group in (he localit), or ward. 4], When asked about their views about th'e predominant ethnic group, most of the interviewers cxpressed that their OWIl 138 caste is the prcdolllinall t group in the locality or ward, perhaps rightly too. Of th\: 1G6 interviewees, 36 persons hold that IvIus· lims arc the predominant community in their localities. Thirty two of these interviewees are Muslims while 4 belong to other castes. All the 27 ~Jadiga householders told tbat their's is the predominant caste group in their locality since only ~hcligas liye in Pochammawada, their habitat. Twenty two and 23 in formants expressed that Munnurukapu and ~illdiraj castes are predominant in their localities of whom J7 and 16 informants belong to the two respective castes while the remainillg ;) and 7 informal] ts belong to other communities, The other commu niLie~ which claimed their predominancy in the respect ive areas are Vanjara, ::\f ala, VYs"a, Golla, Bestha, Brahmin, Padmasali, \htl,gali. Cb;lbli. Coundla. Redd} and Kamsali (Vis\\'abrahmin) (Tabl~ G;j). CHAPTER IX ORGA"ISATIOl' OF POWER c\l''':D PRES ftC):. During the reign or the Nizam of Hyderabad, r..ruslim Jagirclars and the local laud-lords enjoyed much power and prestige. With the abolition of Zamindari and J agirdari S\s [elllS, the riell and afIluellt Muslims of the town who happened LU be rcntiers of vast extents of lauds began to liyc on tbc~ir pa~( sariugs 1\ ithout taking to allY ecollomic activit~·. They had to sell ,rway their lands and nen jewellery, as spending habits remained constant while eamings went dowll. Witb the change ill their economic status, the social status and poE tical power abo walled down gradually. Some of the alliuclli people ,llllong Hindu cOlllmunities also used Lo bank upon the g'ood-will and patronage of the Muslim Sardars. Slowly, the l\J uslilll feudal set up ~'ielded place to the rich landlord, and busi!less people of the ,\Iunl1urukapu, \'alljdra, \\'~'a and Reddi. castes. :!. The Communists exploited the changing scene and <.hampioned the cause of the poor and led lllallY mass mo\e· ments against the Zamindars and Jagil'dars thus d01llinClling the political scene of the entire district from 19:")2 to 19li::. A popular leader of the Communist .\foYcment, Sri R;lyi :.; ;n-:! yana Redd\, a [()rmer member of Lok Sabha who won tile ] ~):.,~ Lok Sabha elections with a record majority in the eutire ("{)lli' In ha ileel from this district. All the AssemblY and Lok Sahlia seats in Nalgonda district were held by the COlnl1l1111j',l 1';11 l\ of India during 19:i2 elections. The Congress leaders who mn tributed to the i\'ational Liberation Movement could not with stand tbe powerful and organised leadership of the Comlllunist Party. 3. III the ]907 General Elections, all except one 'Scat in the district ,I-ere held by the Communist parl\, In l%~ c]{'c- - tiOllS, 2 scats were won by the Congress party. In the 1%7 General EleniollS for tbe Assembh and Lok Sabha, Sri honda Laxman Bapuji, a leader of the C'ongress party and a fmmdcr· leader of the Handloom Weavers' Congress won the Hhongir AssemblY scat while the Nalgonda Lok Sabba seat of \\'hieh Bhongi}' Assembly seat is one of the constituent unit!; wa, WOll by Sri I\fohal1l111cd '(un us Salim. Sri Laxman Bapuji be{~l;ne a Minister in the Andhra Pradesh GOYernment while Sri Ynnm Salim became a Deputy Minister for Law in the GoYCrnmelll 189 190 of India. At these elections, all except 2 Assembly seats ill the district were won by the Congress party. One or two wars before the ] 9ti7 elections, the internal struggle in the COllllllU- ,Ilist part\' had split the ranks of the party into extremists and moderates who formed tbe Communist party (Marxist) and the Communist Party of India, respectively. This split in the Com mUll ist part \' gaye ~cope for the Congress party to come up in between, as the neutral voters were swan~d away by the swing in favour of the Congress party, 4. The leadership of tlle Communist party was and has been ill the hands of rural elite of the middle and lower middle dasses while the leadership of the Congress party was and has been in the hands of middle class peasantry and educated dite. ;). In 19!i9, a IllO\'emcnt for the formation of Separate Telangana State came up and gathered momentum. In the recent 1971 Lok Sabha eJections, the N algonda Lok Sahha seat was won by a nominee of the Telangana Praja Samithi (party sponsored by the Separatists) while the other parliamentary seat, .,iz., \'1il'yalguda constituency seat wa, won by a l\[3.rxist Com munist candidate. These elections, all over the country except the Telangana area of Andhra Pradesh, were swayed away by the oyer-whelming 'Indira '!\Tave' while in the Telangana area it was otherwise, Tell of the 14 Lok Sabha seats were won by the nominees of the Telangalla Praja Samithi, the proto gonists of a Separate Telangana State. G. But within a few months after their success in the Lok Sahha electiollS, the Praja Samithi leadership took a decision to merge with the Congress party and the Praia Samithi leaden joined the Congress party en. mase with the dissolution of Praia Samithi. In February, 1972, elections were held for the Assembly and the Congress party won all except three seats. This is the back~round of events that had taken place ill geneol and in the district. 7. Before a study of the organisation of power and pre5ti~e confined to Bhongir town is made. it is necessarv to know tll!' concepts of power and prestige. The centre to the concept of respected persom is 'prestige' and on the other hand the centre to the concept of influential persons is 'power'. Thus a poet, a novelist or a s<'ientist mav be a very respected person in the neighbourhoDd or in the town. On the other hand, the Chair man of the Municipality, a Member of the Legislative Assem- 191 illY or the leader of a Political Part" may be a most influential person. The same person may be most' respected both in I he neighbourhood as well as in the town. It is also possible that the same person is not onh the most inHuential person hnt abo the most prestigiolls or respected person. l-l. }< if tv respondents have been contacted to elicit informa tion with regard to influential and powerful persons at the neighbourhood len~l and at the town level. Apart from this illformatioll, the results of the Municipal elections at ward !eyd enable us to analYse the factors that haye contributed towards the success of ca;ldidates at the llei~h hourhood level. The elections held for the Assembly and Lok Sabha help us to know the factors of power and influence at town level. RESPECTED PERSO:-;S 1:\ TIlE :;'\'F:LGIII)()CRIIOOD !). There is no uniformity in the concept of neighbourhood as expres~ed by different persons interviewed, Thirty-one neigh bourhoods have been listed out as given out by different infor I1ElI1IS. hut these arc not actuallY ll'eighbourhoods of either wards or localities of physical, social alld moral entities but they arc small comtituent units within a neighbourhood varying froIl! a constellation of a few caste households to a demarcated street or road boundary or a municipal ward or even 2 or 3 conti)l;uous wards where some sort of ph\'sical, social and moral entities have been established at personal levcl. So a clcar-cut concept of fl neighbomhood did not emerge from what has been gathered from the informants, 10. In each of the 31 neighbourhoods, names of 2 to ;j persons have been mentioned (Table 66). As can be seen from different tables (67 to 71) educated persons. moderately rich people who help others in times of need, persons who hehave well with others in theiT social dealings. some of th: advocates who are knowledgeable and who are easily accessible and some agriculturists are considered as respected persons. The informants, when asked about some particulars like tJle religion, age, caste. education, occupation and office held, if any, bv the respected persons. gave out satisfactory answers. INFLUENTIAL PERSONS IN THE NEIGHROURHOOD 11. When asked ab.:ut the names of influential persons in dle neighbourhood, apan from some persons holding offices 192 01 pOII'cr like l\Iullicipal Councillors, some respected persons \\ilo earned reputation by virtue of being good and doing good to ()th{~rs, \dlO belong to rich and middle classes of society, who La 11 illil uence a sector of the voters through their support to particular candidates on "'hose support a contesting candidate call iJank UpOI! [or cOllsiderable number of Yotes arc comiderecl as influential persons. Some informants gave the names of good persolls or rich persons in the neighbourhood among their respecti\(:.: castes as influential persons. The advocates and donors are considercd by many as influential persons. 1::. Education, wealth. familY hackground. amicability or sociabilin. personal illtegritY, position and pmlcr arc considered ;'s cOllStitllents of respect and inliuellce as well. A clear cut dellUl"c:ltiol} of rcspect and inflllcnce has not been possible. III ~()llle casc~. people who do not comllland Illuch respect bom their (;\,tc people or people of the lleighbourhood, ,l'llO hayc dC'Tlo]ll'd ,()Ille contacb with persolls ill pO\HT or autho rity "ithin the town or ill Hvderabad city and who can get certain things dout', are also considered as influential persons. For a lJ1 J'O\\'FR \:\D PIU~STlr;F AT THE Tow:\, LEYEL l~\. The informants. when asked to list out :) Jespected persons at the town level. :"i0 informants sug'gestcd Gl names. The first :", happened to be the ;\111nicipal Chairman, the Pan ('ha~ ,tl S:llllithi Presiclellt. a \\'ell-to-clo Homoeopathic doctor, the Mllnicipal Vice-Chairman (Tables 72-77) and an arh'ocate. :4. The Municipal Chairman about whom mention has alreadY been made is considered to be a man of integrity and is easily accessible and sociablc. He ha~; sOme lands and is an agricultnrist by occupation. He is considered as the suit· able person to govern the Municipal Council. In the prcs tige score, all the :,)0 informants held regard for him and his namc came at the quick of the tongue. In the multi-C'thnic composition of the Municipal Councillors, the Congress party won 12 of the 20 seats and 3 seats were won by the Dissident Congres~ who also support the Congress party.' By virtue of his good qualities a1ld his association with the Congress party 193 since the beginning of his political career, he has bet>n chosen Ol.S the Municipal Chairman. 15. The person who scored next wah 32 informants citing him is an enthusiastic young man. He is a graduate aged 30 years and an agricultmist by occupation. He became the Panchavat President of his native village and was chosen as the President of the Panchayat Samithi. After becominp; Samithi President, he settled in this town itself and gained recognition within no time. He belong'S to the Kapu caste and he has access to higher authorities and men of power at Hvderabad. He rose to the district level leadership and be· carne President of the District COllgress Party. The -Municipal Chairman alld himself move closely and work tog'ether in providing amenities to the town. ' , 16. The person who scored the third position is a Homoeo pathic doctor. He is a :Municipal Councillor. He belongs to Padmasali caste. He has earned well in his profession and IS known for his philanthrophy. 17. The fourth score was seemed bv the Municipal Vice· Chairman. He belongs to Munnurukapu caste, one of the dominant castes in the town. He is aged about 33 and studied upto VII class. Agriculture is his occupation. He is an enthu si-astic and fairlY well-to-do person and was chosen as Muni cipal Vice-Chairman unanimouslY as a nominee of the Cong ress party. 18. The fifth score was won by a Hindu Brahmin. who holds B.A. and LL.B. degrees and darned a good name in his profession as an advocate. He is a local ledder of the Jan Sangh party_ 19. Apart from the above i) people who stood in order, there are a number of service-minded, well educated persons. political workers. advocates and doctors who hold respect and considerable influence. The names of persons who scored the first :) ranks were suggested at the time of survey and the prestige score of the same persons may change from time to time. MUNICIPAL ELECTIO~S 20. For electing representatives to the Municipal Council, the entire town was divided into 15 wards to elect 20 members 14-2 Cemus(AP/71 194 011 the basis of population during 1961 Census. "Vard nnm hers 4, 6 and l:i were bifurcat{~d into sub-wards to elect ~~ ladY representati\'cs in addition to the unreserved seats. Similarly, V\Tard Kumhers 7 and 12 were bifurcated into 2 unresened seats and 2 seats reserved for Sched uled Castes. 21. Thus the 15 wards were arranged into 20 seats to elecl 1:-) unreserved candl(iates, ~\ lady candidates (Resern d) aud 2 Scheduled Caste (Reseryed) candidates. 22. The candidates did not contest on part\' symbol,. Hut most of them owe sl rong allegiance to the political p 2:\, .\ maximulll number of G cllldidates cOlILestccl for one scat while 8 seats ,rere cuntested by 4 candidates each, 4 seals were contested bv :) candidates each, 4 seat~ were con tested by ~ candidates each, while for 3 seats there were straig'ht contests. The pobri'Sation of forces at the time of elections continued later also and pan;: affiliatiollS arc tagged on to the memhers. The party position as ascertained from know ledgeahle persons in the contest and success in the elections is as shoWII below: ~flme of Party .No. of seats No. of contested ;,C'ats won (1\, I (2) f3\ 1 . Congress Party 20 12 2. Communist Party oflndia 14 3 3. Dissident Congress Party 16 3 '1:. Communist Party (~Iiuxi~t) 2 5. Jan Sangh 3 6. Indepmdents 16 TOTAL 76 20 24. For each seat, on an average 4 candidates contest,. d. The Congress party contested all the 20 seats and won 12 seats while lhe Dissident Congress candidatf's 'who weTe denied Congress party tickets, contested as Dissident Congress candi dates for J (i seats and won 3 seats. The Communist Part.y ":)f India contested 14 seats and won 5 seats while the Con{ :nunist Party (J\larxist) COli tested 2 ~eats and lost both. The 195 Jan Sallgh and Illdep(:lldents contested 8 and }6 seats respec tiyely and failed to 'Secure ewn one seat. 2:). Of the E) umesen cd ,eats, the areas of S ~cats arc dominated by middle class people while 6 arc dominated by llpper class people and one is dominated by poor people. ]\' inc of these seats were won by the Cong-ress party while 4 are 'Hm by the C:omrlllillist Party of India and 2 are won by Dissidellt Congress. Of the :i seats won by the Commullist party. lhn.:~ arc dominated bv middle class areas, while two arc dominated by the poor da:;, areas. ,\mong the !I seats held In' the Congress part\, :1 are dominated hv middle class ~m :(-; ~,'Il(i <1 an~ dominatcd by lIpper class area'). Both the seats held by the Dissident Congress candidates are dominated hy upper (-]ass people. 2G. Of the ~~ lady seat~, 2 arc dominated by poor class people while ) j, dominated by middle class people. The middle class area is dominated by other Hindus. This scat wa~ won by Congre);s candidate belonging' to :1\1 udiraj caste. -l~l~: other:! poor class areas wen: each WOIl by C()llgre.~s party and Communist (i\[arxi~t) candidates. They belong to :\IIudiraj alld KUlllmari castes, and tlH::se arc OlIC of the domillant castes ill the respective areas. 27. The 2 seats reseryed for the Scheduled Castes are da minated bv poor class people and they arc Madigas. These '2 seats ,,'cre \\'011 hy 2 Madigas belonging to the Congress pany. 2:-\. Of the l:i ullrc);cned scats, 13 scats were ,ron by candidates belonging to the respective dominant castes in the areas. Of these 1 fl seats, 2 each of the areas are dominated bv .\1 Ul1llllfllKapu, Tclaga, Brahmin and Vanjara castes while 0;1C l,!('il i, clolllinatecl b\- Colla. \',sva. ~Illdirai ,l1]d PaJrna sali castcs ;mel one was won bY the Muslims while. 6thel Hindus and Muslims equalh- arc in dominant position_ In one area w'here Vysya caste is dominant. a Dissident Congress candidate won the seat as the 2 Vysvas who contested the seat split the yotes among them. while the Padma,ali COll teSl 2 are Mnnnurukapus and the last one a Reddy belonging to Dissident Congress party. LADIES' SEn~ 29. In Olle of the wards reserved for ladies, Mudiraj and Scheduled Caste people are in dominant number. The area is a poor class area. A :Mudiraj woman belonging to Com munist Part\· of India WOIl the seat. In all()ther ward where Kummaris and Vanjaras are in dominant number and which i~ also a poor class area. a Kmnmari woman belonging to Con gress part\' WOIl the seat. The third seat reserved for ladies is a middle class area. It is dominated by other Hindus can· sisting of a Humber of castes. The scat is won by 2. ~Iudiraj woman belonging to Congress party. SCHEDULED C~S'1 E (RESERYED) SE~TS 30, Both the areas are poor class areas. Madigas are do· minant in the area though there are a considerable number of Malas. Both the seats are contested and won bY Madig;as belonging to Congress party. The other contestants' belong' to [lidcucJl(km (~) and Communist Party of India (1). 31. An analysis of the various socio-economic factors lead& to the conclusion that caste and political affiliations h:lve played a significant role in electing members to the local Muni cipality which plays an important role in the day-to-day admi nistration of the town life. 32. While this being so. in choosing the Chairman of the Municipality, a respected dded,' Brahmin who is a graduate and who worked in the National Liberation Struggle has been preferred to all. The Vice-Chairman belongs to the Munnuru. kapu caste which is another numerically dominant caste, a caste of cultivators and business people, and is a respected g-entlemall. Botre the Chairman and the Vice-Chairman were elected unanimously_ Both these gentlemen command respect and influence at the town level. POLJrrCAL ORCA:\IS nJOXS AlXD ELECTIO'l;S 33. The Communist Party of India and the Bharateeva JaJn Sangh hare their offices' in the town. The taInl office of Communist Party of India is located in the Ganj and housed in a rented building at a monthlY rent of R:s. 12. It is in existence since ] 948_ The aims and objectires of the 197 party are quite well known. The 'Rythu Sangham'-a Kisan (peasant) orgalli~ati()ll, afrilia[cd to the A.ll ] Ildia Kisan Sabha, a sister organisation of the Communist Party is also housed hne. Thc party nC""p:1Pcr 'Visalandhra' (Tclu?;ll) and other literature connected 11'ith Communism (in English and Telegu) are received by the office. Sri Mushyam Prakash Rao and Sri Kola Kishen, local party leaders and Municipal Councillors lead the Municipal 'Workers' Union, the Road (Gang) Workers' Union and the Rickshaw Workers' Union. The party led many agitations and attempted land reforms in its own way and it fOll[!;ht agaimt the :\,iL :>1. The party is fUllctioning since 1%:; in the town. It is housed in a rented room in the Ganj area at a monthly rent of Rs. 40. There were l:iO members OIl roll ill 1%8'. PrcserYation of ancient Indian culture and traditions; pro nl()t; ')11 of 11 alion al i st spirit, strivi llg for economic self-sufficiency and establishing an independent political policy are the main dims of the party. The party entered the election fray aud contested the i\lunicipal Council seats through its nominees and for the Assembl\' and Lok Sahha seats in 1967 and 1971-,2, hut could not seClire a single seat. 'FJ. The party bas an artive cadre of workers but it failed to appeal the masses, Hm\'cvcr, it has gained considerable strength and support from the educated people and profes sionals. Sarvasri Raghavula Satbaiah, Codala Adinarayana, G. SatYanara\ana and Pulimamidi Balahishna Redd" are the leading {iglln:~s of the party. They haye set Lip part): units in mallY villages of the taluk. 192 OIlIFR I'.\[HIES· ,ill. The Communist Party ('\Iarxist) and the Swatantra Party haw some strength but they have no local offices. The Congress Part;, which is the rulillg pall\' or the Slate since the fonnatioll of _\ndbra Pradesh State in I q,iil, ha" no local office ill the town. Howe\cr. it has wrested the Bhol1gir As sembly scat at the J%7 and ]1)72 eiediolls also. \'OTI~G BEH.,\YlOUR OF THE PEOPLE OF BHO:\'GIR .\T THE _~SSE:\IBLY A~D LOK S.\13HA ELECTIOI\S: BIl(I'\CIR _\ssnrgLY ("WII\:,\ S \1111\) I ~)fl'7 GE"ER \L EU:CI'(tl",S: ~7. H{1(}\1i!iir As~emhh ronsti\ neney c{)mprise~ Bhongil tOirn and sOllle \'illage~ ill the taluk. .\t the hltlrth General elections held in f'ebruan', 196'7, the tOlal number of \ alid \OleS polled i~ 49,.'11·1 out' of which valid votes polled ilJ the I ~ polling booths of the town are tV) I :1. Polling bootb, in the town are scrialh llumbered frolll 22 to 33. Of the I:: booths to tbe accordilwn socio-economic cat{,aon~ . of the tm-rn's IJopula- tion. the areas arc classified as poor dass, middle das& and upper class, Three areas belong to both poor and upper classes while areas of 6 booths belong to middle class. Of tilt 3 pOOl' class areas, one is dominated by Scheduled Caste people al1d other Hindus. one is dominated exdusiYcly by Scheduled Caste people and the last one is dominated 1)\ other Hindus. Of the 3 upper class areas, 2 are predominantly Hindu areas and one is a comhination of Hindus and :Muslillb. ;\11 the (i middle class areas are dominated by the people of Hindu castes, SeYCIl candida,e~ contested the ,e;\L Five candidates contested 011 all India party labels and S; candidates contested as Inde· pendents. :lB, S fSri C;.· i\dinar;nall :~!I. A. perusal of the result sheet (Appendix VII) shows that the yoters did not go by the natiyity or caste of the camE dates. The Congress candidate who is a Padmasali by ca~te (other Hindu) and ,,,ho does not belong to the area got maxi· mUIll percentage of Yotes (76.2:1 %) in the booth ,I'here poor class and S.C. people predominate. He got the low percelltag<> of yoters (62 .. )7~;.) ill the booth ,,'here other Hindus of class poor, predominate. Hut he secured more thim half o[ the total \'alid vote~ polled in all lhe pollillg booths in the tOWI1. In the tOWll area. he secured 6H% (more than two-thirds) of the yalid \otl'S pulled. The Cornllluni~t party candidate who is other Hindu (Kapu-Redch) alld who was a sitting :\LL.A. came next with 1.221 votes (IH.74%) in the town. The COlllmunist (l\larxist) candidate carne third ,,'ith :m~ votes. The entire Assem bh comtituency taken together, the successful CongI'css Gllldidate secured :j(j.I 7c:;) while the c.p.r. candidate secured 27.'iQo;. of the vot.es. The Jan Sang-h, SWatantra and C.P.J. (i\I arxist) party candidates secured 1.19%, 1.6 % ;md H.g ('{) respectiyely. The two Independent candidates senlred 2.73 (l{) and 2.22~~ of the nlid Yotes (Table %). 40. The C.P.I. and the .lana Sallgh have set up their party offices in the town. The Congress party did not h;l\"e a part, office in the town. The existence of a local party unit (office) by itself is not a significant factor in determilling the deci~ion mak.ing process of the voters of the town. ]\'"~LC():\,D\ Lor;. S.\RTL\ (P<\RT.IAME:'>T) Eu:c:rrONS. 1967 FEIIIW.~RY " 41. Elections for the Yic1han Sa hha alld Lok Sahha wrre held at the same time. The polling hooths abo were the same. Earh Yoter was given 2 ballot papers-one for the As semblv seat and another for the Lok Sahha seat. zoo 42. Four candidates contested the seat on behalf of four political parties. Sri BOlllmagani Dharma Bhiksham belonging to the other Hindu (Goundla) caste contested on C.P.I. ticket. He hails from Surppet, another taluk headquarters town in the same district. He was a sitting member of the Assembh, b,' th<~t time. Sri Patak Pelltoji Rao, belonging to other Hilldu casl<: hails from :'-i algollda town and contested Oil behalf of Jana Sal1gh party. Sri Muddasani Venkatanarasa Reddy cun tested as c.P.L (Marxist) candidate and hails from Ramannapet taluk. -tl. Sri l\Iohammad Yunus Salim, an educated ~I Llslim contested as a candidate of the Congress partv and hails from Hyderabad city. Sri Salim secured 68.34% of the valid VOteS polled in the town while the C.P.I. candidate secured 19.97% of the votes while the lana Sangh and C. P. I. (Marxist) calldi dates secured 6.87(;6 and 4.82% of the valid votes polkd in the town. Of all the valid votes polled in the Lok Sabha con stituenc\, the Congress candidate secured :14.4:> % ot thE votes while the c.p .1., Jana Sangh and c.P.!, (M) candidates secured 24.88%, 7.84":) and 12.83% votes re~pectiveh. A comparison of the percentage of votes polled by different candidates shmvs that the Congress candidate polled 13.89 % more in the town than the percentage of votes polled by him in the entire con stituenCY. All the other g candidates fared better in other areas ot' the comtitucncy thall in the town (A ppendix VIII). 4'1. It is evident from the foregone paras that the voters were neither swayed away by religion, caste, location of party office, the socio-ecollomic hackground nor the llati\'ity of the contesting; candidates. They favoured Congress party at large. From 1946 to 1962 (i.e., till the 1967 elections), Communist Party of India dominated the political area of the district. How eyer, the split in the Communist Party of India into c.P.I. (Right) and C.P.I. (1\Iarxist) dealt a death blow to the part}'. ::\Tot only the party votes "'ere split between the two £anions but the neutral votes whicli usually go in [avow:, of 'winning candidates also went in favour of the Congress part\' and thus Congress party s'Ccured overwhelming victorie5~ CHAPTER X LEISURE 1\2'\D RECRE.\ TIO~, SOCIAL P.·\RTICIPl\TIO:-.! SOCIAL AWAREKESS, RELIGION A~D CRIl\lE Social life in Bhongir town is a combination of traditional and modern wa\'s of life and living. Agricultural ba~c on olle hand and the ilidustrial complex on the other; the traditiOlnl symbols of leisure time activity like the temples, and mosques and the modern symbols of culture viz.> clubs, recreational cen tres, parks and liflraries all the other go to say that the socio economic life of Bhongir town, like many other lllodern towns or urban areas of the State in particular and of the COUll try ill general is a complex of traditional and modern ,alues. 2. ReliglOn plays an important role in moulding the \\a\5 of life and living and a significant part of the spare time 01 leisure is devoted to worship, play, gossip, paHicipation ;ll cultural programmes like Harikalhas, Burralwthas, Pumna kalakshepams, dramas, playlets, bhajans, etc, hy the people who are moulded in traditional 'Nays of life while playing cards, carroms, chess and games and sports like hadminton, tennis, etc.. are resorted to by p'(:ople "'hose ways of life are moulded on modern lines. However, it docs not mean that there is no interpenetration of the traditional and modern values. The difference': is only in degree. Even the non-tradtionali~ts go to temples, mosques and churches to offer worship and celebrate festivals. On the other hand, the traditionalists also resort to modern measures of sophistication like listening to a radio, seeing movies etc. There is no water tight compartmentalisa tion hetween the traditional and modern values of life and living. :I. Details of the existing religious and cultural institutions are given below. REI.I(;IOlJS I"ISTITllTIO;-';S: 4. There are three religious groups, VlZ., Hindus, 'Muslillls and Christians. For worship bv the Hindus, there are several temples in the town which include two Siva temples--one bv name Bhavani Sankaralavam and the other Ramalingeswara lavam, two Anjaneva temples, LakshminaraYana temple, Jalll Ellamma temple and GattH M\'samma temple. 202 :J. :For the daily worship of Muslims in different localities, t helC arc 8 Masj icb, (i Dargas alld one ldga (Prayer HaH) for wngregatioll of Muslims to celebrate the annual fcstivals of Hakrid and Ramzan. For the worship and cOligregation of C\lri,tains ill thc to\\Il. there is a Church and a Bible School. TE.\Il'LES: 1AI blllll i 11(1)(1'\ (liW Ie 1)1 j)1 I' G. The tcmple is situatcd to tbe south of the main road (\rctrallgal--Fhderabad) at it distance of about ;1 furlongs (0.6 km). It is enclosed in a spacious compound with residences for the jmja lis ~\lld the temple servallts. v\'ithin a small enclosure. it has a small temple facing south with Anjaneya as the pre siding deity. ~ext to it facing west, there is the image of Lord Laksbminara\iln 7. Sitla Tnrtt}lr:s.-Two SiVa temples are located In BrJhminwada alea of the old town and Olle is by lhe side of Bhongil' tank. About 70 Years ago, the late Sri ~Ialla,-aiihala R:1111.1 krishna Sast ri, grand-father of the pres'ent priest, :, Brah min, vi~ited \'aranasi. R. Daily puja is oflered at 7 a.m .. between II a.m. and 1:! l\O()Il; l/a;wr/wuII is offered to the Lord and in the even lllg at 7 hours dee j!(JI'(l(Uwlla is performed. Sii'ara I ri festi ,-a1 anri I{aylhalia 51OII/(/ll(//'(/I/IS (\louda's ill the month of Kanhecka) are.obsen·ecl. 9. There is no reStnctlOl1 of entrance to p{'oplc of all) caste into the temple. The temple i, maintained out o[ the income of tbe priest's family. 10. Another SiYa temple, knmm as R;l1nalingc,w;lr;t SWaJ1lY temple, is also Mtuaicd in the Hrahmimvada of tIRO old to\\·I1. This temple is said to be on:r .iOO years old. Apart from the phallic emblem (Sivalinga), there are stone idllls of Pan "thi (the Lord's nmsort) and Anjane\'a also. II. This temple is associated \\-ith Saiyites knowll a~ Vaidik Brahmim. The priesthood is confined to one famih onh. Sri ~1. Satpnarayana, the l)ujari died recently a Ild his w iEe, Sl'illlati Rangalllln,\ is officiating as Pujari h,' offering lIai1'( 12. There is one acre (0.4 hectare) of wct land endoweo ill the name of this temple. It is being cllltiyatcd b\ a tenant who ha~ not been paving the annllal rent. 1'I. The Siva temple by the side of the tanK j, knmnl as Patchakatta Someswaralavam as the Sivalinga giYcs a gre('n (patcha) appearanCe when washed with water. This temple is as old as the tank. The SiYa temple and the Rama lemple are c11comra'ised i 11 the same spacious {'om po lind , the Si\';t temple facing east and the Rama temple facing north. There is also a two feet (0.61 metre) high stone idol of HanUffi:ll1 opposite the Rama temple and in front of the SiYJ temple. The Siva, linga with palll((lattam (pedestal), two feet high brass proces sion idol of Sin with a hood and Yinavaka" on the ri"hr;!) side 204 and Parvathi on the left side-both brass idols are kept III the "mctum. Another stone idol of Vin;l\aka also exists ill the inner mantapa. Stone Nandi (huH god) and hornagilndam (fire pit) are in the mantapa. Small temples of Hanuman ann NaYagrahas (nine planets) are also constructed in the left side of the Siva temple. The idols are vet to be installed in these lempks. 14. Dailv plljas are offered in the temple. The rontine rituals are abhi.\hekam from 7 to ~ A.:\L, Naiv('dYfllll from 10 to II A.M. and deejJaradhana from .'i to 9 P.M. Sit 'aratri .festival is observed in the temple for 3 da;s on Magha Chalur dasi, AflulIIos),a and Padyami. Kal:'>anarn (marriage) to the Lord and Parvati, his consort, on the first day, Samaart[{llwna (free feeding) on the second day and procession on lhe third day take place. ]:i. The groundnut oil mills supply 4 kg-so of 011 even month for daj!aradJwlla. The jmjari is paid Rs. 30 per month and rice worth Rs. 70 from the local rice and oil mills. 16. In the Rama temple located in the same compound, there arc painted clay idols of Rama and Sita and a marble idol of Laks-hminarayana. Daily pujas are offered between 9 and 10 A.M. and 5 to 8 P.M. Nai'i)edvam is offered on Saturdays in this temple alId fml£lwra is offered to the Lord and it i5 distributed among the people. Coconuts are offered to Anjanc\a usualll Oil Saturdays and on other days. During Sri Raina Nar'n1l!i,. Panaliam and Va(/apaptm arc distributed. GoJw/ashtami (binh of Lord Krishna) is celebrated on Sral'ana Bahula Ashtami. Sri Seshacharyulu, a Vaishnava, is the pujari. The pujari collects 2::' paise per shop per month and gets an income of Rs. 100 per month for his maintenance. Oil for decjJamrllwna is supplied hy the }.bnagcment Committee. 17. There is a committee of mallagemellt to look into the celeLratioll of festivals. The Management Committee con sists of 7 members of whom :J are \"ais\"as and 2-one each of Munnurukapll and Patkari castes. Sri Manchala Viswana dham. a YiW;[ is the :\Ianagillg TrustC'e. The festivals are llsually well attended bv the local public. Anjal1eya TFmjJ/es:- til. T'hcre is ;]_Jl Anjancya temple situated at the foot of the hill fort (Fig. 29) at a distance of 2 furlong'S (0.4 km.) to 205 the south of ~algonda road. Bcsides:; ft. (1.:")2 metres) high stolle idol of Anjaneya, idols of Rama, Lakshmana and Sila are also seen. This is an ancient temple which was renovated ill 19:")3. From an impounded water tank nearby at a clistallCc of 200 metres, a metal pipe is connected to a tap in the Halluman temple at the foot of the hill in the year 1966-67. Deyotees wash their feet at the tap before entering the temple. So long ;1.' the impoulIdcd water is upto the level of the pipe fitted in the tank, watu can be obtained from the tap in the temple, The temple is open to all castes. Pllja) llaiu p cJyam anet deei'amrt}wllfl are performed dailY ill the temple. Puiari is a SriyaishnaY<1 Brahmin. Priesthood is confined to one hOllse hold onlY. Corbans offered by the dev()tee~ vioiting the temple cOllstitute the remuneration to the priest. 19, Harwman jayanlhi and Srirama ]\a-oami festivals are celebrated in the temple. Six to seven hundred peopk attend the temple and offer puja on these days and ofrer coconuts and plantains. Sri Rnllla Xavami festival is obsened for 9 da}s, B/raj(l1Is are conducted during these da\s and patlakam and vadajwppu are distributed to the public. The temple has been ~nd()wcd willi 'OIlle illilm lands. Sri Patnam Kri,hllalllurthy, the :t\funicipal Vice-Chairman and Sri K. Ramaswamy are the President and Secretary of the Mallag'ing Committee respectivc h. Some elderly people of the old town gathered and nomi nated these people to look after the affairs of the temple. 20. Another Anjancya temple bv name Veeraanjann;i temple was cOllStructed in 1963 near the Lakshmi narayana temple. This is a printe temple. Sri p, Lakshminarayanzi, a \iswabrahmin by caste got this temple constructed in 196:1 as a token of gratitude when his son was completely cured of a dreadful disease. The idol of the deity was installed by the child, Pllias are offered daily In the mem'bers of tlfe hOll~ehold. During Anjaneya Jayanthi 200 to :,)00 people have dar.shan of the deity and special jl!ljas like AbhishclwrIl, Sahasranal!1am, AYap;imtnl, Naivedyam) Janda Vandanam (flag hoisting) are per formed, People of all castes are allm\'ed to enter illto the temple. T'il/a{!,t Deities: 21. Jalu Ellamma is the local village deity. It was ('51,1- blished in ] 967. Pu ia is performed dailY i [] this temple. Sahasfanamalll. Ahhish('kam. Nail'erivat1l and harafhi afe th'c items of puja done on all Tuesdays.· Only Hindus other than 206 Scheduled Castes people visit the deit\' and offer pr-ayers to her. ~2, Amnuwa fi lata fa (fair) is celebrated on r;'lri h i!:lt SlIdr/lu/ Chrn'itlii (Onober) for 1 day. Bmw!1I (food) are ollcrnI 111 Srml(lIl(W! (July-August), About :')(}O de\'otces offer bOIlIl/II, 22,. The priesthood of the temple is confined to one house· hold of Sri p, Lak Call il .\1 r\a 1IIIIlfl inll/Jle: 24. Th is temple, cOllstructed in FIGS, i-s si tllatcd bv the side ot the fort and at the road point where the N algonda road deviates [rom the HHlerabad-vVarallgal road. The deity (}'ig. ;)2) is symbolised in a cement idol of () ft. (1.S3 metl'es) height in humall form holding a knife in one hand ;md the head of a he buffalo ill the other. The temple is a 7 ft. (2.13 metres) square structure, 7 fr, (::.13 metres) in height with a :) ft. (1.:)2 melrcs) hi?;h 'Ii!ll(/ 11(( III (lower) over it wi th en trance in the eastern side. 2:). III 19()2, a stone ~\mlJ()lised in the deity was illstalled here as a household deity h;' Sri Varab Pentaiah.· She appeared in dreams of the head of household and also possessed one worker, Sri P:lJlthuL Ramaiah, many a time and told thelll to construct a temple for Her. To' satish Her, this temple was constructed at a co,t of about Rs. ROO. Now others also worship and make votive offerings. 2(). DailY /lIIjas are offered at I) A.:\f. and (-) P . .\f. Dn'j){/ rnrlhana is dOlle even' day in the eyening. On Sundays alld Tll·e,days. comn ut~ are offered to the deity. '27. puring Dasara 'Gartn ~hsamma Uthsavam' is cele bratecl for Olle day. Apart from the deities wor'lhipped and temples visited, people of this town visit Yadagirigutta aud Kolanupaka, the most famous and widely kl#own religious centres ill the I,lluk, ,\1] account of both tbese places i, given in the following pages, 207 28. It is the most famous pilgrim centre of the T elaugalla area ~ituated at a distance of 13 kilometres (8 miles) hom Bhongir town aud :i kilometres C; miles) from Raigir railway station. A good number of buses ply from Hyderabad, ~arkc[ pally and .:'\'algonda to Yadagirigutta, and all the bme~ pass thlOUgh Bhongil. ~9. In Thrclhayuga, Yadava, son of Rishyasringa, did penance here with devotioll to have the daYSan of Lord Vishnu Ltl his three forms of '::'\ara~imha .\vatara· a, 'Jwala ~ara ,illlha·. 'Candaberanda ~ arasimha' and 'Y ogall :lO, Daily visitors Ilumhering over a thousand and well oycr ~.O()) O]i F! ida\s, S;ltunlays and Sundays yisit the tCIlIDlc, There is a Pllshlwrin'i (sacred pond) for bathing ncar the temple. :11. HrahrrlOth.lavam for the Lord takes place for II days hom Plw/gllna Suddha Vidiya to Drl'arlasi (February-.I\Iarch). Over one lakh of people all oyer the country \'isit the temple and obtain the darsan of the Lord, Besides the anllual festival of Brahmotfz.\{11 II1Irl, ,OIllC of the common Hindu festiyals a!Hl 3 fe\\~ special festivals are celebrated regularly. ' The good numher of choul! ric, apart from ~omc special rooms, se\'eral rlumta {)(/IIlS and shade of the trees on the hill afrord ample ~helter. (her ,)0 persolls are employed in temple services and hundreds engage lhcllbcl\'cs in helping the pilgrims for wages both on the hillock alld in the \illagc. Several persons are engaged in trade supplv~ ing the daily necessities of the pilgrims at the foot of the hill. 3~. People of all Hindu castes of Bhongir town offer to propitiate the Lord sometime or the other. People of the neigh- 208 bourhood and in the surrounding districts commonly name their children after the Lord as !\arasaiah, Narasimha Rao, Narasa Reddy, Narisi Reddy, Narasimhulu, Yadiah, Yadagiri, Yadagiri Redd\', Yadamma, Narasamma, etc. KOIX\[TAK,\ 33. It is situated at a distance of 30 kilometres (18 miles). from Bhollgir tOlm and 6 kilometres (4 miles) from ~\lajr. It b said that some centuries back, Kolanupaka was a big city of 9,1 sq. kilometres (:16 sq. miles). That prosperous city is no thin.";' but a small yillage today with several ruined temples of SaiviltS and Vaishnavites. The main attraction in the village 11ow-a days is a well maintained Jain temple. :1,4, The Jain tcmple of "JAHA n~ERA and the tcmples of "eeranarayanay Some~wara and Vi~~wesU'ara are the important places of worship. The village went by various names as Kola llllpaka, Kortiyapaka, Kollipaka, Birnbavatipuram, YyakhYana' puram, etc. Kal pni Chalukyas and Sarangadeva. a son of em peror Kakateeya Rudradeva ruled this region with Kolanupaka as his capital ror about a century. This was the capital of a /Nlragana (district) during the period of the Emperor Shah Alam. It was also the scene of three battles between Vaishna \-ites, Saivites and ]aillS as a result of which several temples II-ere destroyed. ~F). The statue of Vrushabhadev, the first of the twt:nty,four Thcerthan~aras (religious leaders) occupies t~e celltn; of . the sanctum wtth those of Parswanath and Santhmath to the ttght and left respectiyel:'. The statue of Mahaveera, the last of the 2-i Theerthallkaras, which is :) feet (l.52 metres) high, is can'cd out of Fcroz stone. The image of Padmavathi, the Jain Goddess is also installed in the tempk IL is believed that this temple was established 1,800 years hack. The compound witit 1-\0 rooms is a later comtruction. This is a famous Jain temple in the Southern India and it is believed that a visit to this temple is equivalent to the vi,it to the famous Jain Kshetras like Sathrijaya, Ahuji, Kesariyaji and BoYaniYaji. 36. Someswara temple was constructed by the Kalyani Chalukya King, Kumara Someswara. The lingam was a self manifested one and one of the Panchalingas through which the Panchacharvas of Veerasaiva cult manifested themselves. The lingam is believed to have been of gold during Krilfwyllgarn, of silver in Th rethaJlIgam and of copper in Dzvaparayugarn. It has changed to stone in Kaliyugam. To the south-west of the temple. then~ is a lingam on which innumerable small 209 lingams are carved out. It is called Kotivokka (one crore and one) lingarm, symbolising the total number of lingams within Panchakrosu parimitham (10 miles or 16 kms around) of Kolanupaka in those days. 37. To the north of Someswara temple, there is the temple of Prataparudra, the architecture of which reminds one of the thousand pillared temple at Warangal. There are 22 mutts atta~~hed to this temple each belonging to one particular catite such as Vysya, Sale, Chippe, Mera, Perika, Goundla, Golla, Kapu, Medara, Kuruma, Madiga, Mala, etc. Only a few mutts have survived the ravages of time and the lingams there in are worshipped even now. 38. The water in the pond known as Kasibttgga near the Visweswara temple, 3 kms. (2 miles) away from the village, is supposed to be as sacred as the water of Ganges and the Lord is as great as Lord Visweswara of Kasi. 39. One peculiar phenomenon at Kolallupaka is that if one stands on the tank bund, about a few furlongs (one fur1ong- 201.12 metres) from the village and calls out 'Dhana Malli', a plantive voice responds to the call, though there i-s no hillock or a rock to take the response as an echo. According to local legenci, it is believed to be voice of a damsel done to death under tragic circumstances. The space from where a responsive sound is heard if uttered from the tank bund is spread over a distance of 5 to 6 metres on the tank and just opposite a wall like an Idga (Muslim festival congregation hall) about a furlong (201.12 metres) away from the tank bund. 40. At the Jain temple, an annual festival is celebrated for 3 days from Chaitra Suddha Trayodasi to Purnima (March April). About 15 thousand Jains from all over India and a couple of thousands of Hindus, Muslims and Christians also join ill the car festiyal celebrated all the last of the three days. As many as 300 shops sell sweets, bangles, fancy goods, etc., making all impressive bazar. A large number of shop keepers at the annual festival are from Bhongir town. Special trains are run during the annual festival. Lectures on Jain philoso phy are delivered daily during the festival period. There are choultries constructed by the devotees in the area around the temple to accommodate the pilgrims. DARGAS: 41. The Darga of Khaja Bagh Savar and Masjid are situated near the tank bund. Every year 'Urs' is celebrated in Jamadi- 15-2 Census/AP/74 210 US-Sani (August) for one day. About 12 hectares (30 acres) of land in 4 or :) villages is endowed for the Darga. The income from the land is utilised in celebrating the Urs. Liberal contributions are also made by some people for the celebration of Un. About 1,000 devotees from those in the tOMl and of the neigh bouring villages congregate. '12. It is said that some GOO to 700 years agp when a famine ravaged the area, a Fakir supplied pairs of tigers to cul tivators through Pateh and Patwaris of 60 villages for ploughing their lands. The famine was thus averted. This aargo) was constructed as a token of gratitude to the Fakir and [J rs ;5 {'elebrated. Free feeding is arranged for 100 to 200 people. Habib-ttl-Hassan alias Haji-ul-Harmani Darga. 43. It is situated in the Dandugadda (graye yard). This darga is about 200 years old. About 6 acres of land of which one acre is wet is endowed to this darga. Every year, U rs is celebrated in August, a few days after the celebration of the Urs in the Khaja Bagh Darga. The Nizam of Hyderabad used to contribute Rs. 90 per annum towards the celebration of the 'Urs'. About 200 people are given free feeding- and over 1,000 people congregate. Burhanuddin Aulia: H. This darga is situated near the Electric Sub-station. One acre (0.4 hectare) of wet land and 3 acres (2 hectares) of dry land is with the Darga for its maintenance and the Electric S!l b-station itself was constructed in the land of the darga. It is 30 years old. Urs is celebrated in August. About 3 to 4 thousand people from the neighbouring villages and also from Hyderabad congregate here. In the past, Nizam used to give Rs. 90 per year for the celebration of the Urs. About 300 to 400 people are fed freely. Sri Burhan Shariff is in charge of the Darga. Sirajuddin Aulia and Ku1ubuddin Aulia:- 45. There are two tombs in the darga. It is situated in the Himayat Ganj area and was constructed in the time of Allauddin Khilji. Sirajuddin and Kutubuddin were very powerful peers. They were in the military and died here There is no inam for the darga. The Urs is celebrated in Jamad-us-Sani month. The business people make liberal do nations and the VI'S is celebrated on a grand scale. About 2,000 peop1e are given free feeding. People of all communiti'es, irrespective of religion, participate in the Urs. . 211 Peer Wadan Shahir Darga: 46. This is the oldest of all the dargas and is situated in the old Tahsil Office near the Girls' High School in the old town. Wadan Shahid died in the first battle fought by Alla Uddin Khilji. At that time the village was known as Shah Nagar. Until .')0 years ago, the Nizam used to grant 2 annas (one eighth of a rupee) towards oil and flowers for worship in the darga. Since this practice was stopped, some devotees are offering oil and flowers. There is no property and no Majha vaTU. People make contributions among themselvell and cele brate the Urs. About 500 people congregate here_ Syed Ali Shah Bukhari Darga; 47. It is evident from the History that Syed Ali Shah Bukhari, a well kncmn Muslim saint, whose tomb is located on the hill-fort of Bhongir town, came to Deccan along with AlIa Uddin Khilji.1 He was first appointed in the Army by the emperor, as a soldier.2 It is said that the emperor while advancing towards \Varangal, Capital of the Kakati;a Kingdom, flrst came to Hhongir fort which was an out-post of Kakati,,;t Kingdom. The Army of Khilji attacked the Bhollgir fort for eight days. In spite of heavy casualties on both the sides, there was no possibility of invading the fort and the emperor was much disappointed.' 'While taking a stroll early in the morning, the emperor came into contact with Syed Ali Shah Bukhari who was busy at that time reciting Holy Quran. Suddenh, haying come to know his saintly qualities, AJla Uddin Khilji (emperor) requested him to pray for his success in conquering the fort. Swd Ali Shah Bukhari first refused and then imme diateh he r'aiscd his hands \I ith a ';WOl(\, started fighting wi th the enemies and entered the fort. By the time he reached the top of the hill, he was very badly injured,' and it is said that in the fighting, his head was separated from the body and was thrown on the Balahisar (place on the top) of Bhongir fort.' His head ,vas buried on the top of the fort and the body ,vas buried at the foot of the fort. 6 Mathahir-e-Alarngir, Manuscript Persian, P. 23. 2. Aaeen-e-Deccan Translated by Prof. Habeeb of Alfgarh Muslim University 1925, P. 8. Tarikh-e-Auliya-e-Deccau hy Abdul Jabbar, Manuscript-Urdu, Volume II, P.IO. Gulzar-e-Asifia, Volume II, Page 37. Mansab Jung-Article on Muslim Saint of Waraugal, Published in 'Siasat' --Urdu daily newspaper (1953) l'Qur notes of Maharaja. Kishan Pershad, 1938_ 212 But the local people of B'hongir town give a different version about Syed Ali Shah Bukhari. In the words of Mr. Mohammad Abdul Gani, a leading advocate of Bhongir, Syed Ali Shah Bukhari came from Baghdad during the early Qutub Shahi period and settled down here for preaching Islam just like Hazrath Jamale·Bahar. Another version which was given by the local people is that the above saint came along with the Moghal Army. In view of the above conflicting evidences, it is rather too difficult to trace out the actual period of this saint. Syed Shaw Hussain alias Syed Jalalllddin Urs. The darga is in the compound of the office of the Assistant Engineer, P.W.D. (Roads and Buildings). Syed Shaw Hussian appeared in a dream to Sri Gajaraj, an Assistant Engineer, in 1957. The peer revealed his name and the year of his death also as 1:') Shanl'ai) 1003 Hizari, £.e., in }:,)8;) A.D. Later, Sri Gajara) had many dreams in which the peer used to caution him about the course of events. Every Thursday, Sri Gajaraj offers prayer or 'Fateh·. He celebrated the Urs. Even after his retirement the Urs is being celebrated. IDGA 48. This is a prayer hall for the celebration of the allnual festivals of Bakrid and Ramzan. It was constructed in the time of AlIa Uddin Khilji. For these two festivals Khazis (Priests) of all the 8 Masjids come here and offer prayers and all the Muslims, numbering about:) to 6 thousand people congregate> here. Prayers are not offered in the other mosques on these two festival days. Prayers are offered on these two festival days only in the'Idga (F"ig. 30). MAsJIDS 49. The biggest Masjid is the one on the waT to Nal· gonda road and opposite Jamal-e-Bahari. It was constructed by KhUfshid Jah Bahadur about 150 years ago. For daily Namaz) about 10·20 people attend for f) times a day. On Fridays, about 100 people gather here. 50. Chowki Masjid: It is near the chowk. It was can· structed about 500 years ago but was renovated only 35 years back. For daily namal, 100 people gather here and for Friday prayers about 400 people collect here. 213 51. jalilpura Masjid: It was constructed 45 years ago. For daily prayers 30 to 40 people and on Friday 250 to 300 people gather here. 52. Baharpet or Nizampet Masjid: It was constructed 100 years ago. Only!J or 6 people for daily prayers and 30 people for Friday prayers gather here. 53. lslampura Alasjid: It was constructed 40 years ago. About 28-30 people for daily prayers and 250-300 people for Friday prayers gather here. 54. Himayat Ganj Masjid: This is the oldest Masjid constructed about 700 years ago. It was reconstructed 50 years hack (in 1919). About 30 to 40 people for daily namaz and 200 to 300 people for Friday prayers gather here. 55. Railway Station l\,fasjid: It is situated at a few yards to the right side of the Warangal road and opposite to the Railway Station. It was constructed 100 years ago. Fom or [) people offer daily prayers and 30 to 40 people gather here for Friday prayers. 56. The Kaziguda Masjid and the ]\fasjid near the fort are not in use now. SYED JUiALUDDIN RillARI URS :,7. This Urs is 1:30 years old. The daTga (tomb) is situatea by the side of Nalgonda road in the old town. It is known as Khazi Mohalla also. Khazi J\llohalla in-migrated to this place from Bihar. He camped here in the Khazi's house (Khazi Ibrahim Ali). The Khazi went to his mothcr-in-law's place in Bihar. Bahari appeared in his dream and asked him to get a cloth to celebrate his (Bahari's) funeral. Khazi arrived here by 4 a.m. but he was late by 15 minutes to have the last appearance of Jamal Bahari. Bahari told his servants to inti mate the Khazi about the place where his grave should be the earth and the corpse moved into it. King Asaf Jahi carne to know of it and soon a Darga and a l\1asjid were constructed and a big gate 'was installed by Khurshid Jah Paigah. Huge sums of money used to be spent on the Urs. The Nizam granted Rs. 500 per annum for the U rs and Rs. 400 for other ceremonies. Khazi is the Manager of this trust and the management goes by heredity. 58. The Ui's i, celebrated for ~), days from l:1th to Lith of the month of Jamadi-ul-Avval (Septeinber-October). From the Tahsil Offi<:c starts a procession known as sandal, i.e., flowers, sandal fluid, etc., taken on an elephant, to inaugurate the festi val. Offerings are made in the [orm of Bowen, fruits, SWeCl'i and incense ill fulfilment of vows. Community feasts are arranged for about ],000 people. About 15 to '20 thousand people g~lther to grace the Un, About 500 shops selling various commodities are established in the shape of a shandy, sports. some dare devil feats and magic wheels, etc., used to entertain the audience up to 10 years back. Music concerts. Ka'Uah, (folk dances) and religious meetings were also held. There is 110 irwm for the Darga and the Khazi spends from his personal propert\· now. THE BIlH.E SCHOOL ..\ND CHURCH 5~1. The Bible School and the Church (Fig. :II) preaching Protestant faith are located in a central place in the Ganj in an area encompassing about :) acres of land. The land along with the buildings was purchased 30 years ago (around 1938) at a cost of Rs. to.OOO. Dairy 011 a small scale is main· tained and vegetables of various kinds are raised in the land around the building_ 60. The Gospel Christian Church conducts 2 courSes-one is 8 months course and the other a 2 weeks course to impart training in Christianity and its way of life and living. During the course of the training, the trainees are provided wit,h free boarding and lodging facilities. The 8 months cours<: com mences on or ahout 10th of July and ends bY March of even year with 40 days vacation during December-January. 61. Sunday prayers commence at abollt 10 a.HI, in the Church and continue for about 2 hours. Children's meeting, are conducted in the evening of Sundays. About 60 people 215 congregate for Sunday prayers. Special meetings fO! women are conducted at 4 p.m. on every Saturday and meetings for the youth are held on every II'riday night. CCLTl'R.\L 4",D RECRE.\TIO",'L CEYIRES 62. The cultural and recreational centres in the town are the Bhongir club, the Bharatiya Samskritika Samilhi, the Branch Library of Local Library Authority, Sri Lakshminarasimhmrwamy Library, the Indo·Soviet Cultural Centre, the Bharat Talkies ahd the two parks in the town viz., the Nehru-Kennedy park in the old town near the Government Civil Hospital and the other, Gandhi Park, opposite to the Municipal Offtce in the Ganj area. 63. Blwngir Club: --·The Bhang-ir Club (Fig. 33) is thc onlY club in the tOWI1 and it is the oldest recreational centre in the town started as carly as 1900. II has its own building situated on an elevated place giying an imposing view. It was renovated about 30 years back. It is situated near the P.W.D. Assistant Engineers" Office and the Munsiff Magistrate Coun on the Hyderabad-\Varangal road. The club was started with a few members of High School teachers and local officials, land lords and businessmen. All are ordinary members with equal rights and responsibilities in the affairs of the dub. Election. ., are held every year on the Republic Day (2()th Jan uan) to the Governing fiody and Executive Committee of the dub. The Governing Body consists of the President, the Vice-Presi· dent, the Secretary and the Treasurer anel the Exccuti,c Bod\ consists of 7 memlJers apart from the members of the governing body. EYeT)" member pays Rs. 3 as admission fce and a monthly subscription of Rs. 2. The present strength of the cluh is 70. 64. Daily newspapers like Indian Express (Engli~h). Siasat (Urdu), Andhra Prabha (Telugu) Illustrated Weekly. fortnightly magazines like Filmfare, Pastime, Rhavan:s Journal. etc., are subscribed by the club for the benefit of reading mcmbers. There is a radio for the recreation of the members of the club. 6:). Facilities exist for playing games like Billiards, Carroms, Table-tennis, card games (Rummv and Bridge), Badminton, etc. From 1950 to ]962 the activities of the club were carried on 216 with much enthusiasm, pomp and show. On the Repuhlic Day, tournaments arc being locally sponsored and conducted by the club and teams from all over the Tclangana area parti cipate ill the sports events. THE BUAR.\TIL\ S.\:\ISKRITIK.\ S.UrITHI 66. This is a voluntary organisation started by the enthu siastic \'outh of Reddiwada and Brahminwada of the old town in the year 1964. It has no building or office of its own. The Branch Library in Reddywada is used for its purposes. It started with about 20 members and at the time of survey, there were 100 members. Its main aim is to promote cultural acti viti'es and to bring out talent. 67. Every year, elections are held for the governing bod~ which consists of the President, the Vice-President, the Secretary, the Joint Secretary, and the Treasurer and 3 Executive Com mittee members. 68. To promote the literary activities, the Samithi conducts debates, symposia, poet gatherings, etc. A symposium on 'Natana' (Acting), debate on 'Bharatiya Samskriti' (Indian culture) and 'Adhuuika Sahityam' (Modern literature) were conducted by the Samithi. 69. On the cultural side, its activIties include enacting of dramas and playlets and conducting of benefit dramas for com munitv purposes. The playlets enacted by the members of the Sami thi are: 1. Vimukthudu (The Liberated man) 2. Prathidhwanulu (The Echoes) 3. Intideepam (The Lamp of the House) -4-. Katnalu-Pellillu (The Dowries and the marriages) 5. Polimeralu (Frontiers) 6. Antharvani (The Inner voice) Four dramas were enacted and they are:- I. Ap .... adhini (The sinner) 2. Keerthiseshulu (The Departed) 3. PaI\iaram (The Cage) 4. Dongaveeradu (The ThiefVeeradu) 217 70. AU the playlets and plays enacted relate to different themes of social nature. These plays and playlets were en acted G\1 festival occasions like Vgadi, Sri Rama N avami, Sank ranti, etc. The absence of plays etc., on folklore and religious themes is conspicuous. NEWSPA.PER A~D MAGAZINE CIRCULATION 71. Reading newspapers and magazines is a leisure activity to a number of people. A good number of people in service, retired persons, political workers, teachers, professionals like advocates and doctors and shop keepers constitute the news paper reading public while the educated hou5ewives, high school going bbys and girls, some of those in service constitute the magazine reading public. 72. There are four newspaper agents in Bhongir town and as ascertained from 2 agents in 1968, the circulation of news papers and magazines in the town is as follows: T d 11 gu dail)l newspapers Andhra Patrik... 15 Copies Andhra Prabha 75 Andhra Bhoomi ISO Visalandhra 25 Andhra Jyothi 15 (The circulation however, has increased manifold now). The newspaper Visalandhra is mostly patronised hy the poli tical workers and sympathisers of the Communist Party of India while the other newspapers cater to the needs of other reading public. Ellglish daily newspapers The Deccan Chronicle. 70 Cop:es The Indian Expre~s 70 The Hindu 20 The Times of India " Hindi Daily Newspapers 1"1 av Eharat Times 12 Copies Urdu daily newspaptrs Sias.!t 30 Copies Rehanuma-e-Deccan 5U1 218 i3. For a town of the size of Bhongir, with a population of 20,000, daily circulation of 360 copies of newspapers in the local languages is significant. It comes to one newspaper for every 55 persons. The circulation of 161 copies of English daily newspapers and 12 copies of Hindi daily newspapers, with a ratio of one newspaper in the All India languages of English and Hindi for every two newspapers of the local lan· guages of Telugu and Urdu suggests that the elite of the town are consciolls of national and international problems apart from local events. In all, 534 copies of daily newspapers are in cir culation. It works out to one newspaper for every 37 persons on a\'erage including' illiterates while it comes to one paper for 9 persons if only literates are considered. If literates uptD primary standard and above alone are considered, the average will be one paper Eor even four to fiye which is a fair index of the readership bas<:. i:J. The circulatioll of Telugu weeklies and monthlies IS as follows: Weeklies Monthlies Andhra Patrika 50 Copies Eharati 3 Copies Andhra Jyoti 100 Yuva 20 Andhra Prabha 120 Chandamama 25 Janasakthi 10 Balamitra 30 Jagrithi 16 Jayasri 5 Janasandesh . 20 Vijayachitra 40 Prathibha 15 Cinemarangam 20 Jyothi 20 ~--.----..-~--~-----~- -- .-~ TOTAL 331 TOTAL 163 English weeklies and fortnightlies are as follows:- Blitz (Weekly) 20 copies "I Illustrated \Veekly 10 I Fil1111are (Fortnightly) :. ~ TOTAL. 35 j J '(Shandamama', 'Balamitra' arc magazines for children while 'Yuva', 'Jayasri' and 'Jyothi' cater to the needs of the youth. 'Bharati' is a litcrarv magazine. 'Janasakthi'. 'Jagrithi' and 'Janasandesh' are political weeklies. Weeklies such as 219 'Alldhra Patrika', 'Andhra PraJ:yha', etc. pUblish serialised' novels. stories, cinema news. etc and can be classifIed as 'family' magazines. 'Vijayachitra' and 'Cinematangam' Cleal with cine pastime. 'Blitz', 'Illustrated 'Weekly', 'Filmfare', etc. are patro, nised by a few educated persons. RADIOS 76. There are about 900 radios in the town. l',Tearly one in every five households is having a radio. The two post offices in the town did not maintain proper accounts of radios and radio licenses in the town. Moreover, these two post offices accept registration and renewal of radio licenses of the neighbouring villages also. From February, 1972 to 1anuary. 1973, 4:ij fresh registrations of radios and 1,339 rene'wals were made with the two post offices. These are not the exclusivc figures for the town. There are two dealers in radios and transisters selling different brands. LIBR.-'..RIES 77. There are two libraries in the town. One is the Branch Library of the Local Library Authority. It was start ed in the year 1958 in Reddiwada area of the old town. In the year 1948, a library styled as 'Vijnanandhra Bhasha Nila· yam', was founded by Sri B. Balaiah, Sri Yedla Venkaiah donated a building. In 1958, it came under the management of the Local Library Authority. It is supervised by the Direc tor of Public Libraries of the State Government. 78. The employees of the library include olle Assistant 'Librarian and onc Class IV employee. The contingellcies and newspaper and periodical charges are met from the grants of the Goverllment. Four tables to keep the newspapers and periodicals, :i racks to keep the books and !lO chairs constitute the furniture of the library. 79. The daily newspapers subscribed by the library arc Andhra Prabha (Te1ugu), Indian Express and Deccan Chro nicle (English), and Siasat (Urdu). Three Telugu Weeklies viz. y Andhra Prabha, Andhra Patrika and Andhra ])olhi and 3 English weeklies ·o£z., Illustrated Weekly, Screen and Blitz and one fortnightly viz., 'Film Fare' and;) monthlY magazines viz., Chandamama and Balamitra (Children's magazine), Yuva (for the youth), Jayasri and Vijayachitra (Cinema news maga zincs) and Bharathi (a literary magazine) arc also receivcd bv the library. 220 80. The category of books availabl-e 111 the library and ;tlileir number are as shown below:- Category of Books Number 1. General Books 163 2. Philosophy 22 3. Religion 81 4. Social Sciences 70 5. Language 23 6. Pure sciences 17 7. Engineering 60 8. Fine Arts 30 9. Novds (Telllgu) 2,000 10. Dramas 500 11. Poetry 500 12. Pro", 500 13. English books (Fiction) 300 H. Urdu books 300 15. Hindi books 350 16. Miscellaneous books 50 ___,~~~-~----...... ---- TOTAL 1,996 81. There are nearly 5,000 books OIl different subjects. Daily on average, about 60 readers visit the library. As stated -earlier, the Library building being the central place and place of gathering, the Samskritika Samithi, meets here and can· .ducts or takes decisions to conduct its activities. 82. The second library located in the Ganj area is known as Sri Lakshminarasimhaswamy Grandhalayam. It was esr3- blished in the year 1966 with the funds of the Vysya Sangham (Association of the Local Merchants belonging to Vysya COffi munitv). It provides library and reading room facilities. The following categories of hooks arc available in this library. .~ 221 Numb~r 1. Ethics I 30 2. Philosophy (- 30 3. Novds I Telugu 300 4-. Hindi boob J 4-0 Entlish B,,,ks (70) 5. Autobiographies 15 6. Philosophy 10 7. Novels 10 3. Miscelb.neous 35 TOTAL 470 83. Almost all the dailies and local newspapers and other magazines excepting a few which are received in the local library are also subscribed by this library. Daily about 60 memben on average visit the library to read the periodicals and books. The library works from 8 A.M. to 11 A.M. and from 6 P.M. to 9 P.M. to suit the convenience of the people. hmO-SOVIET CULTURAL SOCIETY 84. It was established in February, 1968 with the object of promoting cultural contacts between India and the Soviet Union. There are 150 members belonging to different walks of life but mostly predominated by people of Communist ideo logy. Sri Korapati Venkateswara Rao, B.A., LL.B., an advo· cate, is the President and Sri Kola Kishen is the Secretary of the Association with 13 Executiv'e Committee members. The membership includes the educated lawyers, teachers, progres sive agriculturists, contractors, etc. The Society has no build ing or accommodation of its own. Its meetings are conducted in the Lakshminarasirnhaswamy Library hall in Gani. 85. This association arranges public gatherings, debate5 on national and international problems :md topics on eco· nomic problems facing the countrv, etc. In ]969, the Andhra Pradesh State Conference was held in Guntur. A delegation of eight members under the leadership of Sri K. Kishen, Se· cretarv was sent to this conference. In 1972, All India Con· ference was held at Patna and Sri A. S. P. lyeI', Vice·President of the Society attended the conference. Nobody has visited Soviet Russia under the auspices of this Society so far. 222 'CI:\:EMA Sb. There is only une cinema hall known as "'Bbarat Talkies". It is in Asoknagar, a central place of the old and new town areas. It was constructed in the year 1948. It is an old construction with a floor space of 100 ft. x 36 ft. (30 metres x 11 metres). The walls are built of bricks and plastered with lime and colour washed. It is roofed with cement sheets on the top without a ceiling. The seating arrangement and ticket rates are .s shown below: C10lss Ticket rate with- No. of seats out Taxes Rs. p. l. Class I (Rcservo1) 1.23 17 2. First Cbss (Chair) 0.93 35 3. Second Class (Bench) 0.60 150 4. Third Clas~ (Floor) 8.311 256 TOTAL 452 87. The total ~eating capacity of the hall is 452. The facilities provided to the different classes are commensurate with the rates and '''''ith the facilities pro\ided in other towns except the metropolitan city of Hyderabad where the rates are high and facilities are more. The third class accommo· dation is provided on cement floor. For ladies, separate accom modation in second class (50 seats) and third class (LiO seats), is provided froIll the total accommodation. Seats provided ror first and second classes are much less while those of second and third classes are more. Large number of visitors of this cinema hall are middle and poor sections of population of the town. A f~v of the white collared employees and business people visit the hall now then. Elite of the town and neigh· bouring rulal areOlS and officials usually visit picture houses in Hvderabad when they visit the city. 1-l8 . .i\ ormally 2 shows are screened every night. The first show commences at 7 P.M. and ends bv 9·4:3 P.M. The Second ~how commences from 10 P.M. and continues up to 12-30 or 1-00 A.M. English films are screened usually on Sundays. Over 100 films were screened ~s 773 shows during April, 1967 to March, 1968. The average number of gathering was 400 for 2 shows. Ninety per cent of the films screened were of 223 Telugu, the local language, 6 to 8 per cent Hindi films and the remaining 2 to ,1 per cent related to English, Tamil and Kannada. Only second run films are screened here. Each picture is showiI for 2 or 3 days on an average. An excep tionally good Telugu picture will be screened for lO to 1") days. 89. Some of the films screened in the theatre and the broad category of films are mentioned below:- .Yam~ of the Film Language Theatre 1. Servar Sundram Telugu Social Comedy 2. Potti Pleader Do. 3. Kattipotu Criwe -to Srikrishna Tulabharam Puranic 5. Bhaktha Prahlada Mythological 6. Bheeshma Pratijna Mythological 7. S3thi Sakkubai Do. 8. Srikri-,hnavataram Do. 9. Bhagya Lakshmi Puranic 10, Athma Gnwravam Social II. Manase Mandiram Social " 12. Iddarumonagallu Social 13 Lethamanasulu Social 1.4. Malleswari Social i5. Sakshi Social 16. Satyame ]ayam Social 17. Adabrathuku Social 18. Gunasundarikatha " Legendary Talc 19. GulebakRvali Do. 20. Gopaludu-Bhoopaludu Folklore 21. Veera Marthanda Do. 22. Dilne, Phir yndkiya Hindi Social 23. Kazal Social 24. R"ja \'ikram Historical 90. During 1967 April and 1968 March, 773 shows were screened and the total collections were Rs. 70,937.75 p. of which Rs. 26.052.2:1 was entertai1tlment tax. Ninety per cent of the entertainment tax goes to the local i.e., Municipality while the remaining 10% goes to the State Government. The share 224 of entertainment tax to the local body and the Municipality has now been increased to 95 %. 91. The following statement shows the number of shows, collections ;and taxes. Statement X-(I) NUMBER OF SHOWS SCREENED, COLLECTION I.'!CLUDING TAXES AND SHARE OF STATE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL BODY IN THE TAX Month & Ye«r No. of Collections Amount of taxes ShoUJs (including ,.------.------.~ _ _J....______taxes) Govt. Local Body T()tal Share Share (10 %1 (90 '!o) 2 3 4 ') 6 April-June 1967 171 18,841.41 676.05 6,084.46 6760.51 July-Sep. 1967 182 19,387.88 725.16 6,526.50 7,25l.66 Oct.-Dec. 1967 199 17,119.35 607.94 5,471.48 6,079.42 Jan.·March 1968 221 15,589.11 595.06 5,164.60 5,960.66 TOTAL . 773 70,937.752,605.21 23,447.04 26,052.25 It can be seen from the above statement that the daily average collection is about Rs. 200 for 2 shows. For a town with a population of 20,000, the collections are very poor. This is the only place of entertainment for the town of its size. The construction of another hall could not materialise for want of finances. PARKS 92. There are 2 parks in the town. One is located oppo site the Municipal Office and the Post Office in the Ganj area. It is known as the Gandhi Park. The other park is known as the Nehru-Kennedy park laid by the Municipality with the financial co-operation of the American Peace Corps. It is situat ed near the Goycrnment Civil Hospital. Both the parks are moderately maintained. AWARENESS, A.TTITUDE A:\'D I:\lFOR.\IATIO:\ 93. All the 200 informants have been interviewed to ~ex press views on various problems of personal, local and national 225 interest. It IS of interest to analyse their views 011 these various problems. Belief in God 94. As many as 193 of the 200 informants have expressed faith in God while 2~one each belonging to Goundla and N aidu Castes held that they have no belief in God. Five infor mants could not specify their opinion about the existence or non-existence of God (Table 83). All the 193 informants who have faith in God hold the opinion that in order to lead bad or good moral life, belief in God is essential while the nOIl believers say it is not necessary. (Table 86). Sourer: at Aforality 9;). When asked about the source of morality, 195 persons did not give any specific view. Only;) persons gave their views. One informant expressed that doing one's duty faith fully is the best source of moral strength while another infor· mant stated that religion is the fountain of moral life ar,d still another informant stated that helping others in times of need is moral strength. Two informants expressed some other reasons. (Table 87). Social and Spiritual Unrest 96. One hundred and thirty three of the 200 informants suggested that too much concern and interest shown by men in promoting material welfare of one's self and family is the chief cause of social and spiritual unrest. The remaining persons did not give anv opinion. (Table 8i-\). 97. The remedies suggested for social and spiritual unrest are: 'One should be content with what one has', 'One should satisfy with one's life', 'One should create a source of ~piritual outlook in himself', 'One should not attach much importance for material comforts', 'propaganda for the creation and promo tion of moral and ethical values of life is necessary', etc. (Table 89). Human Community ~)8. Nearly three·fourths of the informants (i.e., 149 of them) believe that all men are created equal and all the in equalities are created by human beings themselves. Forty-nine informants (24.5%) hold that all men are not created equal 16-2 Census/AP/74 226 a-nd there arc fundamental differences between man and man. Only 2 persons did not give any specific view (Table 90). The reasons or causes enlisted for inequality among human COIU munity are 'they are born unequal', 'they are not equal any where in the world or thaL there is fundamental inequality between man and man', 'by birth, heritage and cultural back ground differences crop up', 'they are made by God like that', 'they are born separate', and 'equality among all people is im possible' (Table 91). Marital Alliances with Foreign Nationals 99. As many as 195 informants did not like contracting marital alliances with any foreign nationals while only 5 per sons-one each of Bestha, Brahmin, Naidu, Vanjara castes and Christian community have no objection to contract alliances with foreign nationals. The Besthac _preferred an Italian, the Vanjara wanted a Rmsian while the Brahmin insisted that he has no objection to marry an It~lidll provided the otbel patty gets conYcrted to Hinduism. (Table 02). Political Developments in the CD1l1ltry 100. Only 10 informants have expressed satisfaction with the political developments in the country after Independence, Of them 3 are Muslims and one each i~ of Munnurukapu, Reddi, Vanjara and Mangali castes and Christian community. Eighty nine informants are not satisfied with the political deve lopments. Most of the informants did not specify whether they arc satisfied or not. (Table 93). 101. The causes for failures on the political front since Independence as envisaged by the informants are: 'the parties have become too many', 'No single party could ~tand as a source of strength to the poor and that all parties served the rich only', 'no party is interested in the country's progress and that they are fighting among themselves', 'the country could not develop economically due to the dictatorship of Pandit Nehru and his Democratic Socialism', and 'due to tussle for power among the leaders of all parties and non-eo-operation among all parties' etc. These views expressed by the people are against the backgrollnd of the coalition Governments in many states in the country and the party defections to dislodge the existing ministries for the sake of power. (Table 94). 102. The achievements after Independence enlisted by the 10 persons are: 'democracy is kept up', 'planned development of the country', and 'the implementation of certain measure... of reforms'. Economic Development smce IllclcjJendence 103. Only 18 of the ::00 informants are satisfied with the economic development brought about in the country after Inde pendence while 83 arc not satisfied and 99 have no ~pecifi: t'iews. (Taule 96). 104. The reJsons for holding the view that the country faned on the economic front as enlisted by the 83 informants are: 'the poor have become poorer and the rich have become more 1 ieh', 'plans have failed llli~erably', 'poor are starving' (i.e., the lot of poor people has not improved or rather it has deteriorated) 'vested interests of certain leaders have ruined the country', 'there is no development due to selfishness of parties', 'fundarnental rights guaranteed in the constitution are being violated', 'the cost of living has gone up beyond poor man's capacity', 'due to concentration of wealth in a few limited peo ple, poverty is existing in the COUll try', 'faulty planning of Gov ernment', aud 'fOl'cign domination in industrial investment' etc (Table 97). 103, 'While this being so, the achievements scored are: 'that many proiects hJve come up', 'introduction of Plans and increased loan bcilities to agriculturists', 'in lOme respects deve lopments are evident' de. (Table 98). Corruption-Past and Present 106. The term 'Corruption' is generally confined to cor- 1uption at Government level. One hundred and nineteen in formants expressed that there is more corruption to-day than in the past while only :5 informants are of the view that there was corruption always at Gcn'crnment level and the present da\' corruption is more than ,dut it was in the past. Seventy-six informants could not give any specific opinion. (Table 99). 107. The causes for the prevalence of more corruption than in the past are as follows >- Statenlent X-(2) CAUSES OF PREVALENCE OF CORRUPTION TODAY Causes No. agreeing with the view 2 1. Inefficiency of Government 26 2. Lack of effective or good administration 15 228 2 3 . Selfishness among political workers. 15 4. The employees cannot live with their low pay and the increasing C05t of living. . . . " 11 5 . Due to increasing povert~ 7 6. It has become the common feature that unless the palm is greased the work cannot be done. . " 7 7. The desire to become rich overnight. 4 8. Because Government has failed to punish the corrupt ones. 2 9. Due to economic depression. 4 10. Similar other reasons 33 Total 119 Indiscipline among the Young Generation 108. All except one among the 115 informants who ex pressed their views have felt that there is growing indiscipline among the young generation of the present day. Only Olle informant does not think so. (Table 101). 109. The symptoms' of indiscipline as envisag'ed by most of the informants are frequent strikes, gheraos, damaging na· tional property, arson, etc. Some people have suggested the causes of indiscipline illstead of symptoms. They are due to the influence of cinemas, lack of moral and religious teaching, influence of Western culture and education, poor policy of edu cation of the Government, political interference at all levels and introduction of Panchayat Raj etc. (Table 102). Urgent Problems of Social Reform 110. Sixty six informants feel that there are a number of urgent problems to be soh'ea in the country to maintain social rest and peace (Table 103). Twenty nine of the 66 informants 5ugge~ted that education should be improved, unemployment should be reduced, illtrcatment in hospitals and beggary in the country should go. Sixteen informants suggested that an all round reform in social, cultural and religious fields should be brought out. Two informants suggested that the Govern ment should change at certain intervals and that 229 one party and one man should not hold the power for a long time continuously. Eradication of corruption, illiteracy, price control on essential commodities and of consumption goods, introduction of old age pension, abolition of political parties, introduction of .religious teaching, providing land to the tiller of the soil, nationalisation of banks, abolition of Panchayat Raj etc., are some of the measures suggested which require imme diate attention as thought out by them. (Table 104). FAMILY PLANNI],;G: I II. Family planning or limiting the size of the family to promote economic development and social peace is the topic of much talk today. Of the 200 informants, 79 appro{led family planning while the rest did not approve of it (Table 105). Of the 79 approving family planning, 77 are in favour of limiting the rami1\' through artificial measures (Table 106). Three men and,:) women informants have adopted family plan ning measures (Table 107). The duration of adoption of per manent measure of family planning by resorting to vasectomy is betwen ;) and 10 years in respect of 2 men and between 3 and 4 years in respect of one man. (Table 108). Of the 5 women who have undergone tubectomy, the duration of adoption is between .) and 10 years in respect of 3 women while in respect of the two others, it is between 3 and 4 years and 2 and 3 years respectively. 1I2. The informants who are against the adoption of any measure of family planning suggested that 'it is against the will of God' (43 informants), 'it is again~t our religion' (29), 'it is against the law of nature' (23), 'it is a modern cannibalism' (2), 'it is against Indian culture' (.:)}, 'health fails when family planning methods are adopted' (6), 'he who plants the tree will see to its being watered properly' (7), 'God gives children and one should not stop them; 'even as labourer one should feed them' (1), and 'it is against conscience' (1). (Table 109). STANDARD OF LIVING: 113. When asked about their views on thoe present day standards of living enjoyed by them, 115 informants felt that it is satisfactory for them while 76 felt it as unsatisfactory (Tale 110). Tile reasons for unsatisfactory living conditions are: 'poor living conditions' (22), 'soaring prices of all goods' (13), 'scarcity of foodgrains' (3), 'low income to meet the neces sities of life' (2), low salary' (6), etc. (Tahle 111). 230 ] 14. "Vhen a hypothetical question of "'hat the inform ant would do if his income increases by 50% all of a sudden, 32 hoped to dear the debts and live happily, 4~ wished that im provements will be affected in the standards of food and doth ing, 8 hoped to start business, 4 each wanted to save for children and eat enough two times a day at least, 9 sllggestC'(l that they will give better eduotion to their children and I ~i hoped that the~' would promote their business etc (Tahlc Il~). PRESFT\l OCCUPATION 113. Sixty-two percent (12-1) of the informants have ex· pressed satisfaction \\'ith their present occupations while :11..3 ",:, (69) were not satisfied and 7 could not say 'lll'\thing dclmitc. (Table 11$). Sixty six persons gayc .,orne reason cr the other for not satisfying lliemsely,:s with their present occupations. I] 6. The reasons are giH~n lw10w in the Statemenr: Statement X-(3) REASONS FOR :,{OT SATISFYING WITH PRESENT OCCUPATION Reasons/causes for dissatisfaction with present occupation No. who agree with the view mentioned in col. (ll 1. Poor living 14 2. Poor economic condition 9 3. No prospects 11 4. Less income and more expenditure 18 5. Soaring prices make it impossible . 3 6. The hours of work are more 2 7. There is no option 8. Not getting promotion 9. Too much botheration of taxes 3 10. Heavy debts made it impossible to live 11. Due to several reasons 2 12. Due to government's attitude towards the poor. Total 66 {Ta.ble 114 Of the 69 persons who are not satisfied with the present occupa tioll, 9 persOlls want the conditions in the present occupation to be improved while 10 want to change their occupation for b'ettering their lot (Table 115). 117. Aspirations about SOlls.-Ninety three of thl! 200 in formants expressed their aspirations regarding their sons. Twenty persons wanted their sons to become doctors, 16 per sons wanted their sons to be employed in Government service, 6 wanted to impart higher education, one wanted to send his SOli for higher education in Russi:l, one wanted his son to be-· come a Ph_D., 5 wanted their sons to become teachers, one wanted his son to become a lawver while another wanted to see his son as an Engineer. A few~ each expressed that their &ons should be allowed to choose their choicest occupation while one each opted for business, District Collector. Chowkidar, an ordinary labourer, etc. (Table 116). 118. Aspirations about Daughtcrs.-Sixty eight informants expressed th~ir views as to what the\' want their daughten to become: 8 persons wanted their daughters to be good house wives and lead happy married life, 4 wanted to Sec that they are well educated, 18 wanted their daughters to become doctors, one each wanted his d;:mghter to become lecturer and teacher respectively, 14 wanted to leave them to their luck and 18 wanted to get them married off. (Table 117). 119. It appears from the above that t'llere arc some people who have high aspirations about their daughters equally well with their sons. It is evident from the ,fact that as many as 18 parents wanted their daughters to become doctors. POLICE DEPARTMEXI A]\iD eRniE, IN THE Tow:\! 120. Bhangir town is the headquarters of the Sub-Division al Police Officer, 'Viz> Deputy Superintendent of Police, whose jurisdiction extends over 9 police stations of Bhongir and Ramannapet taluks. The staff of the office of the Dep1lty Superintendent of Police comprises one camp clerk and 2 order lies (constables) apart from the D.S.P. The Office is located in a rented building_ A monthly rent of Rs_ 100 is paid for the building which is used as office-cum-residence of the D.S.P. 121. The Town Police Station has its own building. The circle Office is also located i 11 the same building. The sanctioned 232 strength of this station consists of one Sub-Inspector, (1 Head Constables and 50 Police Constables. 122. Crime position in the town and the villages in the taluk is comparatively less and it is not of serious nature. An analysis of the crime position as recorded with the Town Police Station is given under different headings. 123. The following is the comparative statement of crime reported in the station in 1969, 1970 and 1971. (Statement X-4) It can be seen from the above statement that the total number of criminal cases of the town reported to the Town Police Station are ]2. 10 and ]4 rcspectivdy during the years 1969, 1970 and 1971. A large number of the reported cases during these :3 years pertain to house-breaking by night and they form ed 83.33%, 90% and 37.14% of the total cases reported. Only one murder has taken place in 1~)6~), during the past 3 year period. Apart from the 10 (:ases of house-breaking by night and one murder for gain, only one case of pick-pocketing was re ported in 1969. In 1970, apart from th'c 9 cases of house-break ing by night, only one case of theft was reported. Compared to crime position in 1969 and 1970, the number of cases r'eported in 1971 have increased by Z and 4 respectively. Though the cases of house-breaking by night have gone down from 10 and 9 in the preceding two years to H in 1971, on'c case of robbery, 2 cases of ordinary thefts and 3 cases of pick-pocketing have put the total number of reported cases at ] 4 a little more than the previous 2 years. Taken by th'e nature of crime and num her of cases reported, for a town of the magnitude of over 20,000 population, the